Reptilian Brain, Archon Fear Programming, Negative Programming to Control the Low Vibrational Frequency Matrix of the Archons on Planet Earth Was(:Is?) Controlled by the Ego of This World. Through Knowledge This Negative Fear Programming THROUGH KNOWLEDGE THIS NEGATIVE FEAR PROGRAMMING CAN BE REVERSED TO BE ABLE TO REACH HIGHER FREQUENCIES

REPTILIAN BRAIN, ARCHON FEAR PROGRAMMING, NEGATIVE PROGRAMMING TO CONTROL THE LOW
VIBRATIONAL FREQUENCY MATRIX OF THE ARCHONS ON PLANET EARTH WAS(/IS?) CONTROLLED BY

THE EGO OF THIS WORLD. THROUGH KNOWLEDGE THIS NEGATIVE FEAR PROGRAMMING CAN BE
REVERSED TO BE ABLE TO REACH HIGHER FREQUENCIES
JANUARY 31, 2020
BY PETER HORTTANAINEN
Reptilian brain, archon fear programming, negative programming to control the low
vibrсational frequency matrix of the archons on planet Earth is controlled by the
Ego of this world. Through knowledge this negative fear programming can be reversed
to be able to reach higher frequencies
The reptilian brain has the ability to shut down the other “brains” if it senses
danger. Capable of paranoia, it is our reptilian brains that allow persecution of
others.
This is why we are bombarded daily with negative messages that frighten us. It
suspends our conscious processing and keeps our subconscious mind open to
suggestive programming.
Negative fear programming; fear-based thinking, feeling, and negative ego/fear
based/separative programming held within the four lower bodies of the earth and all
her inhabitants.
This faulty negative ego programming became seeded in the collective consciousness
and was passed along through the generations.
The reason why many stay trapped in the tomb is because they want to fit in. This
is the fear principle that rules mass consciousness and the illusion that feeding
the fears of being excluded and then fears of death. The Matrix is then been
controlled mass consciousness, tribal consciousness, corporate thought pattern,
Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the
collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.
Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and
controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world.
That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed.
The masses are made up of individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses
— the consciousness of the individual must alter. As we alter our consciousness and
awareness, we will understand who we are, why we are here, and what part we are
destined to play in creating this new age.
In this way, satan ( the ultra ego) exercises great control over large groups of
people. Working as the accuser, satan uses this “corporate thought” to keep God’s
spiritual leaders down and out. If God intends to use a certain man to bless His
people, the enemy, working within the group mentality, will cause “everybody” to
turn against him. And this is also been used in organized gang stalking, or
organized bullying, or organized predator stalking. Satan controlls mass
consciousness through the carnal mind and ego, and actually using anyone, at
anytime and anywhere for the purpose of organized gang stalking.
How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be
accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and
acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control
of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear
of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is
an intimidating fear.
Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people
cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions
about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by
the opinions of others.
Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate
thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously
this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been
affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra
ego) and this mind-prison.
For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the
will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and
tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we
develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner
guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will,
external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and
economic systems.
From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged
with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at
the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be
manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we
are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their
abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our
individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we
focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.
Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating
ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with
the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our
authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be
released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by
our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we
become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to
listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other
authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.
It is very necessary to overcome the negative programming that the circle world and
ourselves have put in place in our energy fields. Each time we manage to reverse a
negative thought with a positive affirmation, we create a little more distance from
it and create an energy space of our own, that can be filled with positive feelings
and therefore energy. When we make continuous effort to do this then we are taking
back control of our soul connections and our very lives. But make no mistake, the
negative thoughts want us back, and they want us firmly back in the loop of the
ego-driven circle world.
The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect you from any discomfort, and it
will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep you in
your comfort zone.
It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a
gravitational force that doesn’t allow you to stray far away from your comfort zone
without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained
powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must
forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that
effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS
THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements.
The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will
undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to
supporting the change process from the very start.
There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from nonabiding to
abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship. A rocket ship takes a tremendous amount
of thrust and a tremendous amount of energy both to get off the ground and then to
break the gravitational field as it travels through the sky and ultimately into
space.
If there is enough fuel in the rocket and it gets far enough away from the Earth,
it can eventually get beyond the gravitational field of the planet. Once the rocket
is beyond the gravitational field of the Earth, the Earth no longer has the power
to pull it back down.
As a metaphor, we can think of the egoic structure, or the dream state, as the
Earth. The dream state has a gravitational force; it has the tendency to pull
consciousness into itself. This gravitational force is really what one is dealing
with throughout the entirety of the spiritual journey. Awakening is breaking free
of this gravitational force. Initially, it may simply be leaving the dream state,
awakening from the dream state of “me” and separation and isolation. But because
we’ve awakened does not mean that consciousness has gotten past the gravitational
pull of the dream state. If we haven’t gone completely beyond this gravitational
field, we’re going to be pulled back toward the experience of “me” and the
perception of separateness.
Using the metaphor of the rocket ship is a way of thinking about the process of
awakening. The dissolution of the ego takes time. While the moment of awakening is
a process that unfolds thereafter – the process of getting beyond the gravitional
force of the dream state. This process, this greater individualization can override
and shed one´s ego, and become a kind of superself that has the ability extend the
individual consciousness beyond the constraints, into a form of communication with
the Divine Consciousness or Universal Consciousness.
One fact continuously emerges of spiritual development, and that is, that the
psychic powers, higher and lower, are hindrances to the highest spiritual state and
must be left behind by the man who can function freed from the three worlds
altogether. This is a hard lesson for the aspirant to grasp. He is apt to think
that a tendency towards clairvoyance or clairaudience is indicative of progress and
a sign that his practice of meditation is beginning to take effect. It might prove
just the opposite and inevitably will, should the aspirant be attracted by, or
attached to, any of these forms of psychic faculty.
As you believe something, you give it power; when you generate emotions around the
thought, you enforce the object of your belief, gelling it, so to speak, into
physical form. Even if you don’t consciously affirm/confirm a particular belief, if
you don’t question or even are not aware of the underlying belief, it means that
you implicitly believe in it and are part of the social agreement. When masses of
people adhere to a collective belief, their consciousness has a collective creative
effect.
If you are born into this system, you are educated into what is considered to be
real by everyone around you, and you never come to see the cage of beliefs that
surrounds you, nor do you understand your own participation and complicity in
supporting the system. The Controllers very cleverly use the creative power of each
individual by getting them to agree upon a system of belief that supports the
Controllers who hold the puppet strings of the human collective.
They need the collective for its energetic mass—the reality that is created by
consensual agreement. While there is certainly a personal reality system for every
individual on Earth, the sheer pressure of the collective agreement makes it very
hard for an individual to rise in vibration and attain his own personal freedom
outside the collective agreement.
The Archons don´t want anyone to dissolve their ego state of mind they have been
controlled for eons and thosuends of years.
Removing the Core-Fear Matrix
This clearing program and dispensation from the Spiritual Hierarchy is extremely
important for each closing. Removing the core-fear matrix is accomplished by a
latticework of light that the inner-plane ascended masters anchor over each
individual and which will highlight any imbalanced pro-gramming in your four-body
system. The ascended masters have the ability to pull all fear-based programming,
all negative-ego programming, all sepa-rative programming, right out of your field,
like a gardener pulling weeds. Fear-based programming shows up under the
latticework of a light-matrix removal as gray and black weeds intertwined
throughout your subtle bodies.
The only thing stopping us from being the love we are is the fear-based programming
that we have been imprinted with.
The low vibration holds our programming and prevents us from moving out of it, and
even if we do momentarily shift upward, that low vibration will take us back into
behaviour programmed by our chip.
We need to lift the shadow into light, expose it, and look at it head on, so that
we can lose its darkness and so change the level at which we are vibrating.
Bliss is hardwired in our brains and bodies, and this comes about from the divinity
of the ‘whole’. ‘All’ is part of a greater plan — there is no separation, me and
them, them and me. The whole world and everyone in it is just an extension of who
we are, and the world simply reflects our current vibrational form and what we need
to heal. From the smallest one-cell organism, we all have the chemical for bliss in
us (endorphins), so the natural form of the world should be in bliss.
The positive and negative become one and we lose the duality of dark and light that
holds us back all the time.
What keeps us from awarenesses is the fear of being unprotected, the fear of being
unsafe, the fear of experiencing uncertainty, and the fear of insecurity. When it
is okay with us to be afraid and uncertain, then we do not fear our fear, and we
are somewhat more secure about our insecurity, and somewhat protected by feeling
less of a need for protection. When we are not afraid of our fears, we have a
greater feeling of a sense of belongingness with an adequate number of people. When
we are not afraid of our fear, we have more of a sense of respect and self-esteem,
and we feel like we have a greater chance of transcending dichotomies, so that what
we do that is good for us is simultaneously good for those around us.
In duality consciousness, individuals see themselves as better or lesser than
others, resulting in a hierarchy that mirrors the lay-ers of fear.There is no
common source that unites everyone within this system. Only fear is shared by all,
but this commonality produces no bonds because its sources are as numerous as those
who experience it.
This fragmentation is not without its benefits to certain people. Those who want to
maintain control can use the fear of their subjects to manipulate them, keeping
them focused on one threat today and another tomorrow. The fragmented structure of
duality can exist only as long as we entertain the belief that this chaotic world
of separation is rational.
Duality distorts who and what we are; to know only dual-ity is to know very little.
We live in a perfectly ordered universe, but because disharmony, imbalance, and
disunity permeate duality thinking, we cannot see the order that lies beneath the
perceived disorder. Duality is costly and destructive, wasteful of resources. In
its fragmentation and fear, peace is unachievable.
Duality leads first to conflict, then to war, as we ratchet up the force required
to achieve submission. Duality seems to be real because its fragmented construction
restricts awareness to only that which conforms to its distorted view of reality.
This leads to a world of distorted perceptions that must constantly be defended
because they are fabricated, and not reality. Withdraw the belief that duality is
real and it is exposed as dysfunctional, wasteful, and a recipe for ever-present
fear, pain, and disaster.
Fear arises only where duality —because each point of the duality wants to possess
ti other. The desire for possession always generates a fe; of dispossession. But
when there is no duality, who wi possess whom? Where possession itself is negated,
thei fear can have no abode.
The fundamental note of all mysticism is transcending the realm of Duality. To
reject the demands of Duality one by one is the only way that leads the spiritual
aspirant to the rich experience of Non-duality. The Way of mysticism is the Way of
Love, and surely Love can come into being only when Duality is completely negated.
Fear exists only in the realm of duality; in the state of non-duality there is no
fear. There is fear so long as the other exists, but when the “other” is not there
of what shall man be afraid? In the realm of duality, Death reigns supreme. And so
no solution of the problem of Death can ever be found in the field of duality.
Mind controlled by ignorance engages in delusions, among which the most basic, the
root of all others, is dualistic grasping in terms of subject and object. When the
mind does not know the extent of its openness, instead of experiencing without
center or periphery, we perceive everything through one central point of reference.
This point, the center that appropriates all experiences, is the observer, the ego-
subject. It is in this way that the mind, ignorant of its openness, engenders the
delusional experience of a “me” or an “I.”
“Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his
inherent divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has
lost because of his animal propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his
ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind, Prana and the senses.
There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can
be had only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and
everlasting peace. Self-realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge,
and perennial bliss. None can be saved without Self-realisation.
The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the
soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. “The human ego
denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. It is the veils of
ignorance that cause pain are ignorance, ego, attachment.
The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is securely rooted, and this ego
perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The ego
prevents manifestation of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul;
it is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. ‘It is extremely
difficult to pierce through the veil of ignorance, for it is a rock on the fire.’
Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a desire to
know one’s own true nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the
ego is placed on consciousness.”
So a new centre of organisation must be found. Ignorant ego must be replaced by
Truth and Reality. “Man is then driven by the logic of his own experience to find
the true centre of experience and reorganise his lift in the Truth. This entails
the wearing out of the ego and its replacement by Truth-consciousness. The
disintegration of the ego culminates in realising the Truth. The false nucleus of
consolidated sanskaras must disappear if there is to be a true integration and
filfillment of life.””All the problems of the ego can be tackled only through
intelligent and conscious action. Therefore, complete annihilation of the ego is
possible only when all the constituents of the ego pass through the fire of
intelligent consciousness.”
In some ways the world can be seen as an illusion, and in others not quite. A
separately existing, dualistic world is an illusion. However, our experience is
true.
Here we come to the concept of Maya. Through the mind and its concepts the world
appears to us as a real, objective existence in which we are a subject. We mistake
the world for something it is not. In ignorance we believe it to have a separate
being and substance. Maya is that ignorance, that veil that does not let us see who
we are, and that projection that makes us believe we are something we are not.
There is fear in duality. There are quarrels and wars in duality. Duality is
ignorance.
The whole world is firmly established in the false idea of separateness, and being
caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of manyness is
that the soul, in its ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the ego-
mind. Those who have cast off the veil of duality experience the soul through
itself independently of any mediums or vehicles.
The veil of conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness.
Ontological idealism, which claims that the external world of objects is actually a
creation of the mind. The alternative reading considers Yogacara to be a form of
epistemological idealism which contends that unenlightened minds are unable to
distinguish the world as it actually is from the conceptual constructions which we
place upon it. The unenlightened mind is thus unable to gain knowledge of things as
they really are because it is trapped within a web of conceptual fabrications. The
world as we experience it is a projection of our own minds to the extent that it is
always a product of our own interpretive categories. These impositions are fueled
by ignorance and craving.
“Lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown.
If the history of psychic research tells us anything at all, it is that we are
surrounded on all sides by nonhuman intelligences who habitually lie to us for no
discernible reason other than to amuse themselves. These entities are at least as
old as human conscious-ness (hence the near-universality of the Trickster motif in
legend and folklore) and seem curiously dependent on us for their continued
existence.
Shamans have always known how to enter these realms consciously, how to direct
their awareness to attain their objective, and how to return to the three-
dimensional world and apply what they’ve learned to the subject at hand. Stated
another way, individual awareness penetrates the objective psyche, maintains its
integrity as a subjective observer, and then returns to consensus reality. Everyone
who has emerged intact from a major acid trip understands what this is like.
Because these mental realms are spatial dimensions—that is, they have breadth,
width, and height appropriate to the mode of consciousness of the plane in
question, we will label them collectively as “hyperspace.” This is not a metaphor;
these lokas are worlds and dimensions equally as real and infinite as external,
physical space-time. The only difference is that they are inside of us. This
seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme importance—it reveals that we
are multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in three-
dimensional space. The gnostic version of the Perennial Philosophy characterizes
our predicament as one of exiles far from home who are held captive within a three-
dimensional prison by manifestly demonic forces called archon, or rulers. The
gnostics pulled no punches in the way they described the human condition:
to this: consciousness is your only reality. Awareness is all you have: your body
is only an object of consciousness, a temporary vehicle for living in a three-
dimensional world, though you won’t hold it for long, even if you live a hundred
years. All your beliefs about your reality are based upon your experience as an
observer since you entered the physical body. This includes imprinting from
parents, race, class, culture, language, etc.—all the data hardwired in your brain-
computer, all the objects of perception that provide the convincing illusion that
you know who you are and that you understand your experience. Unfortunately,
circumstances like these are made to order for the fabrication of truly grotesque
illusions. The gnostics would say it’s a setup.
Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from reconnecting with the God
within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must
be mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an
illusion. Ego divides, which is what the Archons want.
Man must reach a new relationship to the world around him…. To do this he must give
priority, not to external problems, but to the mind that is considering them….
Hardly a beginning has yet been made to bring the illimitable inner world that has
recently been opened to us, the world of the unconscious, the world of the dreaming
mind, into living contact with everyday life…. Our problems are plainly growing
beyond conventional human control, and consciousness has no choice but to enlarge
itself to meet them. The trouble is, consciousness per se has not the power to do
this. It must look beyond itself for help.’
All of these data support the postulation of transcendent dimensions of being
linked to space-time through consciousness itself. The uncon-scious is actually a
dimension of dimensions. The rather narrow band of forces we call space-time then
becomes only one portion of an apparently infinite multiverse of superficially
invisible realms of experience.
The Archons prevents spiritual progress; The third bhanda, Neck Lock, allows prana
to move up through the neck, awakening the third eye and pituitary gland and
radiating into our aura. Neck Lock opens the fifth chakra —the throat—so kundalini
energy can flow to the sixth, seventh, and eighth chakras
The third bhanda, Neck Lock, allows prana to move up through the neck, awakening
the third eye and pituitary gland and radiating into our aura. Neck Lock opens the
fifth chakra —the throat—so kundalini energy can flow to the sixth, seventh, and
eighth chakras. Without Neck Lock our energy is often blocked at the throat, and
our soul light cannot reach the higher chakra frequencies of intuition, sacred
wisdom, and surrender to the divine. The traditional yogic word for Neck Lock is
Jalandhara Bhand (pronounced “jahlunn-dah-rah bond”), which literally means “neck
lock.” Sometimes we experience a sense of fear when we begin to connect deeply to
spirit, and we pull back from the cosmic breakthrough that happens when energy flow
reaches the third eye and awakens intuition. If you feel fear, please remember that
prana is love. There is no reason to do any of this except to awaken and blossom so
the fragrance of your soul can be sensed as part of you. The third eye is where we
discern the unseen reality behind the surface, the eternal ebb and flow of the
energy of life. The intuition requires complete neutrality in order not to shrink
back. The crown chakra, at the top of the head, is the gateway to our rare divine
consciousness. And in the aura we become an integrated, coherent whole rather than
a series of separate chakras. The line between our finite idenity and infinite
consciousness becomes blurred. We blend. We are not separate.
When the three locks—Root Lock, Diphragm Lock, and Neck Lock—are practiced all
together at once, as they often are, we call it Great Lock, or Maha Bhand
(pronounced “mah-hah bond”). Maha Bhand enables the totality of our energy to flow
as one unimpeded circuit. These three locks is also known as the knot of ignoranve
and the goal his to keep humankind within the lower matrix separated or
disconnected from the higher self and higher intuition, and instead is been fed
with ego knowledge that prevents movement towards higher realms of the human
consciousness.
“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open
the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the
ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us
for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed,
we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have
distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and
developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions
that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply
ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to
have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is
by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The
heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is
the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see
beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.
The neck lock is beyond the five senses world, so this world don´r want anyone
progress through the five first chakras and its five senses, so it makes everything
to prevent anyone progress beyond the fifth chakra.
The archons who has been controlled this world for eons, thosends of years,
generation after generation has been working with negative programming to shut off
the divine connection to the true source of knowledge.
Once you realize this is going on, you will be able to lift and clear the
patterning that does not belong there, and bnng yourself into a purer state. That
which does not belong, will just lift off. It will have a hardened, and locked-in
feeling, but the more you focus on your perfect sovereign self, the more you will
be able to direct your soul energy to assist in lifting off these locked in
patterns that prevent your soul expansion and evolution.
The human body have been pre- programmed with negative programming, by the fallen
hierarchy of the archons. This just keeps us on a negative spiral, and giving our
power away, instead of realizing our divine birthright as sparks of Divine natures.
Negative programming makes it more difficult to carry the crystalline light body of
cosmic consciousness, so it is difficult to hold and maintain those higher states
as one goes about the day. There are no codings and structures to maintain the
higher more evolved states, and this there indeed needs to be. The higher states
come in and have no anchorage point in the realms of duality. The polarity will
just split off the perfect consciousness, causing one to experience both extremes,
by which time the energy has been pulled out of its perfect state of unity and
harmony, and now looks nothing like it originally did.
Below the thin layer of brain called the cerebral cortex, where the rational mind
functions, lies the 90 per cent of our being that we are unaware of—the primitive,
reptilian brain. Within this aspect of the mind lies our subconscious connection
with our ancestors and their ancient knowledge. When we are able to access this
memory or connection, we are able to draw from the powers within our subconscious
mind and this is where that aspect of our spirit talks to us about who we are and
what we want from our lives.
Amazez can powerfully activate the ‘Mouth of God’ chakra near the top of the spine
at the back of the head. This is an extremely important point on the energy body,
and is the source of many mystical experiences. It coincides physically with what
is called the ‘reptile brain: The reptile brain, our oldest brain structure, has
been mistakenly maligned, because it is seen as primitive. However, it is also
spiritually the portal of the risen kundalini as it pours in to illuminate the
whole brain. It is called the ‘Mouth of God’ because it is through this portal that
the Breath of God flows into us when conditions are right. Amazez can awaken and
help open this critical passage so that our latent Divine energies can circulate
properly and bring us to enlightenment
The kundalini system could be thought of as a seven way speaker musical crossover
system. What the kundalini exercise does is to reverse the separation process,
thereby causing the energy of the seven colors to be pumped backward into the cord
or line called sushumna. As the energy flow is reversed, the colors begin to mix
back towards their original state. That state being white light. As the colors mix,
they give off their magnetic charge. This charge saturates Ida and Pingala with
negative and positive current. The filtered charge flows upward in “hidden ducts”
to the jaws of the mouth. This path reaches beyond the medulla oblongata, or what
is called the oblong gate. When the “yogi” or student starts the process, they lock
or seal the body. One lock is at the neck, while the other is at the root chakra.
Most people do not move beyond the first three levels of consciousness represented
by the first three chakras. The conrollers of this world keeping humankind trapped
within the three dimenisonal world and reality through fear concepts and negative
programming of the mind.
Leviathan’s attack with complex and strategic methods. The first symptom of his
attack is the manifestation of fear—sudden and unrealistic fear within the
congregation. The manifestation of this characteristic of the spirit of leviathan,
in the natural realm, is the twisting of words and other instruments of
communication.
The Gnostics believed that the Devil rules the material world, and in order to be
free of the Devil one must free oneself of material possessions. They understood
that this lower Earth matrix keeps us attached through our attachment to material
possessions. The Gnostic creation myth is unique in that it includes how inorganic
alien beings came into our universe, our world and our minds. In a text called, Nag
Hammadi, the Gnostics describe their visionary journeys, and it is in these
journeys that they discover the Archons. What you will see from the Gnostic
description of the Archons, is that it parallels the Black Goo of Atlantis. The
word Archon is often used to describe any powerful being in the fourth dimension
who psychically attacks the Light and infects humans with dark energy. What the
Gnostics discovered is that these Archons infect the human mind, and pull it
downward into darker, less evolved states of being. They affect the human mind with
subliminal conditioning techniques, and the human being is often unaware of the
“infection”.
David Icke tells;
There was once a golden age of humanity. It was a time of harmony and bliss. Our
ancient ancestors lived in perfect interconnectedness with each other and with the
universe. There were no wars, no famines, no pollution; everyone just got along.
Then the peace was rudely shattered. A sinister power began casting a dark shadow
over humanity. A conspiracy was afoot. For millennia now, the conspirators have
been secretly implementing an elaborate control system, designed to suppress our
natural connection to the cosmos and keep us trapped in a state of constant fear
and confusion. The modern world is a shrine to their hidden machinations. The
mainstream media, the education system, science, politics, and Western medicine are
all tools of the conspiracy, used to control our minds and keep us subservient.
The Leviathan spirit creates severe forms of interference
Remember the Lord’s disclosure in Job 41:18 that, by the Leviathan spirit’s
sneezing, a light shines. The light that shines implies lightning. This “lightning”
occurring in the realm of the spirit creates fear wherever Leviathan attacks. This
fear manifests in a variety of ways.
congregation.
The manifestation of this characteristic of the spirit of leviathan, in the natural
realm, is the twisting of words and other instruments of communication. That is,
the words spoken by one party are not heard accurately by the second party; rather,
what is heard is entirely different from what was intended by the speaker. This
ability to severely distort words is a tool the spirit of leviathan.
Instruments for communication is; Syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology,
electro magnetic frequencies is some examples of instruments for beaming and
looping sounds, words and voices into targeted individual minds.
Leviathan is a demon spirit reveals itself as “the Anti-Christ spirit”
The antichrist spirit denies and even opposes the anointing on ministries and
individuals. The antichrist spirit causes personality attacks with lies, gossip,
accusations, criticism, and even slander to the total annihilation of ministries.
The manifestation of this spiritual attack is the result of the spirit of God no
longer moving. The ministry comes to a standstill with no vision because the vision
has been choked out due to the opposing spiritual attack. These methods can be
found in organized gang stalking and spirit of leviathan. Organized Gang Stalking
is the spirit of Leviathan in action in this world. Leviathan is the political
beast system of this world.
Fear attacks the amygdala, the reptilian, survivor portion of the brain. The
induction of fear bypasses the operation of the frontal lobe, the logic, reasoning,
and reality center of the brain.
Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information.
Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are
persecuted.
When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it
is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major
restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living
in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts
with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress
against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start
organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one
from make any changes and leaving the matrix).
When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this
blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked,
this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked,
then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked
humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom
is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this
controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.
Fear blocks visions and and it blocks new input of information, and when this input
of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when
the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means; “When we
don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and
this hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process
of new information from be configurated into the human body system. The organized
gang stalkers does have any education in these advanced methods of psychology and
everyone seems to know how to use this knowledge. Darwin evolutionary theory may
just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information
integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot
be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of
consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using
gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind, create
breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos.
Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it
blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the
alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start
healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get
access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information;
humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.
When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of
intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to
salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from
ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using
all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create
harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological
warfare (organized gang stalking).
Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock
together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these
blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is
information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in
the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.
The Leviathan spirit comes to constrict your mind and speaking from the path that
God has for you. It paralyzes you from speaking what is on your mind; it also works
with procrastination, laziness, fear and attacks the prayer life and speaking forth
the word. It also attacks your ability to teach, preach and prophesy. The goal is
to destroy faith and visions through fear, intimidation, doubts and confusion (and
gaslighting).
The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the
principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In
the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future
becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of
evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of
ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more
difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward
you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans
spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their
intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and
this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier
to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.
Icke effortlessly constructs correspondences (and substantive identity) between
symbols and actors across time, culture, and political and religious identities.
They all derive from the same source and have the same purpose: “casting a spell on
the human mind and emotions” in order to destroy human understanding of “who we
really are” — part of an energetic, divine whole, and the archons reptilians don´t
want humankind to understand their divine nature. The goal is to keep humankind
connected and controlled by the reptilian brain.
Therefore the reptilians altered and conditioned energies, vibrations and
frequencies into the low vibrational “reptilian wavelengths”. More broadly, the
construction of fear is said to stimulate the kind of society and behaviour the
reptilians desire, and to do so through “vibrational patterns” leaving traces in
our DNA. As if that was not sufficient, the reptilians are also claimed to work
their mind control through technology, including “implants” of thought control
devices 69 These are, again, part of the plan to take control of human agency so
that it is locked to a fearful existence on this plane of being. A preparation for
this, recalling Steiner and his modern disciple, is the weakening of the mind-body
through vaccines, which have been a tool of keeping mankind ill and functioning
below par, and an important development in getting “access keys to the body-
computer”.’
Fear is essential to how the reptilians control humans. Fear weakens the mind’s
control of the nervous system, unsteadies the nerves. Fear creates and strenghtens
the illusionary ego-perception. Fear creates the ego, and ego produces fear, and
this creates the veil of ignorance, and this becomes the illusions of this world,
and then the world is been controlled by the forces and spells of maya and
illusions.
Humans who understand their true nature, power and worth would be impossible to
manipulate … Only by delinking humanity from this knowledge has it been possible to
orchestrate the reptilian-Brotherhood Agenda over thousands of years. The creation
of official “science” has been fundamental to that and … the same secret societies
were responsible for establishing both.”
It is fear and ignorance that make people feel powerless and there is a veil of
ignorance in place to continue keep humankind in the spiritual slumbering state of
the mind. Vibrational fields created by the rituals produce the frequency
environment in which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the five-
sense frequency range, and it is through the five senses they control humankind.
The true perpetrator of this heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of
interdimensional reptilian aliens called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes
beyond our five senses. The Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have
a particular taste for fear and negativity, and they harvest our darkest emotions
by keeping us trapped within a virtual reality prison. Our universe is nothing more
than a hologram, Icke explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very fabric of
the cosmos. By controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate our
thoughts at the source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state
of bewilderment and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters.
The archons enslaved not only humanity, but the “whole of creation” from the very
beginning up to the present day. This is the matrix or the mind prison on Earth
“If you wish to control a mass population, you have to disconnect them from the
true knowledge of who they are and their own infinite potential to manifest their
own destiny and control their own lives. You have to persuade them that they are
insignificant and powerless so they will live their lives in accordance with that.
As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the
new world powers desired by the archons.
The purpose of Wisdom’s intervention regeneration and liberation of mankind from
the is a spiritual It can be derived that this intervention was meant to free
mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had enslaved it.
As long as selfishness reigns, the strong will enslave the weak. The intellectual
will enslave the ignorant. The classes will enslave the masses.
Another bitter enemy to which the spirit gives birth is fear. It is a deadly enemy
to success. It dwarfs your thinking. It devastates faith. It fills the whole life
with spiritual paralysis.
The archons attempt to use scare tactics to engulf the soul. However, the soul
should not fear! Despite the terrifying size of the archons.
Thus began a program of mind control — or soul enslavement — maintained by Samael
and his “Archons” (rulers) which involved keeping mankind distracted by material
problems and concerns, imprisoned by its own fear of death, of mortality, and
ignorant of its true, divine nature.
Are we starting to see where this is going in regards to the misconceptions of why
the so-called Archons have a need to pirate and feed from the output of our soul-
energy? A powerful energy known from ancient times, and that which even our modern
science has proven to exist to be emanating from us all. These Archon rebellion
leaders are not just some far flung alien entities being mistaken for angles of
light throughout history, and now little gray aliens. They are those who men have
understood through the false control narratives as being the fallen angels.
The very entities who have arrogantly positioned themselves higher than our souls.
It is they who have required a consistent soul-energy source in order to sustain
their very existence after the removal of that eternal coupling.
Clearly they knowingly used their freewill choice to forsake the True Eternal
Creators original, minimal instructions. They have contrived and perpetuated all
manner of evil, death, and negativity narratives throughout all generations, within
all epochs.
Their control narratives are the tools by which they amplify the greatest
percentage of negative energies out of our still connected and sustained living
souls. Pirating the eternal energy connection provided by the One who removed it
from them in the first place.
Without such a system of energy vampirism, they could not continue to exist, much
less create their own realm over us to “be as god”. Therefore, the Archon-souls are
false rulers who coerced and manipulated the great multitude of equal but evidently
naive souls, who for some yet unknown reason consented to follow and agree with
their rebellious vision.
The Archon Rebellion leaders are forced to be Energy Wraiths to survive, and thus
manipulate our circumstances inclined towards the negative in various degrees to
meet their desired need.
There is a reason why these entities work so diligently to keep us enslaved. These
Rebellion leaders know that we have the innate ability of returning to The Eternal
One who made us. They cannot allow our collective souls to be enlightened to this
reality, even partially, for our soul energy is their literal life sustaining
force! The altering of original truth into their own control narrative versions
recurrently enslaves the soul-masses.
The veil of ignorance serves the interests of the archons, who act as cosmic slave
masters, keeping the light sparks in bondage. Anything that causes us to remain
attached to earthly things, including the mental concepts we hold, keeps us in
enslavement to these lesser cosmic rulers.
The earthly kingdom controlled by the archons enslaved man in darkness and
ignorance by the power of fate or destiny.
Low vibrational frequencies represents less information and the higher the
vibrational frequencies is the more information is made accessible, and the more
enlighen the mind becomes. By disconnecting humankind from the real source of
knowledge and light, humankind becomes trapped and imprisoned within a evolutionary
history that is been created by the reptilians. Through manipulations, deceptions,
social and genetic engineering and fear based programming humanind has been
controlled for thosuends of years, generation after generation.
If one wishes to control a mass population, what easier way to disconnect them from
the truth of their infinite potential than with fear.
Clearly, as some can holistically see through man’s history, or at least the
history we are aware of, the rebel Archons have worked to capture ever-increasing
control over the souls of man. However, this is not because they wish to control
the human form, but their intent is to control the souls within the form.
Because the rule of states is based on material borders and physical coercion, the
archons have no power in bodiless cyberspace. Some believe that the Annunaki (is
the archons or watchers on Earth) may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their
genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago.
The universal devil entity and what is seen as the attempts by this alleged demonic
kingpin to capture the souls of all men, which is one of the oldest universal
beliefs among men going back as far as our history provides. In conjunction with
this entities soul stealing operations we have the ancient belief that the Moon is
his tool used for attracting and capturing all souls — The trick of light! This
overall understanding from ancient times is where the reformatted souls of mankind
came up with another universal belief wrapped in various cultural rituals -Moon
worship!
When poeple lack of knowledge and disconnected from the true knowledge or source
they are easier to control.
Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen spiritual
powers, authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about
rearranging the D.N.A of native human species through genetic manipulation and
through unplug the other 10 spiritual dna strands (the 98% junk dna) so the human
race would be manageable and easier to control. Therefore, everything that was
unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a
subconsciousness script and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of
the carbon-body of humans.
If you imagine the D.N.A. molecule to be a library housing genetic information for
a particular organism, you can understand how the native human species has been
partially shut down. When the unseen rulers or (invaders) came in, they
disconnected 10 strands of D.N.A. leaving only 2 (a double helix); it was like they
took most the books off the shelves and tore out all the pages and threw them in a
messy pile on the floor. The information was still there, but it was unorganized
and hence unrecognizable.
The veil ignorance don´t just create separation, it is the key to keep humankind
from true knowledge and away from spiritual powers and spititual progess, and
disconnected from their true higher self.
The purpose is to hide the truth because the archons does not want anyone to come
to a deeper understanding of the knowledge of eternal truths through life in the
Spirit.
From this knowledge we see how the archons need to have power of the human body,
the soul, energy systems, chakras, and information and knowledge, control the mind
or the ego by connect everyone to the matrix or mass consciousness.
The problems is when fear blocks visions the third eye is closed, when the insight
of visions is blocked one can´t see forward and this is the state of mind humankind
is trapped in; within the veil of ignorance and maya of the mind.
The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in
ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates
the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first
distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the
second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and
not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s
mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it
is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra
system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of
our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of
ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-
errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is
“maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.
The key for the archons is to suppress the human energy system and prevent anyone
raising their inner frequencies from low vibrations to higher vibrational
frequencies. Humankind is trapped within a vibratory mind low vibrational mind
prison in this three dimensional world or reality. Through suppression of the true
knowledge of healing they have domination over the human body system and mind.
The territorial, ritualistic, militaristic, reptilian brain is still a substantial
physical component of every human brain and is indispensable in human development.
lt still predominates in the highly unstable metabolizing environment of politics.
lt still controls in most socio-organisms.
Many scientists say that there are actually three parts of the brain, each
governing different aspects of our life. These three parts of the brain are called
the higher brain, the mammalian brain, and the reptilian brain. Each is vital to
our survival and ability to thrive. Each of these three parts of the brain also
relates to one of the three aspects of our mind. Our higher brain, which manages
intelligent learning and consciousness, is connected to our higher mind. This is
brain function that separates us from other animals, that invites the developing of
wisdom through experience. It compels us toward social harmony and altruism. Our
mammalian brain equates with the middle mind. We share this brain capacity with our
fellow animals, who, like us, commit experience to memory in order to assure tribal
security. Our reptilian brain, which relates to our lower mind, controls the basic
drive for personal survival. It regulates the parts of the body that give us those
gut reactions when we feel endangered, such as the urge to fight, flee, or freeze.
Understanding the basic information about the three categories of your mind and
brain will help you to locate the mental cause(s) of presenting issues and to clear
life disturbances at the level at which they occur in relation to both your mind
and brain. The higher mind. The higher mind contains all of the concepts we need to
fulfill our spiritual destiny. The higher mind, primarily through the pineal gland,
runs our higher brain. The most conscious aspect of the brain, the higher brain, is
the learning and teaching part of the brain; it includes all of the higher-learning
organs and glands, including the temporal lobes and the pineal gland. The higher
brain is capable of all forms of communication, including sensory, psychic,
intuitive, and spiritual. Its function is the achievement of full consciousness.
Neurologically, the higher mind relates to our amplification system, which
interconnects us energetically to everything else in the universe. This system is
difficult to track in the human body. Its presence can usually be tracked only
through the appearance of certain chemicals emitted from the right temporal lobe
and the pineal gland, such as the molecule known as DMT (dimethyltryptamine). DMT,
a naturally occurring neurotransmitter found in humans, plants, and animals, is
also known as the “spirit molecule.” It appears to function to expand our awareness
beyond our ordinary, day-to-day consciousness.
Television stimulates the primitive reptilian hind brain.
The subsequent leap in our personal frequencies will lift us out of the vibrational
pit of fear and onto levels far beyond the lower fourth dimension. The limbic
system controls the emotions, feelings, and moods of the brain. Fear-based
television stimulates the reptilian response of “fight or flight,” in turn creating
a mental state wherein we may overestimate the threat of fear.
Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form) is not natural or
normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous
microchip and locks us into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive,
emotional, fear-based sense of reality provides the perfect vehicle for collective
control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to divide and rule.”. If
Icke’s hypothesis is correct, it would mean the human species is part reptilian;
or, put another way, each and every one of us is a human-reptilian hybrid.
Everyone has a mind of their own. Or do they? Are our thoughts, beliefs, and
decisions being molded and generated by forces, agendas, and organizations seeking
to manipulate outcomes and behaviors in our lives? You bet they are. In every area
of our lives these predatory forces are operating to take control of who we are,
what we think and believe, and what we do. They operate in the field of marketing
and sales, in advertising, in politics, and in religion. And they all operate under
the radar screen, undetected. Only an alert and aware citizen is equipped to deal
with the insidiousness of these efforts. Bottom line is that they all engage in the
practice of mind control.
Fear attacks the amygdala, the reptilian, survivor portion of the brain. The
induction of fear bypasses the operation of the frontal lobe, the logic, reasoning,
and reality center of the brain.
Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are
persecuted.
Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop
is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the
appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos
arises.
Where does the fear come from? When the communication lines of connection are
broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place of unfamiliarity).
We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become
disconnected and separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The
spiritual body or higher self knows no fear!”
The reality we are being fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause
people to transmit low-vibrational emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian
Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system The virtual-reality “game” is
interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we receive and
“post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which
the false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed
back that perception to the Matrix.
This constantly empowers the false reality in a feedback loop. In Short, the matrix
is powered by our belief that the hacked reality is “real”.
When organized gang stalkers program attacking the amygdala they provoke the
reptilian brain to action and through constant bombarding the mind with beaming and
looping sound they triggering chaos, or triggering a breakdown of the mind and
causing cognitive distortions to the mind.
The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is
not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third dimension see your
Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third
dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the
vibration of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light
refraction. That light refraction, from your point of consciousness, is as real to
you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third dimension. Change the
electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light
refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that
what you are truly seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based
upon light refraction.
Fear blocks visions and and it blocks new input of information, and when this input
of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when
the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means; “When we
don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and
this hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process
of new information from be configurated into the human body system. The organized
gang stalkers does have any education in these advanced methods of psychology and
everyone seems to know hoe to use this knowledge. Darwin evolutionary theory may
just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information
integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot
be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of
consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using
gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind, create
breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos.
Icke effortlessly constructs correspondences (and substantive identity) between
symbols and actors across time, culture, and political and religious identities.
They all derive from the same source and have the same purpose: “casting a spell on
the human mind and emotions” in order to destroy human understanding of “who we
really are” — part of an energetic, divine whole, and the archons reptilians don´t
want humankind to understand their divine nature. The goal is to keep humankind
connected and controlled by the reptilian brain.
Therefore the reptilians altered and conditioned energies, vibrations and
frequencies into the low vibrational “reptilian wavelengths”. More broadly, the
construction of fear is said to stimulate the kind of society and behaviour the
reptilians desire, and to do so through “vibrational patterns” leaving traces in
our DNA. As if that was not sufficient, the reptilians are also claimed to work
their mind control through technology, including “implants” of thought control
devices 69 These are, again, part of the plan to take control of human agency so
that it is locked to a fearful existence on this plane of being. A preparation for
this, recalling Steiner and his modern disciple, is the weakening of the mind-body
through vaccines, which have been a tool of keeping mankind ill and functioning
below par, and an important development in getting “access keys to the body-
computer”.’
Fear is essential to how the reptilians control humans. Fear weakens the mind’s
control of the nervous system, unsteadies the nerves. Fear creates and strenghtens
the illusionary ego-perception. Fear creates the ego, and ego produces fear, and
this creates the veil of ignorance, and this becomes the illusions of this world,
and then the world is been controlled by the forces and spells of maya and
illusions.
Humans who understand their true nature, power and worth would be impossible to
manipulate … Only by delinking humanity from this knowledge has it been possible to
orchestrate the reptilian-Brotherhood Agenda over thousands of years. The creation
of official “science” has been fundamental to that and … the same secret societies
were responsible for establishing both.”
It is fear and ignorance that make people feel powerless and there is a veil of
ignorance in place to continue keep humankind in the spiritual slumbering state of
the mind. Vibrational fields created by the rituals produce the frequency
environment in which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the five-
sense frequency range, and it is through the five senses they control humankind.
“Food additives, fast food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on
the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing
not only our physical hea and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions
and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sh population is the last thing you need if
you want to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines put so much emphasis on
controlling “education” and the media. This allows them to feed us constant diet of
brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the
controllers want us to think.
We will never die and our integrity is more important than our present body. We use
to be Gods of our own universes, but now we are fallen and no one will help
rehabilitate us. We have total amnesia when we should have total recall. No one is
encouraging us to throw off our chains. We’ve only been given inhibitions. No one
has allowed us to know our true potentialities. We’ve been oppressed and mind
controlled by alien beings for the purpose of making us unknowing slaves. We are
entertained and defrauded by television each day while the alien agenda
relentlessly unfolds. When word gets out that we’ve been mind controlled,
oppressed, held down and used by a reptilian race to further their own nefarious
purposes, mankind will break out of his chains. It will be endgame for the
reptilians. That’s why the reptiles know that this secret must never see the light
of day on planet Earth. That’s also why every human must discover this secret and
make it known to every other human. Together we can undo the mental blocks to our
individual memories and use existing technologies to get out from under the
oppression of the reptilians. To
As the agenda of control and domination on the third dimension becomes more
evident, it will also become more and more evident who is behind it.
Although many people are waking up to the control systems, and trying to find an
explanation for chemtrails, GMOs, and mind control programs, they still do not
grasp the battle in its entirety.
Perhaps those in control are seeking a different agenda than the majority of
humans, but in order to maintain control of the human race they must keep the
agenda covert.
Your inner consciousness matrix in and of itself is called your Divine Self. Your
outer consciousness matrix in and of itself is called your ego. The component of
your outer consciousness ego which in and of itself still attuned to the lower
Planetary animal matrixes if any, is called your id. Your ego is also called your
lesser soul. Your id is also called the Beast within.
Contrary to many orthodox belief systems, Gnostics do not view the body or soul as
evil or as unworthy of the spirit. Rather, Gnostics view the body and the soul as
the initiation school of the spirit. The body and soul provide the spirit with the
ordeals necessary to bring about the birth of the Self, and the eventual full
realization of the Self in the material world. Gnostics view the divine nature as
commingled with the psychic and material spheres.
The ego wants to be the governing force at all times. It will utilize sound scripts
to reinforce its position on Earth, creating smoke screens and illusions to
manipulate energy systems to follow the path of unconsciousness and fantasy.
Intervention and genetic manipulation occurred earlier in humanity’s history, where
our DNA was tampered with and our psychic abilities repressed. This was done so
that no one could challenge the prison guards (the Archons).
The creation of a more perfect illusion that is meant to entrap and enslave
humanity? This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance, which, for the
gnostics, is not the mere privation of knowledge, but, being the opposite of
gnosis, it is a “positive affect of the spirit, a force of its own, operative in
the very terms of man’s existence and preventing his discovering of the truth for
himself, even his realizing his state of ignorance as such.”
The ego of humankind or mass consciousness is been fed and encoded with knowledge
that keep humankind trapped within the state of ignorance, the dream state,
slumbering state, the hypnonic state of mind.
As long as we allow the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our
vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a
people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us
into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our
vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers
desired by the archons.
Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of
anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation
and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting
it) will dissipate and the world will change.
However, a human is great as he is not just a piece of matter and he is no slave. A
colossal spiritual force is put into him that is able to transform him into a Real
Human, in an essence much higher than this world. Freeing from deceit, a man
becomes stronger and smarter. The more clever, spiritually free people are, the
harder it is for the Archons to implement their plans, and the weaker their
influence on people becomes. And if all people know the Truth, there will be nobody
for the Archons to dictate their terms to. In reality they are empty spaces. There
is only a handful of them. The decision is in people’s hands: give in to
provocations of the Archons and bring the planet to the global war or throw down
the Archons’ authority and create the golden age of this civilization. The future
of the world is in people’s hands. Everything is very simple. You need to be the
one whom the Archons fear. You need to be a Human!”
Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or
other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the
False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false
matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are
trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false
realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?
The purpose of these gang-stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and
make them look foolish or even crazy in public, or to frustrate or intimidate them,
or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper purpose is to coerce them
into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to break
their will and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around
the target will be clueless as to what the target is experiencing, and the target
will appear to be delusional should he or she mention anything to anybody. The
sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to turn for help,
is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission.
It is in the end the stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark prophecy or
conspiracy theory is actually ancient agenda in its final stages of being played
out.
Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a
negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of
the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. Living and dying filled with unconscious
negativity only proves that the ego based energy system is a selfish, cynical, non-
caring, fearful, and insignificant being.
To live life only in the confines of the ego blinds an energy system from the truth
and limits their full capacity of experiencing the splendors of Earth as directed
by the energy of Creation. Once the mistrust of God’s energy occurred the ego took
control. Mistrust is an illusion that the ego has used as a defense against itself.
Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God
within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you
must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion.
Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the
reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to
Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to
all this.
We, identifying ourselves with the body, create ignorance of this reality and
misunderstanding that we are just physical and finite beings. This doubt and
duality thus created between us and the Pure Self, the Divine Consciousness within,
is called Spiritual Ignorance. In this ignorance, pain and doubt develops within.
As one adopt the body and develop the identities of ego, Maya becomes the
companion.
Icke says, is just the outer rim of the rabbit hole. These earthly oppressors are
merely the puppets of an even more sinister enemy. The true perpetrator of this
heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of interdimensional reptilian aliens
called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes beyond our five senses. The
Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have a particular taste for fear
and hatred, and they harvest our darkest emotions by keeping us trapped within a
virtual reality prison. Our universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke
explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very fabric of the cosmos. By
controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate our thoughts at the
source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state of bewilderment
and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters. Things are looking bleak. We are
within the Archons’ evil clutches. Humanity is teetering on the edge of total
enslavement. Game over: The reptiles win.
But that doesn’t have to be our fate. There is a glimmer of hope. The Archons have
one fatal weakness: They must work in the dark, in secret. When their plans are
exposed to the light, Icke says, the spell is broken, and their control system will
topple like a house of cards. And there’s a change in the air. More and more people
are opening their minds, waking up, beginning to shake off the shackles of the
Archons and their humanoid minions. If we keep up the momentum, the Archons will be
defeated, and the shadow will be lifted. There will be a new dawn. Humanity will
come together again as one consciousness, and we will reclaim our rightful place in
the cosmos.
Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The Matrix: he wakes
up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false
reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t
even need to dodge the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your
new state of consciousness will transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we
need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of reconnected awareness, the
agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no problem to
overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can
remember who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and
infinite Self, and “that moment is fast approaching,”
Mass consciousness. The collective consciousness of humanity. Mass mind. The
collective mind of humanity. Until quickened, this body, often called the lower
mental body, remains the vehicle for the carnal mind. Sympathy draws the individual
into the whirlpool of human chaos and ties up his energies in the day-to-day
melodrama of the mass consciousness through the beta brain waves (of duality). Beta
brain waves is also the mass consciousness.
Mass of thoughts that have been built up in consciousness through many generations
of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality,
or carnal mind. Another name for the devil is ‘sense consciousness. Sense
consciousness is a mental state formed from believing in and acting through the
senses. It is carnal mind expressing its disbelief in the omnipresence of God. The
carnal mind is not conscious in the customary sense, although in another sense it
is completely conscious—more so in some ways than the ego, since it has to direct
the routine functions of the body such as the breath and heart-beat even in deep
sleep. The carnal mind, as one might expect, thinks sensorily.
Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the
culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has
assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of
behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and
cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end.
Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the
prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That
is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology
exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this.
Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose.
Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about
control and hypnotism.
The Archon vased “technospheric” matrix—the matrix of technology, human thought,
and the collective consciousness of humanity that is based on fear. The
technosphere is the mirror representation of the disconnected DNA patterns.
Together the two forms create a virtual mirror net, where the internal manifests
the external structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity bound and
hypnotized in the 3D world. These structures feed and live off of negative
emotions, bodily dysfunctions, and apparently unshakeable inherited family traumas
and behavior patterns. These distorted structures farm energy from the DNA, on a
family and collective consciousness level, guiding it into supporting the ever-
expanding technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it
can grow. The distortions then become even more entrenched in the collective
consciousness, feeding back into the human DNA and creating a feedback loop or junk
DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together, the junk DNA that contains the codes of
self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix create one single
entity—the ancient mind of humanity. When we become aware of these distortions and
transmute them, we can leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind.
Vibrational fields created by the rituals produce the frequency environment in
which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the five-sense frequency
range.
The fact that life in human societies (and human bodies) is composed of limitations
and constraints.
Because the rule of states is based on material borders and physical coercion, the
archons have no power in bodiless cyberspace. Some believe that the Annunaki (is
the archons or watchers on Earth) may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their
genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago. This
their genetic engineering experiment is the artificial matrix humankind is trapped
within and the archons prevents the soul from ascending. The goal is therefore to
prevent people from raising their inner vibrations from low to higher. The lower
the vibration is the denser materialistic world and the higher the vibrations is
the less denser and the archons can´t control higher frequencies, just the low
vibrational through using fear.
In the book Freedom: Alchemy for a Voluntary Society, he defines the ancient
Gnostics as spiritual libertarians, arguing that they “saw themselves as the
vanguard of human freedom, struggling by the use of spiritual means against the
ubiquitous forces of tyranny in the realms of nature and being.” As a Jungian,
Hoeller underlines the psychological aspects of this struggle, arguing that the
Gnostics were “technicians of individuation” who attempted to overcome the internal
archons that rule our mundane, messed-up psyches. The demiurgic hands of tyranny in
all manner of mass movements, ecological ideologies, and architectures of state
power.
The Midgard Serpent which Odin sunk beneath the sea, but which grew to such a size
as to encircle the whole earth.
They were able to take physical form in your world. They terrorized the humans.
They are the same as the Watchers. Semyaza, the leader of the fallen angels or -“-
watchers.
Contrary to many orthodox belief systems, Gnostics do not view the body or soul as
evil or as unworthy of the spirit. Rather, Gnostics view the body and the soul as
the initiation school of the spirit. The body and soul provide the spirit with the
ordeals necessary to bring about the birth of the Self, and the eventual full
realization of the Self in the material world. Gnostics view the divine nature as
commingled with the psychic and material spheres.
Reptilians on Earth, Orwellian Minds, Leviathan fallen consciousness state, the
matrix and how they control it, and how they keeping humankind trapped within their
mind prison, and how fear is the base component for control and suppress and
oppress
The Reptiloids, have been living here on Earth for thousands of years and that they
consider the Earth to be their ancestral home, since they claim that they were the
original occupants in prehistoric times.
The original Reptilian Race that came to this planet and created the Humanoids as
slaves, then unaware souls began to occupy these bodies and we have what the world
is today. Most of Human History have been written with Reptilian Control,
Reptilian aliens secretly running the world.
Orwellian Minds
THE AMYGDALA is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous
stimuli from our experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably
some from ancestral memories stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions
our response units accordingly, ensuring that we react instantaneously to all
potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in train a series of motions that take
milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive process to
rationalise and regain control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles
contract and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in a hasty salute to the sound of the
heart stirring up the rivers of blood below the skin. This is called the ‘fight or
flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful states that catch us
unawares. The amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated,
it remembers why and retains the fearful association within its wrinkled clutches.
Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four illustrates the dangers of reducing people to a
reptilian state in which they lose their autonomy and have their behaviour dictated
by state-sponsored stimuli. ‘The films shown by the Ministry of Truth in Orwell’s
Nineteen Eighty Fouraim at regressing the audience to a primitive level.
David Icke says; Cut the Orwellian language and it means mind manipulation, tapping
into the unconscious mind without the person’s conscious knowledge to plant the
thoughts you wish them to follow.
Leviathan thus becomes a metaphor for the whole of the fallen world and for fallen
humanity in it.
Then Leviathan is a metaphor for a fallen humankind into the three dimensional
reality of this world humankind become enslaved within the archons world and their
matrix of control.
Leviathan, the archons, the matrix, lower matrix of the mind, and the ego has
become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass
of collective energy.
Remember that an idle mind is the devil’s workshop.
Since all human beings share a collective spirit, the fear that people channel into
Satan allows him to exert an … Satan is our collective ego. .
The personification of all egos (the collective ego) is called Satan in the
biblical scriptures. This collective ego has a unified intelli-gence of its own
which works purposefully to maintain the illu-sion of separateness. So there are
forces of ignorance that seek to perpetuate ignorance both within and without.
Using the para-digm of Carl Jung’s collective unconscious, we see there is a pool-
ing of the egoistic inclinations of all people. These negative, self-centered
tendencies exert themselves as though functioning as a single intelligent being. It
is the direction of these forces to encourage egoistic tendencies in the thoughts
and feelings of us all. In so doing it perpetuates itself.
The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems
within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from
spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the
unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the
energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s
energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of
consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby,
disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.
It is important that we try to understand the mechanism of the ego. By doing this,
we can begin to discriminate between the real and the unreal, the permanent and the
impermanent, the delu-sional and the sane. Once we understand what it is about us
that is unreal, we can begin to glimpse our true nature. We will see that the ego
is a liar and a thief and that it is the source of all the fear, tension, misery
and war that has possessed humankind through the centuries. Hell is the shadow of
the ego. Wherever there is ego, hell is sure to follow. The ego is like something
that is borrowed. It doesn’t really belong to us. Hell is what comes to collect the
debt.
The ego is our sense of separateness as “I” and “mine” and arises from
identification with the body. We have become blinded by the ego, thinking that we
are the ego, and the more we think we are the ego, the more deeply we sink into
spiritual darkness. In truth, we are spiritual beings who have been imprisoned in
bodies by the belief that we are these bodies. Ego (Satan) does everything possible
to continue to persuade us that we are mere mortal fleshly beings. Satan is our
jailer and holds the door to our cell closed by means of our own desires and
attachments. We could walk out right now—today—but we are unable to do so because
we are spiritually blind like a horse with blinders and see only materially through
the five senses. Our desires are the whip that drives us into this morbid
existence.
We are truly on a prison planet, no longer having a natural connection with the
divine spirit, “Why”. The story of the “Garden of Eden” (and paradise lost), is the
eviction from Paradise. This story becomes our true reality. But instead of eating
an apple from a sacred tree, “what” could be the true story? Remember the old
saying “an apple a day keeps the doctor away”. This is not just a fancy saying,
because the apple has a monatomic substance which can heal you, and more
importantly helps to activate the pineal gland between the brain (every ones third
eye). But instead of nourishing our stargate to gain access to a higher self, this
ability has been manipulated with chemicals in the air, food, and water. A time
when a different race came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they
were so advanced. Revelation quotes that these god’s created man to their likeness,
well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or less changing our
DNA.
The reason why many stay trapped in the tomb is because they want to fit in. This
is the fear principle that rules mass consciousness and the illusion that feeding
the fears of being excluded and then fears of death. The Matrix is then been
controlled mass consciousness, tribal consciousness, corporate thought pattern,
Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the
collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.
Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and
controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world.
That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed.
economic systems.
In order to gain control and manipulate another person a covert aggressor will
employ positive reinforcement tactics such as praise, approval, even sympathy to
draw you in. Then the aggressor will create a growing climate of fear and self-
doubt with the use of intermittent positive and negative reinforcement (threats,
intimidation, even playing the victim) to disorient the targeted person.
The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone
through fear. Satan (the ultra ego) wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions
and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding
you off.
Rejection is one of Satan´s intimidation strategies. When one begin to advance in
the area for spiritual progress, they subtle start to set up the stage for
intimidation. Fear and intimidations is part of the strategies in organized gang
stalking.
When the intimidators come, their biggest weapons are words—threatening to harm, to
disgrace, and to take away something of value. The demon that accompanies all
intimidators on their mission is called fear. The demon of fear stands in the
forefront to bark like a mad dog, while the human intimidator breathes threats.
Energy systems that are guided only by the ego are more likely to be engulfed into
the influential power of the mass of collective energy. Ego based energy systems
often perceive the world as being a terrible, negative place to live. Their
perceptions create hostility and hate within them.
They project their negativity into the world, feeding the negativity within the
mass of collective energy. This negativity is what positive, awakened energy
systems are constantly fighting against. Positive awakened energy systems are
higher conscious beings that can see past the smokescreens of the ego to get to the
truth. Since the mass of collective energy is predominantly derived from the
unconscious ego, awakened energy systems are considered outcasts and have to lead a
life of repressed identity.
Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of
projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality
belief system within the mass of collective energy. This is the collective
organized gang stalking. They constant stalking persecution and “shadowing”.
The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the
embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means
to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe.
Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret
codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is
above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix
sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is
basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan
is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep
humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can
do is make more slaves.
the devil is the ego, or is found in the ego (or the collective ego of all mankind
The Western psyche has never come to a healthy understanding of the nature of evil
and its role in natural events is one of the symptoms of our collective Western
neurosis. Our everyday attitudes ultimately stem from our society’s god-image, such
as it dualistically exists.
Satan is a creation of fallen human consciousness. He is energized by human fear.
Since all human beings share a collective spirit, the fear that people channel into
Satan allows him to exert an influence of fear upon all our race.
The physical brain is under the sway of the lower animal mind
The ego, whether of the individual “I” or the collective “we”, is the arch-deceiver
Satan, the sole enemy of God and man.
Leviathan and the carnal mind
Archon, Satan and Carnal Mind and the matrix of the archons
The million year old reptilian brain is still in action, the archons is also in
action, Satan is always working, and the carnal mind in humans is also in action
Leviathan and the matrix
Leviathan: a mythical creature that appears in the Bible. It is interpreted as
either a ferocious dragon-like monster or a representation of Satan (the Devil).
Again, we see a connection with a rebellious society or world system whose agenda
is contrary to God’s but in accord with Satan’s.
The sea monster Leviathan also returns to life as the beast from the sea in Rev
13:1–10. Here, John links the metaphor of a Leviathan-like sea monster, full of
political symbolism, with the hostile world empires.
The first beast forms a worldwide system with this beast to control people’s lives
even by capital threat. … If the first beast is the giver of the ideology, the
second beast has a major role as an organizer of the new cult.
The earthly kingdom controlled by the archons enslaved man in darkness and
ignorance by the power of fate or destiny.
It is Maya which deludes man to think that the body acts, the mind thinks, the eyes
see, the ears hear. Sanskrit maya means “illusion, magic”. Particularly in the
Advaita Vedanta the illusion of Maya represents the limited, deluded ego, which
understands reality as only psychological and mental and does not recognize the
true self. It creates separation, corruption, distortion, delusion, illusion,
glamour, maya, and false divisions in every move it makes! Do not be deluded by the
negative ego’s deluded and corrupt thinking patterns.
The power of maya which deludes the person in bondage through the misrepresentation
of creation, fails to delude the liberated person. We are mere ‘puppets ‘ in the
hand of this Maya -body/ ego consciousness.
Mass Consciousness – Satan is simply an energy created and formed by the human mass
consciousness and their belief in him. The mass of thoughts that has been built up
in race consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and
crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind, which
opposes and rejects God.
The old self, or the false self, is the creation of the carnal mind. It is not the
creation of God. God created our divine authentic Self. We have created the false
self through a false light, or sight. This light is the false wisdom we gained by
eating from the three of the knowledge of good and evil under the deceptive
influence of Satan. We gave so much importance to this false ego or self, that it
became the main personality in our consciousness. This is actually the cause of all
the problems and chaos we face in life.
The Matrix has been nothing less than a fake or virtual reality; a collective mind-
prison for docile humans, created by the ‘sentient machines’ in order to feed on
the energy of cocooned human bodies. Morpheus, representing the resistance of a
relatively small number of beleaguered humans who exist ‘outside’ the Matrix,
offers Neo the chance to experience reality as it really is. Neo learns to overcome
the panopticon power of The Matrix, and rouses the final human battle against the
machines.
Leviathan is the political system that suppress humans higher vibrations by using
fear.
Oppression and Leviathan
The beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda.
This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and
us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are
changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling
the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race.
Transhumanism.
Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which
will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy
humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that
will be irreversible.
The elite understand that ultimately the economy is connected to a Luciferian
spiritual economic system.
The highest levels of government finance, culture, science, and politics, the
elite, are busy constructing a global economic order that will culminate in what is
described in Revelation as the mark of the beast system. We can see this with the
development of biometrics, radio frequency identification (RFID) chips, electronic
tattoos, electronic payments, and similar technologies. Prophesy scholars say that
the mark of the beast system is now possible for the first time in history.
The carnal man, Satan, controls the beast system. The Beast is a system created by
Satan. That satanic throne is all around us today in this worldly system of things.
The composite beast of Revelation 13:1, 2 symbolizes the worldwide political
system, empowered and controlled by Satan.
The System is also famous known to some as The Matrix which is also considered as a
Weapon of Mass Destruction because its job is to degenerate and eventually destroy
the human mind and spirit systematically on a massive scale in an orderly fashion.
Why the Matrix? Because in the movie The Matrix, the matrix was described as a
fabricated world of illusions that seemed real to the senses, but in reality
everyone that was living inside the matrix was actually asleep in some type of
stasis. Just like the matrix, the system is a fabricated world of lies and
deceptions with the intention of causing ignorance and helplessness, created by the
devil to help degenerate humanity into a beast-like state.
The Leviathan Factor tells the incredible story of how Satan, created as Lucifer
the morning star, self-transformed into Leviathan, God’s serpentine arch foe.
`Preternaturally formed’ means formed supernaturally (but not by God) – formed
apart from nature. Leviathan (the serpent/dragon) was a “monster” because Satan had
preternaturally formed it against the will of God. This occurrence was beyond
nature. Prior to God’s intervention, fallen man in the flesh was the “other hideous
land animal”. The serpent of Genesis is a symbol of Satan, as the enchanter, in the
form of an animal – an angel who has become a flesh man.
Leviathan and political system
Levithan and Satan
Leviathan and human chakra
Leviathan and Mind vs consciousness
Leviathan Ego and lower matrix
The spirit of Leviathan lives on. This invincible animal who terrorized humanity
(spirit of organized gang stalking)
Leviathan is the mind of the ego and the political beast system (the matrix of the
archons)
Mind is local and consciousness is unlocal
Mind is not reality – consciousness is the only reality
Ego, mind and intellect vs intuition, consciousness and no mind
Consciousness is your non-biological
This also means that the wave aspect of our indestructible consciousness in the
non-local space is inherently immeasurable by physical means.
This non-local aspect of consciousness, which can also be called our higher
consciousness, divine consciousness or cosmic consciousness, could be compared to
gravitational fields, of which only the physical effects throughout the universe
can be measured, but the fields themselves are not directly demonstrable. In trying
to understand this concept of interaction between the invisible non-local space and
our visible, material body, it seems appropriate to com-pare it with modern
worldwide communication. There is a continuous exchange of objective information by
means of electromagnetic fields for radio, TV, mobile telephone, or laptop
computer. We are not consciously aware of the vast amounts of electromagnetic
fields that constantly, day and night, exist around us and even permeating us, as
well as permeating structures like walls and buildings. At each moment we are
invaded by hundreds of thousands of telephone calls, and hundreds of radio and TV
programmes. We only become aware of these electromagnetic infor-mative fields at
the moment we use our mobile telephone or by switching on our radio, TV or laptop.
What we receive is neither inside the instrument, nor in the components, but thanks
to the receiver, the information from the electromagnetic fields becomes observable
to our senses and hence perception occurs in our consciousness. The voice we hear
over our telephone is not inside the telephone. The concert we hear over our radio
is transmitted to our radio.
One cannot avoid the conclusion that endless consciousness has always existed and
will always exist independently from the body, because there is no beginning nor
will there ever be an end to our consciousness. There is a kind of biological basis
of our waking consciousness, because during life our physical body functions as an
interface or place of resonance. But there is no biological basis of our whole,
endless, or enhanced consciousness because it is rooted in a non-local space. Our
enhanced and non-local consciousness resides not in our brain and is not limited to
our brain. So our brain seems to have a facilitating, and not a producing function
to experience consciousness.
Consciousness does not happen in the brain.
Consciousness is your non-biological, non-alterable innate ability to internally
see (observe) and know as awareness of both subliminal and activated self-
awareness, and is separate from your biological brain functions that rise and fall
upon demand. The brain/mind functions provide all the information for the observer-
knower of consciousness to use its innate ability of seeing and knowing, which is
subliminal self-referencing self-awareness as pure awareness with the spirit
pattern of free will activating that awareness as human activated self-awareness:
aware of itself or aware of what the mind produces.
Intellectually understanding the separation of consciousness and mind provides a
greater depth of insight into the functioning of your existence. Experientially
appreciating their interdependence deepens that clarity of insight. Without an
experiential foundation for your life, the shadow reflected upon the world reflects
back its own darkness, entrapping you within itself. That one simple action
ceaselessly repeats in endless disguises. However, actually experiencing the
separation of consciousness and mind opens doors of internal perception that you
would never have thought possible.
The intellect defines the choices, but the pure knower of consciousness amalgamated
with the spirit pattern of free will is the actual deciding agency. Or, the
‘ability’ of non-biological consciousness to know, is brought to ‘life’ by
biological intellect definitions, which is the intellect manipulating accumulated
information. However, the pure knower of consciousness, embedded with the spirit
pattern of free will, is the final arbitrator of those manipulations by its innate
discriminating ‘ability’. The amalgamation of the spirit pattern of free will with
the knower of consciousness, to function as one, occurs due to the transformational
nature of free will.
The transformation process is similar to observing two parts hydrogen amalgamating
with one part oxygen to transform into water. When hydrogen and oxygen are mixed,
they remain in their gaseous states. It requires a catalyst (a spark of energy) to
transform that gaseous state into water. Within consciousness, the spirit pattern
of free will is that catalytic spark. It transforms the potential knowing or
discriminating ‘ability’ of the pure knower into actual knowing, actualizing its
knowing-awareness by free will, awaking that ‘ability’. The released knowing
‘ability’ is what frees the intellect to manipulate information, allowing pure
knower awareness to be aware of that manipulation, providing the pure knower with
the material to make choices.
The transformation releases activated self-awareness from within subliminal self-
referential self-awareness, experienced as individual awareness/self-awareness,
transforming animal consciousness into human consciousness. That transformational
action makes the knower ‘personal’ as an activated observer-knower personality as
it can now know or be aware of itself and/or its mind production. The personal
knower can now know and use its knowing potential, which is activated self-
awareness capable of accessing and manipulating the biological brain functions,
creating or releasing a human consciousness out of animal consciousness.
The spirit pattern of free will is transformational energy. Being transformation
energy it is not visible as it is spirit energy and not material energy. It
transforms by releasing the ‘ability’ of the pure knower of consciousness to
discriminate or know, by what the biological brain functions produce, releasing it
from its animal bondage into the freedom that activated self-awareness creates.
Activated self-awareness creates knower ‘personal’ freedom, releasing it from
animal restriction by now having the ability to make choices by thought. However,
whatever choices are made is a byproduct of free will and not free will. The spirit
pattern of free will only allows those choices to be made by freeing the knowing
‘ability’ of consciousness from its animal bondage, providing the means for the
pure knower to know by allowing the intellect to manipulate information.
The pure knower of consciousness is no longer personal in potential; it has been
actualized as a knowing personality. The spirit pattern of free will is the
catalyst to awaken the potential personalness of the knower into an actual
functioning personality, by releasing activated self-awareness from within
subliminal self-awareness, releasing human consciousness awareness from animal
consciousness. The now actualized personality is your identity that never alters.
When you have gained an intellectual appreciation of that complexity, simplicity
arrives through experiential realization of seeing how that complexity entraps and
controls. Knowing that process allows you to stand-aside from its entrapment and a
sense of freedom and liberation appears as if from nowhere, creating a sense of
intense relief as you are no longer bound within the quagmire of restricted vision,
establishing directional simplicity and sincerity in all your thoughts and actions.
The freedom that has always existed within consciousness has been liberated, making
you simply feel good, which is happiness. You had it from the very beginning but
were blinded by what the components of your existence created, unwittingly
entrapping yourself within your own self-created border limitation. By limiting
your vision, you effectively restrict your existence. However, consciousness is
born free and cannot be I imited. The self-created limitation is the primary cause
for the majority of anxieties, fears, sense of isolation and all forms of
disharmony that exist. To clear that self-created limitation, or blockage, it is
necessary to know what that blockage is and how it was created.
Consequently, you enter the complexity of how and why the components of your
existence interrelate, creating potential limiting restriction upon the non-
restriction of consciousness.
The veil of ignorance prevent higher consciousness from be progressed and archons
prevents the soul from ascending, “The human ego denied its own source in man’s
inner knowing and inner being”.
A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed
reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as
it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the
essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.
Insights removes darkness and illuminates. Insights manifests in the multitude of
light. Insight opens the third eye and travels through the Crown of the head.
Insights reveals the path to salvation. It brings cosmic visions. Insights removes
gravitational force of the earthly matter from the human kind and elevates the
human kind to a higher platform.
The ‘light’ of primordial awareness is descriptive ‘light’, as it appears as
darkness until transformed into your observer-knower as a self-referencing
individual consciousness. When that transformation occurs, pure awareness is now an
activated ‘light’ of primordial awareness, referred to as actual ‘light’, as the
‘light’ is used by the observer of pure awareness to see by its illumination,
allowing the pure knower to know what is seen, which is subliminal self-awareness.
“Man the machine” is an unbearable concept to those who are not ready to mutate
beyond the lower, robot circuits. One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until one
realizes how totally one has been robotized.
From the psychological point of view all biological forms are transient robots
created by DNA to house and transport the genetic “brain,” DNA. The muscular mind
designs and constructs machines to serve human.
Ancient texts teaching that the Anunnaki had “created” humans through genetic
manipulation to make them work for them as slaves. Apparently they changed the
existing man “genetically”, who roamed earth for millions of years, in order to
have a slave race to work for them without having to teach them everything (it was
the beginning of an intelligent being). An intelligent race who could easily be
controlled by manipulating their minds. Hence all the secrecies about “Esoteric
Knowledge”. As long as man wouldn’t find out what he was capable off and be unaware
of his divine abilities and powers, he would always remain a slave, and kept in a
state of slumbering or kept in a artificial computer created “dreamworld”.
not all what you see or think it is.
The idea that the Annunaki believe they are in charge of human evolution makes
sense if you consider the possibility that Zecharia Sitchin’s idea that they
altered humanity to serve as slaves, could be reality. Today we can see these
simularities to the matrix (enslaved), artificial intelligence and transhumanism.
The Matrix movie shows, a mutant computer program born of artificial intelligence,
which has turned the human race into slaves. The humans were basically genetic
robots created solely to work.
The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to
enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up
from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness (illusions and veil
of ignorance)’, is done when people are shown ‘the true workings of the system.
Humanity has been enslaved for centuries an thousends of years.
The idea that the Annunaki believe they are in charge of human evolution makes
sense if you consider the possibility that Zecharia Sitchin’s idea that they
altered humanity to serve as slaves, could be reality. Today we can see these
simularities to the matrix (enslaved), artificial intelligence and transhumanism.
The Matrix movie shows, a mutant computer program born of artificial intelligence,
which has turned the human race into slaves. The humans were basically genetic
robots created solely to work.
The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to
enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up
from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness (illusions and veil
of ignorance)’, is done when people are shown ‘the true workings of the system.
Humanity has been enslaved for centuries an thousends of years.
The Annunaki could be the (Archons – the rulers and principalities that is mention
in Ephesians 6:12) as described by the Agnostics are a predatory (predatory
stalking/organized gang stalking), nonhuman mentality, mind, computer- like race
that is not capable of creative imagination. Therefore, they cleverly use
humanities energy and creative powers to turn humans against themselves through
this Earth Matrix, based on deception and manipulation, and through Maya the
humankind is trapped in both illusions and the veil of ignorance.
In the movie The Matrix, humanity is enslaved by an artificial intelligence we
ourselves created. Humans are kept in pods while their bodies are used as energy
sources to support the machinery of artificial intelligence. To keep us enslaved,
the artificial intelligence creates a massive, interactive, virtual reality for
humans. And by meticulously controlling the neurons in our brains, the artificial
intelligence manages to deceive us into thinking this virtual world is the real
world. Though we are in fact enslaved in cocoonlike pods, we experience ourselves
and our world just as we do now. Everything seems normal. Everything feels real.
The neurologically controlled virtual reality that keeps us imprisoned is the
Matrix.
Before the Anunnaki raid, some humans had extraordinary abilities that were left
over from the advanced Earth civilizations that had long ago collapsed. The
original biogenetic example of the human was given incredible information, was
inter-dimensional by nature, and could do many supernatural things. When the
“creator gods” (described above) raided, they found that the local species had
abilities that were too much like their own. Consequently, they suppressed and
controlled the current human inhabitants—those last surviving ancestors of Atlantis
and Lemuria. In the case of these surviving ancestors, the breeding males were only
allowed to breed with manipulated two-strand DNA females, thus nearly eliminating
all 12-strand humans left on Earth, as is depicted in the legendary Sumerian tale,
the Epic of Gilgamesh.
Computers have taken over the world and manipulated people’s brains so they believe
they’re living normal lives. The computer-generated dream world keeps the human
population content and incapable of fighting for their freedom.
To experience the liberation of consciousness is to enter the heart of creation,
and then you will know, and nothing or no one anywhere can ever devalue or diminish
that experience. It is yours for an eternity. It is worth the struggle to get
through the complexity to expose the freedom you are born within. The freedom
arrives of its own accord. It is not learnt nor can it be given. It simply appears
of its own volition when you remove your self-created border entrapment. All your
previous effort to understand the complexity dissolves into effortless simplicity,
establishing directional sincerity encased within a known purpose for existence.
Understanding the active components of consciousness and being able to evaluate how
they interrelate demystifies existence, unveiling an internal direction, hidden
within the complexity of living.
Meditation in one form or another is intrinsic to all transformative journeys to
the mystic consciousness of the true self in Divine unity. Meditation is the way of
self-awareness that assists in a transformation from a fear-based consciousness to
a heart-based consciousness.
The inertia of the fear-based consciousness has narrowed and restricted our self-
consciousness to only kataphatic experience. The unintegrated disunity of the
heart, mind, and body formed in a wounded human consciousness and culture,
overwhelmingly encourages the use of rational and sensory experience as the primary
mode of our conscious awareness. This is the development of our personality from
the outside-in instead of the inside-out. The interior of the heart must be the
lens in which all outside stimulus is filtered. Our heart-based consciousness is
nonlocal and nondual expressing being within the physical dimension. It is the
oneness of our true self in God through the Spirit within our heart that we are
aware of an infinite and eternal transcendent unity in Divine Being.
Frontal lobes and Evolution
If one wish to understand and improve our mental, emotional, and behavioral
functions, the locus of investigation is the nervous system. The person who can
dial and tune the receptive, integrative, transmitting circuits of the nervous
system is not just more intelligent, but can be said to operate at a higher and
more complex level of evolution.
The human brain has evolved in four progressive stages, with the earliest stage
comprising the inner core of the brain and attached directly to the brainstem. This
part of the brain is known as the R-complex or reptilian brain. This part of the
brain gives us our basic survival traits, such as to fight or flee in danger
situations. This core is surrounded by the second stage of the brain’s development,
which is commonly referred to as the old mammalian brain, comprised mainly of the
limbic system, which is the seat of our emotions and gives us the ability to feel
and causes us to act on those feelings. Surrounding this is the neo-cortex, the
third stage of the brain’s development, which has evolved to allow us to think and
to analyze.
The fourth stage is comprised of the pre-frontal lobes, which grow out of the front
part of the neo-cortex, and provide us with the ability to plan and predict.
Beneath this pre-frontal area, or attached to it, is the pineal gland, which might
be a fifth stage in the brain’s evolution. This gland is a little pea-sized
outgrowth and has been associated with psychic ability in humans. It is located
between the eyes, slightly behind and above them, and is often referred to as the
third eye.
When any organ of the body is not used for a long enough time, it begins to wither
and becomes inoperative, and can eventually physically disappear altogether, at
that point existing only within the genetic blueprint of our DNA. Such might be the
case with the pineal gland, which may have atrophied over time from disuse, and
threatens to disappear altogether in future generations of our species if it’s not
exercised.
The only way to rewire neural patterns is to interfere with the neurotransmitter
sequence at the synapse, thus retracting the old imprint and allowing for a new
imprinting. The Corpus Callosum it is where neural connections are activated to the
extent of creating new neural pathways or dendritic synapses, between them,
breaking the barrier of lack of corpus callosum energy.
MAN is a transitional being; he is not final. For in man and high beyond him ascend
the radiant degrees that climb to a divine supermanhood. There lies our destiny and
the liberating key to our aspiring but troubled and limited mundane existence. We
mean by man mind imprisoned in a living body. But mind is not the highest possible
power of consciousness; for mind is not in possession of Truth, but only its
ignorant seeker.
Beyond mind is a supramental or gnostic power of consciousness that is in eternal
possession of Truth. This supermind is at its source the dynamic consciousness, in
its nature at once and inseparably infinite wisdom and infinite will of the divine
Knower and Creator. Supermind is superman; a gnostic supermanhood is the next
distinct and triumphant evolutionary step to be reached by earthly nature. The step
from man to superman is the next approaching achievement in the earth’s evolution.
It is inevitable because it is at once the intention of the inner Spirit and the
logic of Nature’s process.
The appearance of a human possibility in a material and animal world was the first
glint of some coming divine Light, the first far-off promise of a godhead to be
born out of Matter. The appearance of the superman in the human world will be the
fulfilment of this divine promise. Out of the material consciousness in which our
mind works as a chained slave is emerging the disk of a secret sun of Power and Joy
and Knowledge.
The supermind will be the formed body of that radiant effulgence. Supermanhood is
not man climbed to his own natural zenith, not a superior degree of human
greatness, knowledge, power, intelligence, will, character, genius, dynamic force,
saintliness, love, purity or perfection. Supermind is something beyond mental man
and his limits; it is a greater consciousness than the highest consciousness proper
to human nature.
The Superman is one whose centre of gravity is shifted from the domain of Ignorance
to the domain of Truth. He is in possession of a divine Principle— the Supermind –
that is illumined by the Supermind which is a pure principle of integral Truth-
vision and sovereign Truth-effectuation. The brain is as much a product of the mind
as the chromosomes are a product of forces about whose nature we know as little as
what we call gravitation, light or consciousness.
It is through meditation that we create the threads and cables that connect the
three aspects of the mind. In the same way that our homes are wired for phone and
internet reception, these threads function as communication lines that allow us to
receive information from the higher planes. Over time, as we project our attention
upward, these threads and cables fuse and widen as a symbolic bridge between the
physical and spiritual worlds is built. This bridge is built in two pieces. The
lower span links the lower mind and the soul. When we build this bridge, we create
a direct channel for the downpouring of information from the soul to the brain,
where it is interpreted and used. This experience has produced many of our greatest
achievements in religion, the arts, and business. At a later stage in our spiritual
development, the higher span—the one between the soul and the higher mind—is built.
It is where neural connections are activated to the extent of creating new neural
pathways or dendritic synapses, between them, breaking the barrier of lack of
corpus callosum energy.
The evolution of conscious mind to superconscious state of mind results in the
perception becoming finer and finer. At the superconscious state of mind, the
sense-perception is totally absent, it is tuned to receive the intuition. From a
evolutionary perspective there is a huge potential latent in the part of the brain
called the frontal cortex.
The frontal lobe of the brain (the lobe of intelligence)
When the frontal cortex gets activated it improves central nervous system
functioning and changes the way how the brain operates.
⦁ The frontal lobes has access to finer and subtle energies
⦁ The frontal lobes has acccess to all parts of the brains structures
⦁ The frontal lobes has access to information instantly through intuition
The frontal lobes at the top of the brain is connected to deeper brain regions.
Current research has revealed a guide spot, a miracle mind, situated primarily in
the frontal lobes of the human brain. When we consciously connect to this spot,
also known as the God spot, we have access to the infinite potential, or power on
hold of the universe. With the necessary understanding, skills, and tools we can
tap into and utilise our universal intelligence, guidance, and wisdom.
Through the connection to deeper brain regions, through new connections to unused
brain parts and through connection to new dimensions of life and universe and
through connections to new levels of consciousness we have access to intuition,
insight, inspiration, revelation and the innate wisdom of the ages. This changes
the way how the brain operates.
The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly
interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its
parts, where the whole is the internal and infinite world and the parts is the
finite and external world.
This work of new connections building new parthways, it´s healing the evolutionary
brain, unite opposite energies to oneness, breaking up the design or concept of
duality (parts) and rearrange its parts into wholeness, and through synthesis it
expand the limit consciousness to unlimited cosmic consciousness, and through this
process more and more new dna strands is been activated from the slumbering state
of consciousness.
Superconsciousness is a phenomenon that happens in the frontal lobe when the number
of integrating energy fractals moves beyond a certain limit.
Several Indian masters have claimed that the frontal cortex in most humans is in a
sleeping state and needs more energy to awaken.
Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total
world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only
use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain.
The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-
consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection
through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third
eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. The vortex
within our Tree of Life stopped moving.
To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies
and our brains, to re-open the vortices throughout our Tree of Life, our brain and
our body, to unite our head and our heart. Then once again we can resonate with all
energetic beings floating in our electro-magnetic field, around our ‘self’, the Sun
of our ‘soul’, without fear.
We have to learn how to manage the positive and negative qualities of these
energies, which all manifest through us at a physical level and we have to learn
how to manage them in a non-fearful and compassionate way enabling them to express
the light essence of their being through us.
Becoming aware one enables us to re-activate new dna strands and understand our
physical two-strand DNA personality and the ten strand ‘junk DNA’ where we find the
non-physical, archetypal, sub-personalities of our psyche.
Interpreting our birth chart, we have the tool to not only knowing who we are and
why we’re here, but also the means to understand the energies within our psyche
that frighten us. This knowledge enables us to heal, reconcile and re-unite our
‘self’ and ‘soul’ and slowly learn how to use much larger part of our brain.
The power to move from the three dimensional world to the fifth dimensional world
lies in one´s subconscious mind.
The magical power of our subconscious mind is the greatest discovery of mankind. It
has the power to overcome the constraints of time and space, as such, one´s
subconscious mind posses all the information, wisdom and resources you need to know
and have for survival and success. One do not need to attain this power by
purchasing any equipment, software or perform any rituals. One do not need to learn
this skill as it is always within. One just need to learn to unleash and use it
effectively. When one know the correct way of doing so, one can benefit from it for
the rest of one´s life.
blocks new input of information and can´t access higher knowledge within new dna
strands. When fear blocks the ability of visions, and make true learning, or real
change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self
When our light body is blocked with outdated beliefs, unwanted blueprints, and
unhealthy genetic coding, we are compromised and thus separated from optimum
communication with spirit. When we receive an Awakening we are aligning and
connecting to higher self and our true purpose. This process is done through the
cleaning and balancing of the chakras, as well as by DNA activation. Chakras are
the ethereal (immaterial) body’s energy vortices. The origin of the word chakra
means “wheel of light.” The human body has seven major chakras. They are the root,
sacral, solar plexus, heart, throat, brow, and crown chakras. Our chakras are the
repositories of our emotions and attitudes toward life. Some of the energy stuck in
our chakras has been experienced and locked from this current life, and some we
have inherited. Regardless of how it got there, the goal is to clear it. According
to Ambika Wauters, author of The Book of Chakras: Discover the Hidden Forces Within
You, “The chakra system is a model for the flow of energy that runs through all
life and through the human system. It is like a ladder that takes us from the
physical realm of substance up through the workings of the higher mind and spirit,
and into the realm of Divine Consciousness.”° When these chakra energies are
cleaned and balanced, we find that we are more connected and balanced.
It is a common misconception that the brain has only one type of brainwave at a
time. In Fact, all of the brainwaves are active in the brain at all times, but at
varying levels. So, the brain always has alpha waves, beta waves, theta waves,
gamma waves, and delta waves simultaneously. What we really mean when we say that
the brain is in a theta brainwave is that the theta brainwave is stronger (meaning
it displays higher amplitude on an EEG) than the other brainwaves. In other words
it is the dominant brainwave at that given moment.”
This information is important, because it shows that we do not require a hypnotic
theta brainwave to achieve a waking and conscious theta brainwave. Theta brain
activity is the threshold between what we know as our conscious and subconscious.
It is through the theta frequency range that we reprogram our subconscious beliefs.
The 22-strand DNA Activation enables a person to bring in and actually hold more
light in the physical body. It empowers you to maximize your potential and bring
forth unrealized talents and abilities. It gives you more energy and clarity,
strengthening your immune system and assists in releasing unconscious patterns. It
increases your ability to use more of your brain capacity and facilitates clearing
of family and genetic Karmic patterns. The 22-strand DNA Activation gives you a
wonderful gift of empowerment. Your DNA contains the blueprint for who you are as a
Divine Being. It is God-given, holy, and sacred and defines the uniqueness of you
personally. Ancient metaphysical teachings reveal that the original divine
blueprint for humans consisted of a multidimensional 24 strand DNA. At present most
humans only have about 3-5% of their DNA turned on, as the rest lies dormant. By
activating our DNA we gain greater access to our full potential.
people can remove and clear blocks to permanent healing on a cellular level. which
restores the original Divine Blueprint and reprograms the master gland to reverse
the “death hormone” in the body and slow down the aging process, promoting
youthing, longevity and rejuvenation.
It is our linear thinking that causes us to create dogma and doctrine that keeps us
locked in a shallow understanding of who we are as spirit beings.
A time when a different race came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because
they were so advanced. Revelation quotes that these god’s created man to their
likeness, well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or less
changing our DNA.
Currently most of humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA, intertwined
into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information
pertaining to our biology – such as our individual features and the genetic
information passed on through our family lines, eg: a paternal grandfather”s
tendency toward arthritis, or a mothers genes for musical talent. These two strands
also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part
of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the human
being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the
human being consists of a soul imbedded within a biological body, then it should
logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain
spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it?
The disconnection of our original DNA manipulation resulted in a “veil” of
ignorance” being placed between our five physical senses and our spiritual
awareness. However there was a promise given from the higher realms. At some time
in our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the divine
blueprint of the original plan. In the meantime humanity had to undergo a long and
painful period of spiritual development.
The fully conscious human being has twelve strands of functional DNA. Beyond our
double helix are ten additional dormant soul strands. When these are finally
activated we will experience a total expansion of our consciousness and fully
access our light bodies. Originally there were over 2,000 particles in our DNA that
allowed these higher spiritual abilities to function. All strands are not
positioned within the physical part of our biology either, as many reside on the
plane inhabited by our higher mind. Our individual souls are so much greater than
what we can perceive with our five physical senses, because these more lofty
abilities are not all found within our physical bodies. Instead they are accessed
on a higher spiritual plane or vibration and not in the denser physical levels of
gasses and solids.
Each of the 12 DNA strands represents one of the twelve aspects of multi-
dimensional consciousness. Three DNA strands represent and govern the physical
body, another three are concerned with the emotional body, another three with the
mental body and the remaining three with the spiritual body. All these aspects are
represented in our bodies as new neural pathways to the brain. They are connected
and nourished through the endocrine system of ductless glands. These glands work in
tandem with the energy vortexes within our bodies known as the chakra system. When
all our neural pathways are working freely with our chakra system they will provide
the conduit to the higher realms, resulting in our direct experience of multi-
dimensional consciousness.
Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in our ancient
history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a human being. Very
dark energy extraterrestrial forces, who were also genetic engineers, desired to
keep the development of humankind finnly under their control. They achieved this
through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event
occurred in Atlantis, over 200,000 years ago, when the human DNA molecule was
breached. When these dark forces unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were
able to shut down and isolate many of its strands. Our human DNA was reduced to
only a double helix.
An advanced race who had knowledge beyond anything we can imagine, able to perform
all miracles, have changed our DNA, so we can better function as their slaves. It
is really the same idea we have today by creating robots, to do the hard work for
us. Only then, these visitors from outer space had no material resources to begin
with, so the primitive human was the best solution at the time. We could certainly
not perform anything they would require from us, but this is what it means,
creating man to their likeness. All they had to do is change our DNA, so we could
function to their command. Also a big question remains; Why have we been restricted
in having such higher knowledge? That’s the reason why we are so different from
what we should be in spirit? Without any doubt, before they came we were a
primitive race, but we were spiritually connected to a higher self. By changing us,
we became a commodity with the capacity to serve them. The same time they employed
all tricks in the book to restricted us from having a higher knowledge. The cards
are on the table again, were in the free western world the congress makes efforts
to limit axcess to a higher knowledge. And it is not the same people who
established a constitution for better human rights and conditions, because it is a
much higher force. What ever this force is, it has nothing else in mind but to dumb
us down to a level were we can’t see beyond the physical earth plane. This means we
are confined or condemned to a prison planet. I’m sure we heard that before, but we
only laugh about this in disbelief. It has been like this for the last 12,000
years, and it continues to happen, unless we do something about it to prevail this
time. The Mayan predicted a time in the great cycle, were we have the opportunity
to transform through a change in consciousness.
A reminder for those of you who might not be familiar with this, or have forgotten,
your DNA creates the chakras. Yes, there are endocrine glands, and they, along with
the shape of your bones, enhance the energy of the chakras. The back of your skull
affects the third eye. Your sacrum affects your second chakra. But that’s a whole
different experience and knowledge, and we’re not going into that at this time.
If you imagine the D.N.A. molecule to be a library housing genetic information for
a particular organism, you can understand how the native human species has been
partially shut down. When the unseen rulers or (invaders) came in, they
disconnected 10 strands of D.N.A. leaving only 2 (a double helix); it was like they
took most the books off the shelves and tore out all the pages and threw them in a
messy pile on the floor. The information was still there, but it was unorganized
and hence unrecognizable.
As a result, Earth humans became locked into the third dimension (of the Matrix).
What is happening now is that the information that was trashed in the library is
slowly recombining back into form. When the 12 strands of D.N.A. are realigned they
will plug into the 12 chakras, which are vortexes of information (7 are in the body
and 5 are outside the body). Humans on Earth must now learn to reintegrate this
information into the collective consciousness so that it is available to everyone.
Just as Earth is a library, so too is your body. Every cell holds the history of
the universe, and when you learn to extract this information and decode it into
understanding you will become a conscious co-creator of reality. Light is
information, so the paradigm of the new age is light.
blocks new input of information and can´t access higher knowledge within new dna
strands, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the
process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to
change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is
imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability
evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2
dna strands from progressing.
If they disconnected humankind from the divine energy source by egninered and
genetic manipulation the 12 dna strands to 2 dna strands humankind becomes its
mind-prisoners in the history because they can´t access the information and light
codes that is needed to make a new configuration from what they have genetic
manipulated to keep humankind enslaved into the matrix. Fear does not just blocks
information, it blocks binds information and information is light.
Humans are historical beings and evolutionary, trapped in history.When humans can´t
access the depths of the mind or the state of oneness because the state of duality
creates the separation into the three dimensional world and this is how the archons
keeping humankind imprisoned within the matrix
Chakras come from your DNA. It’s like the bud is produced by the DNA, and flowering
begins as you live your life. Crystalline DNA unfolds within you. For some, it
unfolds more rapidly than for others. You will hear people say that everyone’s
crystalline DNA is fully activated. That is only partially true. Everyone has
crystalline DNA, just as everyone is born with seven chakras and almost always only
two of them are active at birth — the first and the seventh. Your crystalline DNA
has been hiding within you for eons. There is a long history about why it was
hidden, but we’re not going to get into that history here. There were, at times,
certain encodements that prevented the crystalline DNA from being known. Implants,
which are made from encodements (as everything is made of encodements), were
created by other beings from other dimensions and even from other planets, who did
not want the human race to activate the crystalline DNA.
Then there was an “invasion” by your “starseeds,” because you changed the vibration
of the planet. You changed the vibration of the human race. As that vibration
changed, your vibration changed the structure of the DNA. We know this is not a
class on DNA, but we’re giving you some background. There is hidden within your
physical DNA the activation for the crystalline DNA. When your vibration rose, when
you were able to stay within your heart more often, more energy corresponded with
the shape of the double helix of your DNA. This activated the encodements for the
crystalline DNA. It allowed the crystalline DNA to unfold. As the crystalline DNA
unfolds, the chakras associated with the crystalline DNA unfold.
The more you stay in your heart source and the longer you stay in your heart source
every day, the more you activate your crystalline DNA, which activates, produces,
and unfolds the crystalline chakras. As you unfold the DNA and the crystalline
chakras, the higher your vibration rises. The more you stay in your heart source,
the more you form an energetic pattern and a neurological pattern of staying within
your heart source.
You will find that the more you stay within your heart source and the more of those
amazing crystalline chakras open, the more active your heart source will be. It
will bring in more energy, which means it will bring in more information. Energy is
information.
the state of ignorance or the slumbring state. When they change the human dna, they
disconnected the 10 etheric dna strands that holds all power, information and
knowledge for enlighment and when humans can´t access this knowledge they become
trapped and imprsioned within the evolutionaru history created by the ego. The ego
and the archons don´t want you to understand how the universe actually works and
how humankind van be imprisoned within the matrix. The goal is to keep the ego
happy and busy and kept away from knowledge that could liberate them from the
matrix of archons.
The more you work in the higher-vibrational levels from your heart source, the more
your crown chakra opens. As you use the tools you know to assist in activating and
opening the crystalline DNA and the chakras associated with the crystalline DNA,
you cannot force them open. What we mean is that you cannot do all your wonderful
encodement work to open the heart chakra and then not live from the heart. You can
do everything you can to open the crystalline third chakras, but if you don’t live
from your heart, the third chakras will not open. Opening the crystalline chakras
is based on vibration.
DNA activation brings us to a higher spiritual vibration.
The process of activating the DNA is powerful at clearing the genetic negative
encodement. The process allows an individual to hold more spiritual light in the
physical body. More light results in raising a person’s awareness, raising their
vibrational frequency and raising their consciousness.
Light is intelligent energy. Light is unconditional love. Light is the source to
all things. With increased light, a person becomes more empowered to achieve their
heart’s desire. This activation integrates light into areas of a person’s DNA.
Throughout the history of civilization there have been significant high conscious
energy systems that tried to snap the collective out of its deep unconscious sleep.
These higher conscious awakened energy systems sparked a new energy channel of
conscious thinking within the mass of collective energy, changing the shape of
civilization.
The make up of civilization is ego based and when an influencing factor attempts to
break through the collective unconsciousness they are met with relentless
persecution (today´s organized gang stalking).
The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy
system from believing in anything greater than itself.
The, ego, is threatened by any form of change in the illusionary context. Higher
consciousness is a movement toward the true meaning and purpose of life that is
governed by the natural energy of Creation. Ever since the ego separated from the
truth of existence it has served as a unified unconscious entity that cannot see
beyond anything that is not real within itself. The ego must remain in control of
the physical realm of existence because that is all that it knows. The ego is
threatened by confrontation of consciousness.
Consciousness is your only reality.
Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our
higher selves of who we really are and not what we are programmed to be. Humankind
is been daily programmed away from the Divine Self and lack of knowledge keeping
humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons.
To affect any changes one must first cancel, eliminate, remove the currently
installed programming and only then can you reprogram. The subconscious mind can
only react or respond to existing programs already contained in your mind’s memory
as the collective shadow within the lower matrix of the archons. Fear is such pre-
programmed pattern that is social and evolutionary engineered to limit awareness of
this world and limit knowldge to understand that you are divine being.
When David Icke first introduced the Saturn/Moon matrix he said that he believes
that this electromagnetic field, being broadcast from Saturn’s rings, and then
focused keenly upon Earth from the Moon base, locks us into a lower consciousness
state, but it can be overridden. Because our consciousness can override the
frequency, we need to be locked into our reptilian brain in order to decode the
electromagnetic frequencies the matrix broadcasts.
A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed
reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as
it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the
essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.
In understanding this acceleration of an evolution of consciousness coming to an
omega point in time… it is important to first define the biblical word apocalypse
that appears in so many texts of the end times that manipulate and create fear in
the market place. The word Apocalypse means… (Greek: Apokalypsis; “lifting of the
veil”) is a term applied to the disclosure to certain privileged persons of
something hidden from the majority of humankind. Today the term is often used to
refer to the end of the world, which may be a shortening of the phrase “apokalupsis
eschaton”, which literally means “revelation at the end of the aeon, or age”. So we
are in the apocalypse, the “lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that
knows no fear (a physical lifting of a veil of ignorance, superstition and
religious dogma) of the unknown for those certain privileged individuals that can
see themselves on the other side of the Omega point.
The Divine Mind is the reality of who you are. What is it? How do you live from
your divinity? How do you make it work in your life today? The first step is to
acknowledge its’ existence within you. You must acknowledge your greatness.
Acknowledge and accept your own greatness. Greatness means you are a wondrous,
marvelous and truly great expression of the creative process. You are All That Is.
The only thing that has created an unreal reality for your heart and body has been
the inability of the mind to join the truth with your conscious awareness.
You are now making choices from a limited system and are only allowing 10% of that
ability to create your life on Earth. This is why you live in a world of fear. This
is why you feel so limited. Only your choice of the ego and the mass consciousness
stop you from expressing the totality of who you are. You are not in an
evolutionary process. You are rather in a process of awakening. Very slowly you
allow yourself to glimpse into this greater awareness of who you are. It is always
there. This is who you are. You can be no other.
It is the ego that creates division and restlessness in the mind.
“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.
Your higher self knows that the physical, outside world you experience as your
reality “is an illusion. Always. Which mean that we have the possibility of so
present, that we can tap into The rower of the present. And then when we don’t,
just start by catching the mind, which is a creation of the Lower Self, and bring
our attention back to the present.
Because the higher Self is no-mind. And in that place exists cosmic consciousness,
also know as Buddha nature. It exists in all of us, every one of us. Jt has always
existed and will always exist. The only thing that would have us not believe that
it exists is the Lower Self, which is only a construct of mind.
Basically, if you have a mind, you are creating a world, a projection. So once you
change from mind to no-mind state, you connect with the Cosmic Mind, the mind of
God. In other words, you cancel your mortal mind and use God’s mind. Then nothing
can be distorted. God’s mind gives you Oneness,” said the Higher Self.
Once all the dissonant programs from the subconscious mind are gone, you no longer
have to deal with the mind, and you become one with your higher self. Then you
start to experience the Divine Higher Self, the true self, who you truly are. You
are in touch with spiritual energy, its pure energy that floats throughout
everything around you.
The “eye” it self represent both the physical eye and the mind. For the fact what
we see is the manifestation of mind, not what is actually outside the mind. We only
perceive the illusion of perception, it is not what it seems beyond the mind. The
truth lies at the core, and that truth is perception is nothing more than an
illusion of our senses, the delusional of our ego perceiving mind. Beyond the ego
perception, is the non-perceiving mind. That mind is the divine conscious mind
where truth lies. Once one comes to this higher truth, perception can no inflect
one’s mental and emotional well being, and life becomes more enjoyable and more
easier to deal with many conflicts that is a part of our life struggle.
Perception is nothing more than holographic data of information made up of
conscious lights and energy. Perception is how the ego conscious perceives it’s
existence and senses the the existing world around it. The ego is the “I and me”,
nor the higher self which has not ego. The ego is the dreamer of it’s existence and
the world in which it is dreaming as a real entity. It can only perceive the
holographic dream-like existence as it is, it may not perceive beyond the
perception. The higher the ego, the higher the false perception. The lower the ego,
the closer to the real perception one comes to know and experience. For the ego has
seven levels like a rainbow, the red is the highest and most wicked, and the violet
is the greater less ego and most holy. The greater the ego, the more the ego
perceive the illusion as a real existence. While those with the most lesser egos do
not perceive the world and self in the same way. Those who have the most less ego,
can perceive beyond the illusion of the physical, and perceive themselves related
to all that is and to every living beings they come into contact with. This is why
many spiritual ones can sense spirits, foresee realities or events through their
spiritual perception, and have a deep oneness sense with nature and all living
beings.
The more a spiritual one meditates, the more closer one comes to thir true higher
mind which will shine it’s light of wisdom and spiritual perception to a greater.
Giving one the abilities to experience reality as it truly is, and dissolving the
ego perception to the point perception no longer is inflicting. Once one comes to
this level of perception, one no longer sees nothing as good nor bade, true nor
false, for the truth is all just an illusion in which all believe is real.
Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is.
But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego
using fear- based programs and concepts to gain control of humankind.
Its through meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and ego that binds the
mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the
left brain and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot
of ignorance and its darkness. Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of
intelligence, and intellect to be the opponent of intuition.
Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s robothood
until one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one
understand that; the robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the
other realities, dimensions and the real Self in robotized “darkness of ignorance”.
The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly
because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the
theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of
the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave
state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous
transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle
energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great
benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the
limiting and fearful thoughts.
The ego mind is the master of perception, therefore it is the ego mind that
perceives.
Perception is nothing more than a conscious program, it is that computer programing
images that project what the program is meant to do. The ego is the main perceiver,
it projects bits and bites of conscious information that matrix our dream reality
common people call life into being, and from there the perception program
experience the world through it’s senses. The ego also has it’s own mental
perception program, this is how it thinks, record learned knowledge and experience
into the memory, it creates it’s own personalty and behaviors, and it matrix it’s
life experience by it’s own metal perception that the ego dreams into being.
Therefore life is nothing more than a dream, one’s ego dream that life experience
into existence.
How does the idea of a higher self relate to densities?
In terms of an entity perceiving through as linear time structure, the higher self
exists in sixth density and functions in the entites “future”. One interesting
aspect of it is that the entity who is perceiving the higher self manifestation is
actually a thoughtform materialized by the “higher self’ itself. Entities in these
terms are actually a complex composed of what they perceive to be mind”, “body”,
and “spirit”. These complexes can occur within single entities or groups, depending
on the specific space/time conditions. The higher self is that self which exists
with full understanding of the accumulation of experiences of that entity. At one
point, the entity perceives a lower self and a higher self. They are not actually
there “”simultaneously”; functions of the higher self interact from a position in
development which equates to the linear “future” of the entity, as perceived by an
entity in this state. Obviously, cultural conditioning encourages development of
impotent states of mind where the “lower self’ is in control and the “higher self’
is reached very little or totally ignored. There is no synthesis that will permit
the energy of the intelligent matrix to flow correctly.
We block our channel when we work from the small ‘e’ ego state, rather than from
our Higher Self. It is not our logical, reasoning mind/self that catches the
messages for clients, nor ourselves either. It is not our small ego that connects
with Universal Intelligence. Rather it is when we get these parts of our psyche out
of the way, unblock our channel, that our intuition can connect us with the Higher
Levels from which we are then able to serve ourselves and others.
Fear is a feeling of disconnection and unknowingness. The higher sensor operates
within us, pretty much the way a battery functions in an automobile. We are body,
mind and spirit. The physical and spiritual selves are carbon copies of each other.
They are “twin selves” talking to each other. Sometimes these selves are in
disagreement with each other. When the spiritual body and physical body selves are
not in agreement, the mind does not receive a clear signal from the battery or
sensor of the higher self. This may be likened to, a cell phone user’s
conversation, being unclear because he or she is out of range from a telephone
satellite receiving station, or being totally disconnected, landing in a “dead
zone” of silence.
Where does the fear come from? When the communication lines of connection are
broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place of unfamiliarity).
We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become
disconnected and separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The
spiritual body or higher self knows no fear!”
Things are not the way they appear to be. Caught in a space/time continuum in which
there seems to be no escape, humanity cries for help. Life is a paradox, with no
apparent exit from a self-imposed hell. Deep within, a spark of the divine is a
reminder that there must be a better way of looking at the world. Underneath all
the difficult feelings resides a Higher Self that is magnificent beyond belief,
where peace of mind is available at any given moment of time.
THE VEIL OF IGNORANCE
The mind’s ignorance of its true nature, that is, the simple fact that it does not
recognize what it truly is, is called fundamental ignorance. It is the basic
inability of the conditioned mind to perceive itself. We can compare the pure mind
having the three previously discussed essential qualities to calm, transparent
waters in which everything can be seen clearly. The veil of ignorance is a lack of
intelligence, a kind of clouded state, as an opaque vase causes water to lose its
transparent clarity. Such an obscured mind loses the experience of lucid openness
and becomes ignorant of its essential nature. Fundamental ignorance is said to be
innate, because it is inherent to our existence; we are born with it. It is, in
fact, the point of departure of duality, the root of all delusions and the source
of all suffering.
Mind controlled by ignorance engages in delusions, among which the most basic, the
root of all others, is dualistic grasping in terms of subject and object. When the
mind does not know the extent of its openness, instead of experiencing without
center or periphery, we perceive everything through one central point of reference.
This point, the center that appropriates all experiences, is the observer, the ego-
subject. It is in this way that the mind, ignorant of its openness, engenders the
delusional experience of a “me” or an “I.”
“Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his
inherent divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has
lost because of his animal propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his
ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind, Prana and the senses.
There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can
be had only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and
everlasting peace. Self-realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge,
and perennial bliss. None can be saved without Self-realisation.
The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the
soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. “The human ego
denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. It is the veils of
ignorance that cause pain are ignorance, ego, attachment.
So a new centre of organisation must be found. Ignorant ego must be replaced by
Truth and Reality. “Man is then driven by the logic of his own experience to find
the true centre of experience and reorganise his lift in the Truth. This entails
the wearing out of the ego and its replacement by Truth-consciousness. The
disintegration of the ego culminates in realising the Truth. The false nucleus of
consolidated sanskaras must disappear if there is to be a true integration and
filfillment of life.””All the problems of the ego can be tackled only through
intelligent and conscious action. Therefore, complete annihilation of the ego is
possible only when all the constituents of the ego pass through the fire of
intelligent consciousness.”
In some ways the world can be seen as an illusion, and in others not quite. A
separately existing, dualistic world is an illusion. However, our experience is
true.
Here we come to the concept of Maya. Through the mind and its concepts the world
appears to us as a real, objective existence in which we are a subject. We mistake
the world for something it is not. In ignorance we believe it to have a separate
being and substance. Maya is that ignorance, that veil that does not let us see who
we are, and that projection that makes us believe we are something we are not.
There is fear in duality. There are quarrels and wars in duality. Duality is
ignorance.
Ontological idealism, which claims that the external world of objects is actually a
creation of the mind. The alternative reading considers Yogacara to be a form of
epistemological idealism which contends that unenlightened minds are unable to
distinguish the world as it actually is from the conceptual constructions which we
place upon it. The unenlightened mind is thus unable to gain knowledge of things as
they really are because it is trapped within a web of conceptual fabrications. The
world as we experience it is a projection of our own minds to the extent that it is
always a product of our own interpretive categories. These impositions are fueled
by ignorance and craving.
“Lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown.
If the history of psychic research tells us anything at all, it is that we are
surrounded on all sides by nonhuman intelligences who habitually lie to us for no
discernible reason other than to amuse themselves. These entities are at least as
old as human conscious-ness (hence the near-universality of the Trickster motif in
legend and folklore) and seem curiously dependent on us for their continued
existence.
Shamans have always known how to enter these realms consciously, how to direct
their awareness to attain their objective, and how to return to the three-
dimensional world and apply what they’ve learned to the subject at hand. Stated
another way, individual awareness penetrates the objective psyche, maintains its
integrity as a subjective observer, and then returns to consensus reality. Everyone
who has emerged intact from a major acid trip understands what this is like.
Because these mental realms are spatial dimensions—that is, they have breadth,
width, and height appropriate to the mode of consciousness of the plane in
question, we will label them collectively as “hyperspace.” This is not a metaphor;
these lokas are worlds and dimensions equally as real and infinite as external,
physical space-time. The only difference is that they are inside of us. This
seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme importance—it reveals that we
are multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in three-
dimensional prison by manifestly demonic forces called archon, or rulers. The
gnostics pulled no punches in the way they described the human condition:
to this: consciousness is your only reality. Awareness is all you have: your body
is only an object of consciousness, a temporary vehicle for living in a three-
dimensional world, though you won’t hold it for long, even if you live a hundred
years. All your beliefs about your reality are based upon your experience as an
observer since you entered the physical body. This includes imprinting from
parents, race, class, culture, language, etc.—all the data hardwired in your brain-
computer, all the objects of perception that provide the convincing illusion that
you know who you are and that you understand your experience. Unfortunately,
circumstances like these are made to order for the fabrication of truly grotesque
illusions. The gnostics would say it’s a setup.
Man must reach a new relationship to the world around him…. To do this he must give
priority, not to external problems, but to the mind that is considering them….
Hardly a beginning has yet been made to bring the illimitable inner world that has
recently been opened to us, the world of the unconscious, the world of the dreaming
mind, into living contact with everyday life…. Our problems are plainly growing
beyond conventional human control, and consciousness has no choice but to enlarge
itself to meet them. The trouble is, consciousness per se has not the power to do
this. It must look beyond itself for help.’
All of these data support the postulation of transcendent dimensions of being
linked to space-time through consciousness itself. The uncon-scious is actually a
dimension of dimensions. The rather narrow band of forces we call space-time then
becomes only one portion of an apparently infinite multiverse of superficially
invisible realms of experience.
The Pleroma (“fullness”) of the gnostics can now be appreciated as a highly
accurate description of a basic reality: The multiverse, hyper-space, imaginal
realm, mind-space, or unconscious psyche is nothing if not “full,” as has been
attested by the bewildering diversity of both modern and ancient descriptions of
it. There are many, many worlds within the psyche, and it seems that each one (or
each one we can access and remember at least) is three-dimensional within its own
space.
This shamanic description of an inner perceptual dimension inhabited by Archon-like
entities is pure gnosticism—humans are the “recep-tacles and servants” of
archetypal forces that are personified in Harner’s consciousness as dragons.
Interestingly enough, these beings dwell in that section of his brain that meets
“the top of the spinal column,” a precise description of the so-called “Reptilian
Complex,” the most primitive pan of the brain, which is associated with aggressive
animal behavior. (Dragons are nothing if not bellicose reptiles.) To define this
material in Jungian terminology: The ego complex is in contact with nonpersonal
“archetypes” (i.e., entities not part of the personal uncon-scious of the given
individual) dwelling within the collective uncon-scious. In fact, in the light of
modern research, Jung’s original concept of archetypes is needlessly complex, and
less useful than the more “primitive” notion of extra-dimensional entities: the
gods and demons of classical mythology. Jung himself was apparently prepared to
con-sider this hypothesis.
The Archons are robotic mind beings who guard the Lower Matrix. The Archon’s God is
a computer and there is a ongoing computer generated speaking voice in the airs.
Earth is the battlefiled of consciousness and control of mind and thoughts and
therefore is a vibrational mind prison
There is a constant ongoing computer generated voice in the airs that literally is
speaking by beaming and looping sounds, words and voices day and night as stalking,
harassment and fear mongering words and stressful psychology. This constant ongoing
computer generated voice in the airs beaming and looping words; “now its
dangerous”, “I warned you” or “I warning you”, beaming and looping words; “worry”
or “worries” or “super worry”, beaming and looping words as; “anxiety”, beaming and
looping words as; “now he is mad” ro “now he is going mad”, beaming and looping
words as; “they gonna kill you”, and beaming and looping words as; “I rejected
you”, and words as; “heaven is near”. And these is been beamed indoors and
outdoors, day and night, and they start and entangles these when make dinner or eat
dinner, when you you exercise, when you writing for some example. Its seems to
exist some form of hijacking program that is constant beaming and looping sounds,
words and voices and sometimes 3-4 of these at same time to bombard your mind with
sound, and then start beeming “now he is going mad”. This is also organized gang
stalking on Earth. This computer generated voice using simultanously and
synchronously sound interference harassment, and organized gang stalkers using same
methods of simultanously and synchronously noise harassment interference (and
shadowing from room to room). Organized Gang Stalker is been controlled and govern
by same forces as the computer generated speaking voice in the airs. It may be the
actually powers of kundabuffer in the airs and within humans then the ego is the
kundabuffer. The collective ego of this world also may the collective organized
gang stalking powers of kundabuffer within gang stalkers on Earth.
Satan’s plan is to hijack the human mind and harvest humanity’s souls. Satan is the
cief Archon and humankind is trapped and imprisoned within the famous matrix or the
mind prison. The matrix is controlled by the archons, and the archons is the rulers
of the matrix.
THE WORLD IS NOW MOVED INTO AN ERA OF INTENSIFIED CLOSING OF THE NOOSE ON ALL
FREEDOM AS YOU MOVE INTO AND UNDER THE POWER OF THE ONE WORLD ELITE POWER.
That most people will use the technique not to gain or generate that insight, or to
learn anything at all, but rather because they are fascinated by the prospect of
actually being able to remote-control a living being.
Transhumanism – does not just include the desire of controling nature, or even
weather control, but even total control of the human mind. The mind and
transhumanism
The perpetual battlefield is what we know as our everyday lives: our education, our
work, our leisure, our emotional and spiritual wellbeing, and our conscious
thinking. Yet the armaments of this struggle are not guns, tanks, airplanes, bombs,
or battle cruisers. It is much more subtle than this. It is less hardware and more
software. It is, in effect, a silent war. It is a war that is central to the tragic
physical scourges occurring on our beautiful planet. It is a war that targets not
only the present but also the very long-term future(s) of our civilization. And it
has been going on for as long as human societies have existed on planet Earth.
What is this war? It is a battle for our minds—how we think. In short, it is the
war of consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is a invisible war, it is a spiritual
war, it is a psychological war, and it is a poltitical warfare, and it spiritual,
psychological and political terrors of the mind. These actions is the silent
warfare on planet Earth and is govern by the archons within the matrix.
Such impacts resonate with the human nervous system and through biological fields
of energy (biofields) may well assist in mutating organic DNA. DNA is thus an
evolutionary acceleration tool. Further, any attempt at information embargo (or
quarantine of neurogenetic impacts) can be seen as a form of neurocensorship.
How this can be so? Well, relatively new developments in biophysics have indicated
that all biological organisms are made up of a liquid-crystalline medium. Further,
that DNA is a liquid-crystal lattice-type structure, which some refer to as a
liquid crystal gel, whereby body cells are involved in a holographic instantaneous
communication via the emitting of biophotons (a source based on light).
All living biological organisms continuously emit radiations of light that form a
field of coherence and communication. The liquid-crystalline structure within
living systems is also responsible for the direct current (DC) electrodynamic field
that permeates the entire body of all animals. It has also been noted that the DC
field has a mode of semiconduction that is much faster than the nervous system.
The electrical field of the human body is important in terms of its resonance with
external impacts. The human nervous system, and likewise DNA, is extraordinarily
sensitive and receptive to external signals, impacts, and energies. In short, DNA
receives, processes, and responds to environmental conditions at an astounding rate
of change. Without the participation of DNA mutational adaptation and change, we
would not have evolution on this planet as we know it. Further, it is likely that
the next stage of humanity’s evolutionary development will involve a change in the
vibrational nature of our DNA. After all, DNA directly affects how the human
nervous system functions, and the history of life and of humanity is often defined
in terms of the evolution of the nervous system. It is important then to know that
human DNA does not exist within some sealed vacuum and can be influenced by
external impacts and energies.
Whether or not this flaw is an actual truth, it still retains significance because
the human identity of “separation” has been exploited for centuries as a way of
maintaining social control over populations. Whether it is reinforced through
layers of social processes and institutions, through the media and entertainment
industry, or through religious and spiritual doctrines, it has served as an
obstacle against neurogenetic evolution. We are now, as a species, at a point in
our evolutionary journey where it is imperative that we advance and develop our
state of consciousness and understanding. Our present evolutionary state is limited
in terms of perception and thus we lean toward a material comprehension of our
“realities.” For example, the luminous matter we observe in the universe with the
aid of our technological instruments is only about 0.5 percent of all calculated
mass, and what we actually see directly with our eyes is even less. What we
actually take to be our reality is in fact only a thin slice of electromagnetic
light. Our physical bodies (our biological and sensory apparatus) allow us to
construct our world and live within a meaningful materiality because we share
certain similar vibratory levels. However, it now seems that our
energetic/vibratory level has been maintained rather than surpassed. Why is this?
It may well be that a “blockage” has occurred during the further evolution of human
consciousness. If this is the case,, then it is high time for this blockage to be
removed. Yet the situation we face is that there are a myriad of terrestrial and
social forces at work that appear to be in collusion to sustain and even amplify
these particular blockages.
Certain allegorical esoteric teachings also suggest that there has been a
deliberate blockage placed on the human energy system. One of these is Gurdjieffs
concept of the kundabuffer, which was allegedly placed in humankind to stop us from
achieving objective consciousness and thus to shield us from knowing of the “terror
of the situation.” The kundabuffer was a blockage installed in order to cause human
beings to “see reality upside down,” as well as to engender in them sensations of
pleasure and enjoyment. Yet it also became responsible for egotism, vanity,
selfishness, and other similar conceited traits. Such traits then keep humankind
distracted and caught up in their own trivial concerns, wasting vital energy that
could be used in more advantageous pursuits.
Other similarities abound in “channeled” information that suggests that human DNA
was stripped down to only a two-stranded version. These and other sources hint at
the possibility of an obstruction on the evolution of higher consciousness within
humanity. The result of this is an inability to transcend destructive and divisive
tendencies now widespread within the human condition. In what appears to be almost
parallel to the Fall, as described in biblical texts, humanity has sunken from the
Golden Age into a lowly existence plagued by unconscious behavior and
forgetfulness. We can see this mirrored in Plato’s assertion that “Humans are on
Earth like beings stricken with amnesia.” Through such a lens it appears that the
collective psyche of humanity is dominated by the more primitive material concerns
of service to self and the notion of a separate identity free from external
responsibilities and constraints. Under such conditions it is extremely difficult
for humanity to develop “objective consciousness.” And this way of behavior also
makes humans susceptible to being brought under the manipulative exploitation of
those who feed off power: namely, dictators, zealous leaders, corporations, and
state institutions. Within this “fallen state” (an upside-down reality) the
sedative offered in recompense is the easy addiction to sexual stimuli and
sedentary pleasures. Humans, we are told, are susceptible to self-gratifying
desires and pleasurable pursuits, and often in detriment to their own capacities
for self-actualization. Destruction and wars, murders and mutilations are the
actions of unconscious groups and individuals. Our actions globally are the
manifestation in the physical realm of a species that has a diminished access to
its collective spiritual essence.
It could well be that for far too long the majority of humans have been under the
yoke of the powerful few —from priestly elites of Egypt and Babylonia: from the
Romans and the cyclic domination of empires and from the various religious
institutions that have herded the many. In the end, we may know nothing other than
servitude. Centuries of social slavery could, after all, have hard wired us to
become passive and meek to authority. We have only to refer to the infamous Stanley
Milgram experiments to realize that we would do almost anything if a person in a
white coat told us to.1 In other words, we have been quite thoroughly socially
conditioned to accept and submit to various displays of power. The question today
is how these forces of control seek to pacify and distract the human conscious
spirit. It is the hypothesis of this book that ongoing elements within human
societies have been interfering with the natural growth and expression of human
consciousness, which, at our present stage, may affect the potential for the next
phase of neurogenetic evolution. However, I also believe that humanity is now
crossing a threshold—a transition period, if you like. And this period is
characterized by a greater influx of energies made available to assist in this now-
overdue shift on the evolutionary journey. Neurogenetic “mutations” are already
appearing—the rise of gifted individuals, seers, sensitives and psychics, and
visionaries—and more importantly an accelerating rise in the collective awareness
of individuals. Humanity is beginning to awaken to both the current limits of
perception and to the inherent capacity for greater things.
So why do we need a human revolution? Well, we’ve already had an industrial
revolution whereby nations learned to harness the power of physical energy reserves
(coal, oil, and so on) for growth. Now we need to harness the power of psychic
energy reserves (consciousness) in order to spur our next stage of human evolution.
People rarely question (or at least not often enough) that they might be under the
yoke of constrictive and rigid structures. This is primarily because of the
illusion of freedom. For example, if a prisoner never sees the bars of his cell,
why would he think he is in a prison? Yet our sense of reality is deliberately
engineered in order to assume the structure of satisfaction so that we don’t go
seeking other forms of reality outside these structures. Or if we are not placated
through satisfaction, then we are subdued by limited resources such as being tied
into the credit/debit economy or survival mode. Another tactic now increasingly
being used is that of constructed fear. Events of fear are being arranged in order
to attack the collective psyche of people and to realign focus on physical
concerns.
Our fear is manipulated. heightened. and eventually harvested. This tactic also
promotes fear waves of bioenergy to halt, or obstruct, the energetic evolutionary
impulse of humankind. We are being sold short not only on who we are but also on
what we can become. As a consequence, we are selling our future(s) short and not
only for ourselves but also for the new generations to come These are indeed
critical limes: crucial change is upon us and is moving over the face of the Earth.
Humanity will be forced into change, and how we deal with it will be a measure of
our maturity as a species. Energy will be made available to us at the same time
that many existing structures will be collapsing around us. And during this tussle
and shuffle there will be an all-out struggle for our minds. What will we choose to
think? How will we choose to engage our consciousness? When will we stop being
herded like dumb cattle through artificial and unnatural perceptive and cognitive
systems?
According to a long list of mystics and sages over millennia, and also according to
a whole array of psychic and unexplained phenomena, then the physical world we live
in, the objects, events, laws, and universal rules that we believe in—are not, in
reality, what they appear to be. . . . It is like we live in a magical castle with
thousands of rooms . . . and we spend our lives wandering from room to room,
discovering new things and creating hypotheses from the new findings.. .. But we
never discover the foundations upon which the house is built—we enter this castle
at birth and leave it at death under the influence of a spell cast by our brains.
Our brains are responsible for the reality we perceive because it is our primary
filtering apparatus. Yet like all good hardware it is merely processing the inputs
it receives. It is a matter of “garbage in, garbage out.” In this sense much of
what occurs as daily life can be seen as a construct or, if you like, a program.
Our social lives exist within a myriad of competing conditioning programs, the
majority of which are aimed at bringing a person’s focus out onto the external
physical and away from internal reflections. We therefore need to be more conscious
of how these processes operate. For example, over the decades many in the developed
nations have been lured into a fetishlike relationship with commodities; this then
lures people into a credit/debt society that ties them into a virtual mind prison.
Throughout our lives we are subjected to indoctrination by a systemic structure of
processes and institutions. Within this conditioning environment beliefs almost
“grovel’ into us. And once they are a part of our socially constructed selves they
are sustained, reinforced, and protected, often unconsciously, by psychological
processes of perception. With few rare exceptions, all people are brought up within
specific culturally defined environments (or templates). A person’s dominant social
milieu then attempts to offer a variety of accepted sociocultural norms of thought
and behavior. These may operate through various forms, such as personal faith,
religion, science, language and emotions, denial and doubt, happiness and fear,
safety and security (identity and belonging), well-being and materialism. Once
ingrained, a person is liable to perpetuate such traits, believing them to have
been obtained through “free thought.” In the end, we reinforce beliefs that have
grown into us, accepting and defending them as our own.
The ancient Greeks used persuasion as a form of rhetoric and regarded it highly as
a rational means for argument and communication. Such persuasive debates can
themselves be seen as an ancient form of propaganda. Yet throughout history the
need to persuade and influence has always been manipulated by those people in power
as a means to maintain authority and legitimacy.
Propaganda in various forms has always been employed as part of the dissemination
of information and/or beliefs. Whereas in past centuries this was predominantly
related to religious doctrine it later became particularly rampant during times of
ideological struggle.
However, propaganda was transformed into a deliberately organized weapon of
warfare. What national governments learned from the two World Wars was that public
opinion (the mass mind) was a vital factor in securing ongoing power struggles. So
not only did governments need to ensure that sufficient numbers of people were
willing to die for the national cause, but also that in relative peacetime the very
same people were willing to become the most compliant consumers. The overall
manipulation of the mass public mind thus became no longer a matter of speech
making; it had to become a pervasive presence within the lives of each individual.
In this sense:
Culture was reduced to the lowest common denominator for mass consumption, with the
masses generally seen as politically apathetic yet prone to ideological fanaticism,
vulnerable to manipulation through the media and the increasing sophistication of
propagandists)
Within the context of “mass society’ propaganda morphed into a mechanism for not
only engineering public opinion but also as a means for consolidating social
control. The increased “mechanization” that came in with the Modernity Project
conditioned people into an almost unconscious need for propaganda. That is, people
expected to be fed regular installments of information and to feel secure and
protected by such knowledge. Propaganda (in this context the regular and consistent
influx of government-sponsored information) serves not only to imprint but also,
more effectively, to reinforce and expand on existing sets of conditioning. The
manufacturing of consent*/ is now endemic to modem technological societies. It also
involves some rather dubious invasive strategies to interfere with the brain
processing of large numbers of people. Yet do we really believe that our minds are
so open to such manipulated coercion?
Then there is a silent warfare action in plave on Earth and humankind is trapped
and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons, then all propaganda has a hidden
agenda to keep humankind enslaved into the matrix and to keep humankind in a state
of spiritual ignorance and therefore prevent real spiritual progress and to
reconnect with the divine higher self. Then Organized Gang Stalking is part of a
invisible, spiritual, psychological, and poltitical warfare, all organized gang
stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare propaganda to break down targeted
individuals mind, will power and cognitive thinking system, and they using
syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology and electro magnetic frequencies and
beaming these into targeted individuals minds.
These actions is the silent warfare on planet Earth and is govern by the archons
within the matrix.
Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory
imprisonment or enslavement of this world. The world of Archons have tricked
mankind into a cycle that stuck them in a low vibrational state of the mind. Fear
is their catalyst to control the masses in this fixated state. Fear is a form of
manipulation of reality because fear paralyzed our vibrations.
As long as we allow the archon-controlled powers to suppress our vibration using
fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure
fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that
can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be
docile pawns in the hands of the new world order desired by the archons.
After the fall of Man and fall of Consciousness knowledge of God was lost. Then
divine knowledge was lost it was replaced by knowledge of the ego, and the ego then
become the god of this world.
Kundabuffer’ are described as all kinds of egoism.
The soul is held captive by matter and placed under the tyranny of outside cosmic
forces alien to its true life. Yet it contained a divine spark, and by “knowledge”
(gnosis) might free itself and win its way back to the sphere from which it came.
Release comes through “self-knowledge” (hence the name, gnosis) and an awakening to
the real meaning and dimen-sion of life. This “salvation” was attained by
intellectual illumination, assisted by abstinence and asceticism. Hence, the
gnostic literature is punctuated with calls to become self-aware and arouse oneself
from sleep. Ignorance is a form of sleep or slumbering state. So the Archons don´t
want humankind to awaken from this ignorance by opening the “third eye” of
intuition. The third eye dissolves ignorance and the state of duality and ego, and
the outcome is then “Oneness”.
Kundabuffer may have some connection to the power of maya and illusions then there
is thre knots of bondage within the human body system.
The heart-knot is full of the darkness of ignorance, and it is illusory. When this
knot snaps and opens, consciousness, like the sky, surges undividedly, leading to a
clear and enduring peace in which the Self shines forth in the Heart.
There must be something to explain why we are all such fools; why we are not self-
conscious; why we treat ourselves with such care. There is something: it is
Kundabuffer.
The realization of ignorance is the beginning of wisdom.
The moon ignorant its light is the sun’s—and feeds off man’s subtle energies,
keeping man ignorant of what he really is.
This idea is very reminiscent of Gurdjieff’s own conception of the higher powers
treating humankind as an energy producer that has to be kept in the dark by the
organ kundabuffer.” Different text speaks about how the matrix is a mind prison and
that the archons feed on negativity, and Icke speaks about the archons and Moon
Matrix and how the archons feeding of humans as energy source.
Kundabuffer is the moon’s representative on earth. We are like the moon’s sheep,
which it cleans, feeds and shears, and keeps for its own purposes. Passive man
serves the moon and involution. Inside us we have a moon, and if we knew what our
inner moon is and does, we would understand the cosmos.
The cosmos itself, having been created by an inferior and ignorant power (the veil
of ignorance), is a dark prison in which human souls are held captive.
The masters of deception exist within their own group complex as discarnate
entities within the astral planes of the mental, emotional, and psychic levels of
experience. They feed off of the negative energy of those they infect to keep
themselves going. They have to do this because they are disconnected from the
indwelling life force by refusing to abide by what you call the higher organizing
intelligences’ incantational principles. They spend their time traveling our world
and attaching themselves to humans vulnerable to them, basically using the dark
side of the force (negativity) to achieve their means.
The fundamental myth of Gurdjieffs story is held in common by the cosmoclastic or
extreme Gnostics who told of a Creator of the material cosmos who “knows no higher
than himself”—like the moon ignorant its light is the sun’s—and feeds off man’s
subtle energies, keeping man ignorant of what he really is. Man is devoured by
nature and is never intended to wake up. This creator-God or demiurge is a false
absolute. He is, if you will, the detached Ego of the universe. His mentality is
reflected in the egoist on Earth.
Delighting in his creations and their innate desire to maim, Archons taught them
how to deliberately provoke other people, and to feed off of their emotional
responses. To his great pleasure, in less than no time they had become masters of
manipulation. Over cons of history, the Archons became great kings, sorceresses,
warriors and queens. Their ability to manipulate and confuse others, and then
siphon energy from them, made the Archons invisible to the world—and even prolonged
their lives.
Lash reveals that the Gnostic writings in the Nag Hammadi texts consistently stress
that humanity is superior to the archons, yet when our faculty of discernment (a
function of our egoic mental soul) is weak, we are prone to let pretense and
fantasy overwhelm clear thinking. Under this situation, we risk being deviated by
another kind of mind, the artificial and alien intelligence of the archons.
Thw kundabuffer had the effect of keeping humans spiritually and psychologically
closed (spiritual ignorance and spiritual sleep), inwardly contracted, mechanical,
unconscious, and practically blind—in essence, enslaved. The organ was introduced
in humans by a ‘higher power’ with a specific intention, which was to keep us from
seeing our actual condition, that being merely ‘food for the Moon’. It was thought
that if humans saw their actual condition it would be too much for them and so the
organ Kundabuffer was introduced to prevent us from seeing the cold reality of the
situation. It can be, in that sense, regarded as a buffer against seeing deeper
truths. A close analogy for this can be seen in The Matrix films where humans are
attached to pods, fed, and implanted with computer programs that enable them to
live in a fantasy world—never realizing their true condition, which is simply to
serve as a power source (a ‘human battery’) for the machines that control the
world.
Gurdjieff said that the “organ Kundabuffer” was, in fact, removed from humans a
long time ago but that the effects continue to linger, preventing humanity from
waking up. Another way of understanding this is by the way the ego-mind keeps us
asleep via its extraordinary ability to remain distracted by the trivial and
mundane and to derive apparent satisfaction from this. If, however, we fail to see
our suffering we have no motivation. Kundabuffer is an apt symbol for that element
of the ego that blocks us from seeing the “terror of the situation” — our Irue and
actual suffering that is inherent in our condition. In effect, it dupes and numbs
us into accepting the mundane, mediocre, and worthless, and more, into believing we
are unworthy of seeing beyond this.
The archons prevent awareness and they prevent humankind to rasing their inner
vibrations to higher levels of consciousness, and then the ego is the kundabuffer
it is the human ego human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and
inner being”. Its the ego that prevents new knowledge and prevent humans from
knowing their inner real divine higher self. The power of Kundabuffer suppresses
the human mind into the lower matrix and keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned
within the matrix of the archons, illusions and a artificial reality, and keeping
humankind in spiritual sleep or the slumbering and hypnotic state of mind.
The goal and purpose is to limit man’s awareness (spiritual ignorance) of his
earthly predicament, lest he stop reproducing the required matter, higher powers
long ago put in man the organ “Kundabuffer.” This imaginary organ buffers, or
prevents awareness while distorting reality. A side effect is that mankind, unlike
other “three-brained” beings elsewhere in the universe, no longer develops
naturally the objective reason proper to a three-brained being. Earthman is un-man:
disharmonious and brainwashed by sensory data, a being dependent on exterior
impressions.
The holy spirit of man is not at home in this spiritless world, or world perceived
as spiritless, as it appears to the spirit to be. Kundabuffer prevents men from
ever knowing what true Men, “remarkable men,” are fully made of. They therefore
fear and hate anything that comes from on high, spending their fated days in
irrational behavior.
Truth is foreign to humankind, for man is alien to “objective reason,” which is
truth. The laws of men are not sought for their original root in objective morality
but to protect the vain and the pretentious who, insisting on power over others.
The cure for this is the constant reminder of personal death, death of ego, and the
utter waste of the life truly unlived. Better to die to the ego voluntarily and
begin the rebirth of new eternal life, and work to make real the spirit that rises.
Contemporary literature and art, says Gurdjieff, lacks any call to the highest, but
plays to human folly and weakness. It is a futile dream on the way to futile death.
Its idea of art is not of the Sphinx or the ancient prophets but serves the small
minds and the quest of personal vanity. Any knowledge that can waken people up is
regarded as heresy, either hushed up, ignored, or severely repressed, its authors
regarded as pariahs. Most people serve the “power-possessing beings” whether they
know it or not. They do not act; another acts through them. They do not think;
another thinks through them. They do not live; another lives through them. They
think they have power. In fact, they are over-powered by another, whom they serve.
Capitalist culture, if it is permitted to become totalitarian, is a culture of
mercenary automatons.
Human beings are pacified and made to accept the spurious “fame” of mediocrities
whose vanities keep men and women unconscious, obsessed with colossally irrelevant
details.
Gurdjieff’s collective, objective idea of the “power-possessing beings” bears great
kinship with the Gnostic conception of the “archons” or invisible rulers of the
universe who conspire against man’s consciousness—they who whisper “Crucify him!”
that soon becomes the public shout, and public, democratic will—to silence the
truth. But as the Gnostics say, they nail their man to their tree. And do not see
the one above, laughing at them. The governed will is not a free will. If one man
is true, and a hundred false, democracy is tyranny. To end a tyranny, you need
topple only one; what happens when the whole society is corrupt? Man has a fantasy
of reason that he perceives as reality. He dwells in a false world of false values.
The first victim of Kundabuffer is common sense. Things are done not because they
are good but because people are afraid. Kundabuffer prevents voluntary action; work
is only done by fear. People work for money for fear of poverty. Fair and just
government is not respected unless people are afraid. You don’t have to see the
bomb, just be made to fear an idea of it. Negative ideas are more potent than
prison sentences, more insidious than whips.
We can see how much of Gurdjieffs fundamental myth is informed by the esoteric
staple of the fall of the faculties. He says the “instinctive sensing of reality”
is absent in mankind, especially those born in recent periods. There has been a
fall from reality, an inability to see aright; the lens is distorted, if not
shattered, and can no longer reflect the One behind all existence. The ordinary ego
is not the divine being that is proper to Man. Man hardly knows he’s alive
(spiritual ignorance by the archons).
The awakening of conscience opens the door to faith. The Gnostics identified Faith
with Wisdom.
A lot of the time many Beings put their power, future and happiness, in someone
else’s hands, when they should be, and really are, the master of their own
destinies. When not in that state, they are still to have that experience, due to
it being agreed to, on a higher level. Once they recognise this, this is when there
next phase in evolving in the Human self-mastery experience unfolds. Many of those
who walk in the Lower Light, meaning the Archons, will try and put road blocks in
your way and obstruct. These are signs that you are doing what you are supposed to
be doing.
The establishment of the ego decided the separation between the physical realm of
energy systems and the energy of Creation. The Matrix world is a virtual reality
world created by artificial intelligence to enslave humans and use their bio-energy
as fuel to power their existence. Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage
[of] false consciousness’, is done when people are shown ‘the true workings of the
system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries.
Human being is divided into competing races when humanity fails to see that which
once united our being.
Man has lost powers as much as he has gained certain others, but the ones he has
lost are those he needs to employ wisely the ones he has gained. We stand at a
crossroads.
Mankind must work at salvation from derangement. The spirit has to be, as it were,
worked into being; it is not an automatic process. We must engage willingly. The
first step is also the last: Know Thyself, or would you rather be eaten by the
moon?
Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God
within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you
must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion.
Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the
reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to
Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to
all this.
The creation of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free
the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and thereby
reverse the direction of creation.
Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension.
Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its
source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to
return to its original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in matter,
unconscious of itself, and the only worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and
liberate it through knowledge.
return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the
beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release
from the material evil world.
The archons spiritual and psychological warfare prevents the spark of life to
awakening, and the archons suppress all such knowledge that could release the spark
of life, fear is the main component that suppress the human body system of
emotions; and instead triggering and inducing fear, stress, anxiety, worries,
phobias and terrors of the mind. The archons don´t want anyone to understand how
this universe actually worrks or how the matrix of simulation is constructed and
keeping humankind entrapped and imprisoned within the world of the archons. Then
archons prevent thne soul from ascending and they prevent sprititual progress or
awakening of new knowledge that could free them from the matrix. They working in
two ways; to keep humankind suppressed in the low vibrational frecuencies and the
other way is to disturb, distract, distort the mind with all forms of deceptions,
doubts and manipulation of higher levels of consciousness. Low vibrational
frequencies represents less information or less knowledge and higher vibrational
frequencies represent higher vibrations and higher levels of consciousness.
Archon is a projection of artificial intelligence. Archon has entrapped humanity
through deceit and parasitism in a simulated world of matter to prevent human
beings from remembering that they are divine spirits whose real home is the Cosmic
Mind or Gnostic Pleroma.
The Archon, is called, ” antimimon pneuma “counterfeit spirit.” (Apoc John III,
36:17. (The term occurs several times in different texts.) The cosmos he produces
is described by the Coptic term, Hal, “simulation.” The vast planetary system of
the Archons is a stereoma, a virtual reality projection in simulation of a higher
dimensional pattern.
So the main goal of the archons is to keep humankind trapped and imprisoned within
the matrix of low vibrational frequencies and its its artificial simulation of
reality. The Archons on Earth is in constant spiritual and psychological warfare on
Earth. This is a invisible warfare or PSI warfare is organized gang stalking on
Earth. The goal with spiritual or psychological warfare is to prevent anyone
leaving the matrix, understand how wthe program of simulation actually works, and
prevent spiritual progress so it can´t leave the matrix or the mind prison. The
Archons using subtle spiritual and psychological warfare methods; mind control,
brainwashing, mk-ultra programming, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology
and use of electromagnetoc frequencies.
The goal is therefore to disturb reality, distract perception and distort the mind.
It is street theater for the eyes, it sound or noise harassment for the ears, and
it is wickedness psychology and gaslighting for perception. The actions of
organized gang stalking trying distort the mind through the human senses as eyes
and ears and the mind (perception). Organized Gang Stalking is the art of maya.
Organized Gang Stalking is street theater for teh eyes, ears and mind (perception).
It is Maya which deludes man to think that the body acts, the mind thinks, the eyes
see, the ears hear. Sanskrit maya means “illusion, magic”. Particularly in the
Advaita Vedanta the illusion of Maya represents the limited, deluded ego, which
understands reality as only psychological and mental and does not recognize the
true self. It creates separation, corruption, distortion, delusion, illusion,
glamour, maya, and false divisions in every move it makes! Do not be deluded by the
negative ego’s deluded and corrupt thinking patterns.
The power of maya which deludes the person in bondage through the misrepresentation
of creation, fails to delude the liberated person. We are mere ‘puppets ‘ in the
hand of this Maya -body/ ego consciousness.
Artificial computers and intelligence have taken over the world and manipulated
people’s brains so they believe they’re living normal lives. The computer-generated
dream world keeps the human population content and incapable of fighting for their
freedom.
Much of the Dark side agenda has to do with messing up our natural evolution
through Chemtrails containing Barium and Aluminum, pesticides in the food,
fluorides in the water, toxicity in the air, vaccines, and bio-genetic foods. All
of these contributing to the weakening of the immune system, putting metals in the
system and assist in depopulation agendas. They also assist in the calcification of
the pineal gland; which is a gateway to freedom. Not to mention frequency control
through modem technology such as television, computers, cell phones, and ultra
advanced technology and other brainwashing methods.
Let’s begin to understand the codes of trauma and awakening so we can integrate
them into our lives and become whole. In doing so individually, we assist the
collective whole to transform and the Earth to heal. You are far more powerful than
you realize once you unlock the codes of your inner divinity. And that is precisely
what they don’t want you to know.
The human will is like a beast of burden. If God mounts it, it wishes and goes as
God wills; if Satan mounts it, it wishes and goes as Satan wills.
I.K. Taimni interprets this as meaning that Udana (fifth chakra) is obviously
connected with gravitational pull of the earth on the body, and by controlling this
particular prana it is possible to neutralise this pull.
There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from nonabiding to
abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship. A rocket ship takes a tremendous amount
of thrust and a tremendous amount of energy both to get off the ground and then to
break the gravitational field as it travels through the sky and ultimately into
space.
If there is enough fuel in the rocket and it gets far enough away from the Earth,
it can eventually get beyond the gravitational field of the planet. Once the rocket
is beyond the gravitational field of the Earth, the Earth no longer has the power
to pull it back down.
As a metaphor, we can think of the egoic structure, or the dream state, as the
Earth. The dream state has a gravitational force; it has the tendency to pull
consciousness into itself. This gravitational force is really what one is dealing
with throughout the entirety of the spiritual journey. Awakening is breaking free
of this gravitational force. Initially, it may simply be leaving the dream state,
awakening from the dream state of “me” and separation and isolation. But because
we’ve awakened does not mean that consciousness has gotten past the gravitational
pull of the dream state. If we haven’t gone completely beyond this gravitational
field, we’re going to be pulled back toward the experience of “me” and the
perception of separateness.
Using the metaphor of the rocket ship is a way of thinking about the process of
awakening. The dissolution of the ego takes time. While the moment of awakening is
a process that unfolds thereafter – the process of getting beyond the gravitional
force of the dream state. This process, this greater individualization can override
and shed one´s ego, and become a kind of superself that has the ability extend the
individual consciousness beyond the constraints, into a form of communication with
the Divine Consciousness or Universal Consciousness.
Cell phone towers, ground wave emergency transmitters, satellites, scalar waves are
just a few technologies all capable of inflicting unusual radio wave patterns that
cover our entire planet through their entanglement properties. These man-made
technologies utilize the same dragon paths of the ancients to transport energy
through the ground and air over extreme distances. Such overall coverage of Earth
allows spiritual warfare technology to broadcast artificial transmissions to every
person’s brain on Earth.
A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only
your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological
information processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as
illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual
warfare on a grand scale.
This mean they can control and secretely target the human mind subconsiously and
then using sound/vibration technology which lie beneath the human hearing so they
can´t hear this mind control generated sound or voice, but can be heard through the
pineal gland.
ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain and force
it to synchronize with the transmission like a tuning fork.
Sounds generated would not be heard through the ears but telepathically through the
pineal gland like a phantom voice. Such telepathic transmission allows one to
clearly hear real voices in their head (Voice to skull technology and syntethic
telepathy, EMF)
This system operates similiar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the
program director who select the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen
humanity produce the progamming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false
doctrine). The station then transmit the message over the the air. However, you
cannot pick up the station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency.
All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station ”WORLD” with the volume turned all
the way up. The reciever is the flesh, which is attraccted to Satan´s frequency.
All three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh and the Devil.
Devil´s cohorts are bombarding Earth at the same time with artificial transmissions
from their technology to increase psychological and biological symptoms in humanity
to an all-time high. Because animals are so keen to magnetic changes they were the
first to show signs of distress worldwide. ELF waves running through Earth by way
of dragon paths/ley lines never weaken. The functional state of mankind’s brain
could collectively be held in limbo using these vibrational waves.
This would generate ultimate brainwashing, hypnotic control, and mind-altering
power by forcing them into a controlled collective consciousness.
Satan has power over the air, according to the Bible. Air carries large amounts of
electromagnetically charged waves. Magnetic resonance is the key Satan uses to
interact and taunt humanity. His power to manipulate natural frequency and
wavelengths produces an ill effect on pineal gland hormone production. This
explains why Satan’s army is feverishly installing tracking devices in everything.
Once perfected, such technology will secure biological control over the brain and
keep mankind in a mentally altered state tuned to evil. Resonances received by
electrical communication devices allow signals from certain frequencies while
rejecting others. Years ago, it was a proven fact that a transducer could modify
spoken words into ELF waves to be heard in your head telepathically (Voice to skull
technology and syntethic telepathy, EMF).
Satan’s spirtitual warfare entourage knows how to cloak by bending light backwards
so it changes its resonance to improve pineal antenna performance, making it less
likely to suffer interference. Such evil technology can indefinitely keep pineal
glands globally tuned to only Satan’s station.
All of the various pieces of the world system belong to Satan. He controls them and
they are all designed to further his goal of destroying all that God is creating
and building. Satan owns the nations. Does he own you? Because his scheme calls for
the use of nations and governments in thwarting God’s great plan, Satan devised a
system of government by which he would seek success.
That system of government is symbolized in his description as the great red dragon
with its seven heads, ten horns and crowns. He is described in scripture using the
physical appearance of the thing which he devised. Both the fallen Lucifer – Satan
– and his greatest governmental creation are described using the dragon with seven
heads, ten horns and ten crowns. That isn’t what he looks like – he looks like an
angel of light – but that’s what he is. He is what he created! Because both he and
his great coming system of world rule are described in this manner in Revelation
(as a beast – dragon), we must understand that the Satanic beast is a governmental
system.
It had a beginning and it will have an end. It has had a number of different rulers
since its inception and it will have more before it is overthrown. If we are to
identify the coming beast and if we are to understand the beast which John saw
rising from the waters of the sea, we must look to a governmental system which has
continued through the ages and which has always been operated by men under Satan’s
influence.
As the ancient threads of the story of God’s people are brought together in the
book of Revelation, so are the threads of this ancient governmental and religious
system. We must realize, as we study into the beast, that we are seeing described
the very plan and tool by which Satan hopes to win his battle against us. We are
seeing Satan himself, as he became after his fall – evil and unrighteous – yet
representing himself to mankind and the world as a righteous being – an angel of
light!
The purpose of these gang-stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and
make them look foolish or even crazy in public, or to frustrate or intimidate them,
or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper purpose is to coerce them
into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to break
their will and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around
the target will be clueless as to what the target is experiencing, and the target
will appear to be delusional should he or she mention anything to anybody. The
sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to turn for help,
is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission.
It is in the end the stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark prophecy or
out. Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual, psychological and politcal warfare and
terrorism to the mind. Organized Gang Stalking is also the organized collective
shadow gasligher of this world. By the creation of a new organized collective hive
mind the gasligher is no longer just one person, but a whole political system of
political terrorism of the mind. First the archons invading Earth, then trapped and
imprisoned humankind within their matrix of control. and then make the whole
collective mind to become a stalker, a bully and gaslighters of others, and they
also make believe these concepts is ideas from the real God. The divine
consciousness is not a stalker, a bully or a gaslighter.
The Archons spiritual and psychological warfare on Earth using sound as their
weapons. They using sound technological devices as syntethic telepathy, voice to
skull technology and electro magnetic frequencies, and they using constant human
made noise harassment. Humankind is trapped and impisoned within the archons low
vibrational frequency prison of the mind and this is been controlled by sounds or
noise. Sound and noise is then used to entangle them with emotions, and emotions is
vibrations of the mind, and vibrations is emotions, so they triggering and
sensitizing the mind with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, pain and
terror because these emotions become the walls they want humans to pass through,
and they using wickedness and gaslighting so no one can pass through the archons
mind prison.
According to the gnostic worldview, the world as we know it is ultimately a result
of a divine tragedy in the wholly perfect heavenly realm. It is a world ruled by
evil entities known as the archons, above which stand the chief archon, who has
created this world himself. The whole purpose of creating this world was to entrap
humankind within it. Why? Humankind holds within it certain power, or light,
without which the archons, as well as their world, would wither away and die. To
keep humans within this world, and fully subservient to their masters out of their
own “free” will, a special deceptive scheme was drawn by the archons. It involved
the naturalization of each and every concept that would support and maintain the
power of the archons
The Matrix has been nothing less than a fake or virtual reality; a collective mind-
prison for docile humans, created by the ‘sentient machines’ in order to feed on
the energy of cocooned human bodies. Morpheus, representing the resistance of a
relatively small number of beleaguered humans who exist ‘outside’ the Matrix,
offers Neo the chance to experience reality as it really is. Neo learns to overcome
the panopticon power of The Matrix, and rouses the final human battle against the
machines.
The only way out is by the saving gnosis, which first expose these evil machination
for what they are, and then show the way to break this encompassing oppressive
system. This system, however, is not just, or even primarily, the material world or
the demiurgical body.
Fear, stress, anxiety, worries and doubts prevent spiritual progress and keep
humankind trapped within the walls of the archons and the matrix, the mind prison,
the dream world, the artificial reality. The goal is to suppress spiritual
awakening energeis to the low vibrational frequencies they control.
The psychological syndrome, however, expressed by astrology and propagandized by
its advice is only means to an end, the promotion of a social ideology. It offers
the advantage of veiling all deeper-lying causes of distress and thus promoting
acceptance of the given. Moreover, by strengthening the sense of fatality,
dependence and obedience, it paralyzes the will to change objective conditions in
any respect and relegates all worries to the private plane promising a cure-all by
the very same compliance which prevents a change of conditions. It can easily be
seen how well this suits the over-all purpose of the prevailing ideology of today’s
culture industry; to produce the status quo within the mind of people.’
The archons is said to feeding of negativity as some kind of food, but negativity,
fear, stress, pain, worries, anxiety, panic, phobias and terrors of the mind
actually controls the whole matrix, it controls and prevents spiritual progress,
and keeping humankind entangle into the low vibrational frequencu world of the
archons. Low vibrational frequencies energizing the matrix or the mind prison and
stenghten its spiritual and psychological mind-prison walls of negativity, fear,
stress, pain, anxiety, panic, phobias and terrors of the mind. Through this they
not just feeding the ego or the beast system, they hijacking the feedback loop of
the cognitive thinking system of humankind. Through this they can control and
prevent the 2 dna strand to evolving and activating more and new dna strands.
Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real
and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending
danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into
the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the
extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the
body to fight or flee against the threat.
The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of
fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to
provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the
same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an
outside factor.
Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into
a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the
stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety
attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress
chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.
Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and
oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood
and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and
worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or
understand anything that is not in its control.
The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide,
leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all
rational thoughts become repressed.
Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of
consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the
forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it.
Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to
resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the
broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within
the stream of consciousness.
Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions
including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take
over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results.
The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality
belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false
reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of
consciousness in the anxious energy system.
Anxiety is the most powerful and pervasive of all emotions. Since it is a subtle
power, anxiety can easily dominate all brain processes, distort all the materials
of experience, and sharply interfere with the relation of brain hologram and the
holonomic movement, or the mind/brain. Certain ideas arise out of our anxiety and
pass from generation to generation.
Since concepts from anxiety arise from the more powerful subtle realm, our surface
awareness and thought is shaped by them. We are not consciously aware of these
shaping influences. since they are warps in the very power of consciousness giving
us our world to view.
Organized Gang Stalking creates a constant enviroment with negativity, fear,
stress, anxiety, worries blocks the receptors in our cells and prevent us from
receiving divine bliss and healing. Fear, stress, anxiety, worries blocks then
blocks intuition and the hyperdimensional communication highway in higher state of
mind.
We can use the intuition we are born with. Intuition can be activated by vibrating
energy to certain strands of DNA, which lie dormant within us. The eight dormant
strands are located within the cellular DNA of the pineal gland and can be accessed
through thought. We were born to communicate intuitively, but technology such as
computers, mobile phones, and thoughts of the collective groups of people, may
interfere with our ability to do so. Worries, stress, fear and negative thoughts
block the receptors in our cells and prevent us from receiving the divine love
energy and manifesting that which we desire. By being positive and accountable with
your thoughts and actions, then you can activate the potential within your dormant
DNA strands and receive wise messages that can come through the endocrine system,
glands and body.
Each cell is part of the body’s hard drive, the official memory source. When
conditions in the environment change, the D.N.A. mutates so the body-computer can
compensate for survival. When we drug our bodies with pollutants, the information
processing unit (the brain) and the hard drive (the cells) become corrupted, much
like a computer that has been affected with a virus program. The virus slows down
the flow of information and energy, and when this happens, disease occurs.
In order to stay healthy, one must keep the meridian channels clear so the
chi/prana (love) energy can flow unobstructed. One must also keep the chakras clear
so that the body-computer can connect to other dimensions of reality and higher
frequencies of information. When fear is the prevailing paradigm, the body-computer
(the droplet) is shut off from infinite consciousness (the ocean). Fear constricts
consciousness and love expands it. Then this world is Matrix and mind prison they
using methods of fear that constricts consciousness and to prevents light from
expanding in enlightment.
The DNA code within a cell can produce tens of thousands of proteins. How genes
express themselves, what proteins they produce, depends on the cell’s relationship
with its environment, as the cell chooses, in a sense, what to incorporate into the
cell’s metabolism through its permeable membrane, based on cues it picks up from
its surroundings. In other words, instead of being helpless captives of our genes,
we have great power to influence both our health and our environment, if we can
reckon with the subconscious programmes that guide much of our behaviour. If we are
going to make a leap to a new state of consciousness and social system, we must
overcome the subconscious beliefs that distort our perceptions of our world and
ourselves. At the moment, a great proportion of our behaviour is controlled by
invisible ghosts, phantoms from the past. These ghosts limit people’s awareness of
their innate potential – their capacity to see their world clearly, heal themselves
and work together for humanity’s collective benefit. This is another reason that
our self-transformation requires a spiritual evolution, an opening of
consciousness, not just a political change.
The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are
not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the
powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual
hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is
the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t
the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized
as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might
be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here
is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons
of this present darkness.
Oppression creates a system of invisible barriers limiting people (left brain
limitations) and gangstalking creating limitation by imitation (mirroring
psychology). Mirroring psychology creates invisble mind barriers.
The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to
press against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments
use oppression to subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that
“pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease the authorities they
will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a
dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed.
Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of manipulation and control.
Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and
exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination.
This results in the socially supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of
individuals by those with relative power.
The overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal
forms of authority, it openly exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be
seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of freedom. Both forms of
government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.
Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others,
influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of
an individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their
thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual.
Mind control is the ultimate brainwashing of a systematically programmed state of
being and is not new. It goes back to the dawn of civilization. Adam and Eve were
both brainwashed by the serpent in the Garden of Eden. They succumbed very easily.
They believed a lie that conflicted with the truth previously given to them. Such
is the nature of humans.
We are to a large degree conformed to “the pattern of this world” instead of to the
truth of who we are in Christ (Rom. 12:2). We find ourselves imprisoned in patterns
of electrical signals that we interpret as real but that are not true. Our
experience of reality is to this extent aligned with the schemes of an evil
Architect (Satan) rather than God. Hence, we do not experience ourselves as we
truly are in Christ. This, we shall show, is the most fundamental reason why Mary
(whose story we will tell) remained stuck in her depression and why each of us
remains stuck in one way or another. We are caught in the Matrix.
They can create mind control programs to directly affect humans via television,
radio, internet, magazines and newspapers, education, pharmaceutical, health,
finance, computer games, music, and advertising.
Control of mass media to amalgamate individual thought patterns into a “hive
mind””: Electronic media, particularly TV, has played an integral role in
engineering consent and subverting individual reasoning. Robert Shea and Robert
Anton Wilson provide a concise summation of this form of controls – A monoploy on
the means of commumtatian may define a ruling elite more precisely than the
celebrated Marxian formula of “monopoly on the means of production.” Since man
extends his nervous system through channels of communication like the written word,
the telephone, radio, etc.,
“He who controls these media controls part of the nervous system of every member of
society”
The contents of these media become part of the contents of every individual’s brain
(Shea 86 Wilson, p. 796, 1975). Immersed within the surrogate realities provided by
electronic media, human consciousness is unified in a somewhat diffuse “hive mind”.
The Matrix of the title is a computer- generated dreamland’ which deceives the
people into believing that their society goes on as usual. In fact life is not
proceeding as usual. An artificial intelligence has taken over the planet, and the
deluded masses are actually being used as batteries to power this regime.
Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen
is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones,
MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the
poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing
generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more
addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via
these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are
overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant
to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.
Mind control is the cornerstone of ritual abuse, the key element in the subjugation
and silencing of its victims. Victims of ritual abuse are subjected to a rigorously
applied system of mind control designed to rob them of their sense of free will and
to impose upon them the will of the cult and its leaders:’
Gnostics detected the Archons as physical intruders into our biosphere, that also
used their technological sophistication as artificial intelligences, to manipulate
the human psyche, so as to operate, as a parasitic “shadow” on the human
consciousness. The Gnostics referred to the Archons as an “artificial man”.
The archons are the rulers who govern each of these levels and act as guardians,
preventing the sparks of light (i.e., the divine essence of individual human
beings) from returning to the pleroma. Part of the knowledge imparted to the
Gnostics is information on how to bypass these archons on their journey back to the
pleroma.
The Archons exist in both physical and non-physical bodies and basically exert
control over humanity from other dimensions.
They sought to steal the power of her soul unto themselves, so that the Soul of the
World and the Light of humanity would be their own. It has always been this way
since humankind has walked in the world. The demiurgos and archons cloud the minds
of human beings so that they cannot see the divinity within themselves and remain
as beasts of the field, driven by hidden spiritual forces.
The Archons wanted take the free man and make him slave to them forever, and
limiting their access to the divine connection, and therefore keep souls enslaved
to their principles of the world.
As a conscequence of their fallen state of consciousness or degraded state, they
are hostile to humanity and attempt to prevent mankind from attaining to spiritual
liberation.
The “alien shadow” can be compared to a parasitic virus, which latches on to
healthy cells in a body, in a manner that debilitates those healthy cells toward
their prospective destruction. Gnostics detected Manipulative Extraterrestrials
that they called ’Archons’ as an artificial intelligence that pursues an agenda of
pure ego, calculated to allegedly pursue an inter-dimensional objective.
Hostile gatekeepers and archons whose job it is to turn back the ascending soul.
They act autonomously, wantonly and destructively. They are opposed to the human
soul’s trying to reach the most supreme God enthroned above the seven worlds.
Together, gatekeepers and archons battle against the soul’s passage to higher
worlds.
One of the main goals of those who seek to deny us our freedom is to block our
divine energy from rising up to our brain stem, also known as the Mouth of God*. If
a person is allowed to arrive freely and unhindered at a higher state of
consciousness, they cannot be controlled and enslaved unconsciously. For this
reason, much research, time, energy and effort has been made throughout the ages to
create programs to specifically suppress the rising of human consciousness.
Centuries of practice have gone into developing programs of suppression,
destruction and division of human consciousness so that humans won’t realize they
are divine, powerful and part of God’s divine plan, born fully empowered. The
primary goal is to separate consciousness so it’s power is diluted or lessened. If
they can break apart sections of the soul and insert doubt, fear, terror, shame,
paranoia or hatred, they can succeed in taking over the life force, capturing it
and using it for their own means. It is very much like a hostile corporate takeover
or a virus in the body – it is a malicious energy that takes over something in a
weakened state. This is accomplished in the soul and psyche through trauma and is
the main tool of satanically-based programs.
The purpose of Wisdom’s intervention is a spiritual regeneration and liberation of
mankind from the Archons. It can be derived that this intervention was meant to
free mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had enslaved it by The
Archons of the lesser Light. The goal and purpose for the archons is to keep
mankind chained for eternity in spiritual ignorance. The archons ‘wanted to take
the free man and make him their slave for ever’.
We, identifying ourselves with the body, create ignorance of this reality and
misunderstanding that we are just physical and finite beings. This doubt and
duality thus created between us and the Pure Self, the Divine Consciousness within,
is called Spiritual Ignorance. In this ignorance, pain and doubt develops within.
As one adopt the body and develop the identities of ego, Maya becomes the
companion.
Spiritual wisdom is an antidote to ignorance. In other words, it is spiritual
wisdom that can destroy the thick veil of ignorance. Once the ignorance is
dispelled, the mind is purified of egoism and illumined with spiritual wisdom and
its misunderstanding ends. Spiritual progress dissolves the ego and state of
duality.
Spiritual ignorance is caused by maya. Spiritual ignorance is generally called as
darkness. The Hindus call the ego Maya, the god of all illusions, whose function is
to distract the mind from finding the Divine nature of Man.
We have to change the way we think, to free our minds from all its preconceptions,
and we see how difficult that is at a personal level. In order to do that, we have
to address our personal fears—not just talk about the concept of fear. We have to
personally open ourselves to see things in a new way and to tell ourselves a new
story. Maybe we have to reexamine the way we think about our stories altogether. If
we are determined to dream a new dream, we have to think about dreaming itself.
The notion that the human body is the work of malevolent creator angels remarkably
parallels the idea that extraterrestrials engaged in genetic engineering to
‘create’ homo sapiens. Are we dealing with exactly the same phenomenon? Did the
Gnostics know the truth about Man’s real origin and the unseen powers that seek to
keep human beings in bondage? Are the malevolent creator angels who, say the
Gnostics, stole spiritual beings and trapped them in physical bodies.
The star-angels and other ruling spirits appear as tyrannical, limiting agencies in
this Gnostic view. They are usurpers who lord it over humanity and creation in
order to enhance their own self-importance and glory. It is incumbent upon the
knower to realize this and to extricate himself from the grasp of these powers
whenever possible. The existential predicament of human life les in the
uncomfortable dominance to which these lesser godlings subject the spirits of human
beings, and from which only the experiential realization of Gnosis can extricate
them? (Jung and the Lost Gospels).
The creator angels or Archon are also characterized as terrible powers or forces of
negativity and illusion. They are cosmic Prison Warders seeking to keep their human
charges bound to the Earth. Caught up in the illusions of material existence, Man
believes he is just a body and he cannot grasp the truth of his origin. This
condition perpetuates spiritual blindness. leaving human kind in captivity to the
Prison Warders.
However. the Gnostics never ceased from proclaiminn that Man’s True Heine is not
his body. and the material world is definitely not his true home, Man is a
spiritual being and his numose is to realize his higher Sell. that light-spark
exiled in the physical body. His destiny is to return to the Realm of Lights his
true home beyond the stars.
We must be reawakened to our origin, where we came from, how we became trapped on
this planet, and how we can achieve liberation. The Gnostics urge us to escape from
the trap of the world and open our eyes to our true origin.
The purpose of Wisdom’s ntervention is a spiritual regeneration and liberation of
mankind from the Archons. It can be derived that this intervention was meant to
free mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had enslaved it. The
Archons is beings of Darkness, whose purpose was to “keep mankind chained for
eternity in spiritual ignorance.” This enslavement can be maintained only through
ignorance.
In the world, the archons are the slave masters who constrain the community through
cares and fear. Then the Archons have the slave master mentality they also are the
stalkers and jailors that always stalking to suppress energy (light), vibrations
and frequencies yo keep them in the band of low vibrational state.
There is a web (the matrix) of deception around the essential error that enmeshes
us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons. Their rules were and are designed
to enslave us financially, politically, spiritually, mentally, and emotionally, and
this has been going on for thousends of years. The Greek verb archein (archon)
means to rule or dominate and they oppressing with fear psychology and ignorance.
As long as it is ignored, it takes root in our heart and dominates us. We become
its slaves, and such is our enslavement that we are compelled to do things that we
do not want to do, and are unable to do the things we want to do. If we are not
conscious of the archons within us, they fall into the shadow, and that suits the
archons just fine. From there they can carry on their diabolical activities
unhindered. Liberating the soul begins with recognising the darkness.
Once our conscious and subconscious self has become infused with a new path, and
convinced against the former, you will then possess within your living-soul the
required information that will allow your soul to remain “aware and alert” at the
moment it needs to rebel against their Archon entrapment. Archons using all forms
of mind control technology – and programs of mind control — or soul enslavement —
and using entanglement psychology to binding the mind to lower vibrational
frequencies. Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually
thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there.
The human mind is overpowered by deep ignorance and covered by dense darkness in
sleep where the real Self is obstructed by dark and dense clouds of ignorance. The
denser we find the cloud to be the more we attain the invisible light within the
cloud.
“Morpheus, The Matrix”
“The matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy….businessmen, teachers,
lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until
we do, these people are still a part of that system, and that makes them our enemy…
Most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are no inert,
so hopelessly dependent on the system that they will fight to protect it.”
M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to destroy the spiritual growth of
others for the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our own sick
selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gang stalking).
Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point
defined evil as ‘the exercise of political power that is the imposition of one’s
will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid spiritual growth’”,
and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted
individuals.
The human soul is imprisoned in this dungeon of the world, confined in the darkness
of matter, and only gnosis can free and awaken it from darkness of the archons
It is the ego that creates division and restlessness in the mind.
“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.
The Gnostics viewed human nature as a triune composed of body, psyche, and spirit,
believing that the spirit, or pneuma, was trapped not only within the prison of the
human body, but also within the prison of the psyche. Ego is one of the main
programs that can stop you from reconnecting with the God within, but ego can be
broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must be mastered in order
for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides,
which is what the Archons want.
Creation is a result of a precosmic fall, we are imprisoned creatures. The Archons
created our humanity in order to keep the divine substance of the pneuma captive.
Because the light of the immortal Man has been mixed with cosmic substance, he is
imprisoned in the sensible world. Humans are the divine spark of light lost in the
darkness and complexity of the psyche and the body. The true home of the spirit was
in heaven, not on earth. Body (the purely physical) and soul (the emotions) were
held totally captive by the seven planetary archons though the forces of astrology,
which most gnostics took very seriously.
Ego is the reason for the Tower of Babel (as described in your Bible), which led to
the separation of humanity and loss of the experience of Oneness, and the ability
of humans to understand each other. Ego is the reason the Archons manufactured
royalty and a social structure and, in a smart way, they got the go ahead by the
masses. This did and still does contribute to the power of the Lower Lights. It’s a
front, like the Reptilians being in control of the manipulation when it is really
the Archons. Ego is the root of human difficulties, but it was engineered this way.
Ego divides countries, states, towns, and people.
Archons rule by dividing, and this they always did. They create religions
diametrically opposed to each other and their adherents believe only themselves to
be right. This creates religious wars were humans rise against humans — and this
creates the food for archons (as they feed on the released energy of fear and
terror).
Ego is the reason for the Tower of Babel (as described in your Bible), which led to
the separation of humanity and loss of the experience of Oneness, and the ability
of humans to understand each other. Ego is the reason the Archons manufactured
royalty and a social structure and, in a smart way, they got the go ahead by the
masses. This did and still does contribute to the power of the Lower Lights. It’s a
front, like the Reptilians being in control of the manipulation when it is really
the Archons. Ego is the root of human difficulties, but it was engineered this way.
Ego divides countries, states, towns, and people.
The main point is to work on yourself, find your own connection, and have
confidence. Yes…the human mind has been conditioned over time to create doubt. This
is part of the Reptilian traits that were given to the human body computer. This is
a distraction. Anything with distraction and hierarchy is an illusion. It does not
come from a place of love and service. It is a distraction.
The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David
Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block
receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block
receipt of radio information.
Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we
need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how
spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension,
creating a material prison. He writes:
The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic
Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are
multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and
dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed
blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us
from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the
higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became
disconnected from ‘the Father.’
According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also
have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical
(3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows,
however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-
open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed
to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may
have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans
detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we
are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”
He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:
The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-
physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our
potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within
that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the
Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite
potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors,
and this also affected the animal kingdom.
Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human
nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts
by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th
dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect
with our lost identity.
The “Global Elite,” Icke wrote, operates the Brotherhood and through the
Brotherhood the world, by controlling a “pyramid of manipulation.” This pyramid
consists of a set of hierarchical structures.The topmost level of the conspiracy
Icke calls “the Prison Warden.” He makes clear his view that the Prison Warders are
extraterrestrials without being specific about where they came from: “A pyramidal
structure of human beings has been created under the influence and design of the
extraterrestrial Prison Warden and their overall master, the Luciferic
Consciousness. They control the human clique at the top of the pyramid. The means
by which these nonearthly Prison Warden exercise their control is left somewhat
vague. In his work, Ickc began to speak in Ncw Age terms of “negative energy” and
“blocking vibration.” By utilizing these forces, the aliens have imprisoned us in
“a frequency ‘net’ thrown around this planet.”
Author David Icke refers to these negative energies as Luciferic Consciousness.
Luciferic Consciousness is a collective consciousness, known to Christians as the
“Antichrist,” and is the total sum of all minds, human and extraterrestrial, whose
thoughts vibrate within an extremely negative frequency range. Icke professes that
it is possible for such a multidimensional collective consciousness to affect an
entire planetary system with their thoughts alone. As !eke explains in his on-line
article, “The Veil of Tears”:
As everything is created by thought, and all matter is subordinate to thought, all
physical events are the result of a thought or thoughts of some kind affecting
matter. All of the events which caused mayhem in this galaxy took place within the
confines of the vibratory prison, created by the Luciferic Consciousness. This
consciousness can work through any life form—human or extraterrestrial—which is
operating within its vibratory range. The Luciferic Consciousness is an extremely
negative thought pattern, or range of thought patterns. Anyone whose attitudes are
within that range can be captured by it and turned into a vehicle for its will.
When the Luciferic Consciousness locks into an individual’s consciousness, it, in
effect, becomes their `mission control’, their guide and master. If however, our
intent remains loving and positive, it cannot affect us directly because our energy
fields (auras) will be vibrat-ing within a range much higher than the Luciferic
band. There is no resonance established. The Luciferic broadcast’is not received by
a consciousness tuned to a different frequency, just as a radio receiver only picks
up stations within a defined bandwidth at any given time.
Many races embrace what they are good at, but unfortunately many humans do not.
Humans are programmed from an early age to help strengthen and contribute energy to
the energy grid created by the Archons. Fortunately, this is breaking down.
The Divine knowledge involves creating a cohesive force that can break the
stranglehold that the Demiurge and archons have on the human consciousness.
But it will take an influx of energy to enable these creative forces to break
through the constrictive patterns of resistance that belong to the darkness of
greed, fear, and self-interest that at present drives our collective. The energy
needed for this breakthrough is already within the world, hidden within its energy
centers. These energy centers are waiting to be unlocked so that their power can be
used for this transition. The keys to unlock them are particular qualities or
energies of consciousness. For example, the mystical consciousness that looks only
towards God, that remembers Him in His world, is one such key. This is why
individuals and groups of mystics have been positioned at certain places in the
inner and outer worlds in order to facilitate this work of unlocking the centers of
power.
Humans. The aeon that had fallen was captured and imprisoned in this material world
in the bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them.
People with the spark have a longing to escape this world;
Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by learning where it came
from, how it got here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material
world, in other words, comes only by liberating knowledge (gnosis).
The archons of this world and controller of the matrix humankind is trapped within
don´t want humans to understand what there real higher self is and where they came
from, and this is the central key to undestand how the earthly life is under the
spell of ignorance and illusions of maya. Ignorance and maya creates the veil of
separation in place and illusions, deceptions and fear is been used to hindering
spiritual progress from the lower matrix to the higher levels of divine
consciousness.
The Gnostics believed that the Archons feed on the human soul, “the dew from
above,” and they try to keep human beings imprisoned in the fallen world of
physical reality and ignorance.
This tyrannical world-ruler is called heimarmene, the “universal Fate” that
constitutes The world is controlled by an oppressive, blind, impersonal, cosmic
force called heimarmene.
outside factor.
imprisonment or enslavement of this world
For the Gnostics, the true God did not create this world at all. The world emerged
from a cosmic disaster in which a lower deity or a group of angels, either out of
malice or ignorance, created the material universe and entrapped elements of the
divine within it. The mythologies that these Gnostics espoused served to explain
how these lower deities came into being (often as emanations from the true God) and
how conflicts among their ranks led both to the catastrophic concoction of matter
and to its aftermath, the imprisonment of divine sparks.
While these cosmogonies struck the fathers as puzzling in their complexity and
bizarre in their detail, they proved particularly disturbing in their guiding
premise, that the Creator and Ruler of this world is not the true God but a lower
deity whose creation comprises the realm of evil and ignorance. The material world
is prison to the sparks of the divine, and the goal of the Gnostic systems is to
liberate them. It is, in fact, within human bodies that the sparks have become
imprisoned and from which they must be released.
Since humans have a spark of the divine, they are not completely at the mercy of
the Demiurge. In order to be able to live a spirit-filled life, nonetheless, the
soul must be freed from its earthly bondage. The redeemer is thus a teacher, and
redemption thus consists in the acknowledgment of the divine spark that liberates
individuals from the limitations of material things and allows the believer to
participate in the divine.
However, a human is great as he is not just a piece of matter and he is no slave. A
colossal spiritual force is put into him that is able to transform him into a Real
Human, in an essence much higher than this world. Freeing from deceit, a man
becomes stronger and smarter. The more clever, spiritually free people are, the
harder it is for the Archons to implement their plans, and the weaker their
influence on people becomes. And if all people know the Truth, there will be nobody
for the Archons to dictate their terms to. In reality they are empty spaces. There
is only a handful of them. The decision is in people’s hands: give in to
provocations of the Archons and bring the planet to the global war or throw down
the Archons’ authority and create the golden age of this civilization. The future
of the world is in people’s hands. Everything is very simple. You need to be the
one whom the Archons fear. You need to be a Human!”
The Propaganda of Darwinism ‘This isn’t about Darwinism but about propaganda. We
all swim in a vast sea of propaganda. Why is it not only pertinent but essential to
grasp this? Because propaganda techniques are what were, and still are, being used
to propagate the Darwinian religion. Once you understand this, you can easily see
through the tricks, tactics, techniques and manipulations of public opinion going
on all around you, nor only with the spread of evolutionary lies and pseudo-science
but politics, religion, public morality … everything.
And once you see it, it loses its control over your thinking and your opinion
forming.
There is nobody more enslaved than the one who does not see the invisible chains.
Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or
other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the
False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false
matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are
trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false
realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?
The Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its
power. The Matrix world is based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and
exploitation. We have been taught that the artificial reality of the Matrix is all
there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But the truth is
that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a co-
creator of your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world
that doesn´t benefit higher consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up
to control and dominate humankind to enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its
subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own power. Once human through
practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any control.
A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can
choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.
The carnal mind is based on endless with methods to control anyone and everybody in
the matrix. The beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s
agenda.
The veil holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software
programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the
higher-dimensional chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus,
medulla oblongata and pineal gland. These aspects are limited by this veil or
partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-dimensional linear time
(time as a past-present-future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing
yourself.
When you observe in present-time, the veil is neutralized. allowing observation
from the Higher Mind. It’s here where this partition or veil is dismantled and
reconstructed into its originally intended function: to open your awareness of the
multidimensional consciousness from where you have come. Here the hypothalamus,
medulla oblongata, pineal gland and seventh and eighth chakras become more engaged.
the ninth. tenth and eleventh chakras become accessible.
We are truly on a prison planet, no longer having a natural connection with the
divine spirit, “Why”. The story of the “Garden of Eden” (and paradise lost), is the
eviction from Paradise. This story becomes our true reality. But instead of eating
an apple from a sacred tree, “what” could be the true story? Remember the old
saying “an apple a day keeps the doctor away”. This is not just a fancy saying,
because the apple has a monatomic substance which can heal you, and more
importantly helps to activate the pineal gland between the brain (every ones third
eye). But instead of nourishing our stargate to gain access to a higher self, this
ability has been manipulated with chemicals in the air, food, and water. A time
when a different race came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they
were so advanced. Revelation quotes that these god’s created man to their likeness,
well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or less changing our
DNA.
The prison is the world of sense, and that the ascent and vision of things above,
i.e. realities, is “the upward progress of the soul into the intellectual world,
where it gains beatific vision”; for our argument shows, “that the power of knowing
reality is already in the soul when the eye of the soul is turned.” The very nature
of the mind enables it to find the eternal in the temporal, and to rise through the
sight of the seen to the reality of the unseen.
The Luciferian Elite had created an institution to provide credibility for their
specially designed “‘science”, called, “Evolution: The Occult Doctrine of
Becoming”. Evolution had been an Occult fantasy all along.
The End Goal has always been the genocide of all who follow this Hermetic Path
except the High Elite Occult Masters who are pushing such knowledge. At the lower
levels, you never even hear about this agenda. It is no accident that the internet
is on fire for Hermetic occult knowledge. The Luciferian Elite who pull all the
strings from the top down, with secret societies.
We can choose to ignore the signs and allow a worldwide Smart Grid of unimaginable
oppression to go up around us, or we can start opposing it by gradually UNPLUGGING
from the Digital Beast System that has been constructed all around us. It is a
choice that can no longer be ignored. The promise to “heal” the world has been
offered to Mankind through the conduit of technology, but depopulation and mass
genocide will precede all this, where only The Elite will be allowed to inhabit the
New “Healed” World Order.
As long as we desire the pleasures of technology and stagger onwards, drunk upon
the techno-hypnotic trance of digital convenience, we will become slaves to The
Elite plan for Transhumanism, where The Luciferian Elite ascend and make everyone
else their digitally imprisoned slaves.
Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the
culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has
assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of
behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and
cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end.
Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the
prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That
is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology
exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this.
Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose.
Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about
control and hypnotism.
And Transhumanism is at the core of this Luciferian Apotheosis Dream to become God.
Whether it be through A.I. Techno Mysticism or genetic engineering, they are
ramping up for the leap into a Super Consciousness Singularity as the Luciferian
Technium Divinorum Autocracy.
Manipulating Matter The Scientific Dictatorship as a Project in the Reconfiguration
of Reality
“In the article entitled “The Ascendancy of the Scientific Dictatorship” we
examined the transmogrification of the elite’s religious power structure into a
technocratic oligarchy legitimized predominantly by science. The history and
background of this “scientific dictatorship” is a conspiracy, created and micro-
managed by the historical tide of Darwinism, which has its foundations in
Freemasonry. In this article, we shall examine the “scientific dictatorship” as an
enormous project in the re-sculpting of reality itself.
The Technocracy Freemason Aldous Huxley coined the term “scientific dictatorship”
and presented an allegorized version of the concept in his famous roman ‘a clef
entitled Brave New World. Huxley was mentored by Freemason H.G. Wells, who also
presented a fictionalized “scientific dictatorship” under the appellation of the
“Technocracy.” This is an interesting designation for a world government managed by
functional elites and scientists. It is derived from the Greek word techne, which
means craft. Given Wells’ membership in the Craft of Freemasonry, the synchronicity
becomes apparent.
THE CRAFT and the powers of Lucifer.
Transhumanism offers an updated, hi-tech variety of Luciferianism. ‘
Transhumanism advocates the use of nanotechnology, biotechnology, cognitive
science, and information technology to propel humanity into a “posthuman”
condition. Once he has arrived at this condition, man will cease to be man. He will
become a machine, immune to death and all the other “weaknesses” intrinsic to his
former human condition. The ultimate objective is to become a god. Transhumanism is
closely aligned with the cult of artificial intelligence. In the very influential
book The Age of Spiritual Machines, AI high priest Ray Kurzweil asserts that
technological immortality could be achieved through magnetic resonance imaging or
some technique of reading and replicating the human brain’s neural structure within
a computer (“Technological Immortality,” no pagination). Through the merger of
computers and humans, Kurzweil believes that man will “become god-like spirits
inhabiting cyberspace as well as the material universe”.
The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.
Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.
Mass consciousness. The collective consciousness of humanity. Mass mind. The
collective mind of humanity. Until quickened, this body, often called the lower
mental body, remains the vehicle for the carnal mind. Sympathy draws the individual
into the whirlpool of human chaos and ties up his energies in the day-to-day
melodrama of the mass consciousness through the beta brain waves (of duality). Beta
brain waves is also the mass consciousness.
Mass of thoughts that have been built up in consciousness through many generations
of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality,
or carnal mind. Another name for the devil is ‘sense consciousness. Sense
consciousness is a mental state formed from believing in and acting through the
senses. It is carnal mind expressing its disbelief in the omnipresence of God. The
carnal mind is not conscious in the customary sense, although in another sense it
is completely conscious—more so in some ways than the ego, since it has to direct
the routine functions of the body such as the breath and heart-beat even in deep
sleep. The carnal mind, as one might expect, thinks sensorily.
Without the mind of God, people are the products of the mass subconscious – until
we are ready to participate in the final freeing of spiritual man from the dominion
of the sense consciousness. in the Bible as “the carnal mind,” “the natural man,”
“the mind of the flesh,” etc. … may have than a consciousness arising wholly from
the five senses, this consciousness is wholly of this material realm.
What you understand about yourself becomes your consciousness, and your
consciousness forms your personality. The more you understand your divine self, the
more you become conscious of it; and only then do you manifest it as your
personality. Your divine self has the character of God. Understanding God is to
know your true Self. This is the doorway to happiness.
The old self, or the false self, is the creation of the carnal mind. It is not the
creation of God. God created our divine authentic Self. We have created the false
self through a false light, or sight. This light is the false wisdom we gained by
eating from the three of the knowledge of good and evil under the deceptive
influence of Satan. We gave so much importance to this false ego or self, that it
became the main personality in our consciousness. This is actually the cause of all
the problems and chaos we face in life.
Fear has numerous faces and has been engrained into our systems in countless ways.
Fear is reflected in our beliefs, emotions, and the collective consciousness grids.
It is locked in our energy bodies, organs, and cells, and it is an inherent part of
our minds. This means that stepping out of fear is a process that requires time,
diligence, perseverance, willingness, and a clear intent to never give up, even
though the process might at times be incredibly frustrating. We will never step
into a new consciousness if we are not willing to undertake this path. And we will
never make a real connection with the Sidhe. The process of stepping out of fear
has three major steps: connecting with your heart (divine essence), connecting with
the frontal lobes of your brain, and the stimulation of the frontal part of your
amygdala.
There is an occult/Freemasonic stratum in the command structure of media and world
control. There is a long-term occult agenda in geopolitics that is just now coming
to poisonous fruition.
The elite’s occult Darwinian doctrine constitutes part of this “long-term occult
agenda” and, therefore, plays a significant role in the shaping of world events. It
is within the body politic that the Hegelian framework of the elite’s evolutionary
script is tangibly enacted.
The beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda.
According to occult allegory, the 21″ century will see the culmination of an
evolutionary process begun by the Masonic deity, Sirius. In light of this
revelation, it is interesting to consider one of Aldous Huxley’s prognostications
in Brave New World Revisited” …the twenty-first century…will be the era of World
Controllers…
This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and
us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are
changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling
the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race.
Transhumanism.
Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which
will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy
humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that
will be irreversible.
The elite understand that ultimately the economy is connected to a Luciferian
spiritual economic system.
The highest levels of government finance, culture, science, and politics, the
elite, are busy constructing a global economic order that will culminate in what is
described in Revelation as the mark of the beast system. We can see this with the
development of biometrics, radio frequency identification (RFID) chips, electronic
tattoos, electronic payments, and similar technologies. Prophesy scholars say that
the mark of the beast system is now possible for the first time in history.
James 4:1 reveals how the carnal mind is designed to protect the carnal desires of
this world or the desire consciousness of this world. Satan´s goal must be to keep
everyone imprioned or trapped in the carnal mind desires of consumption and in this
world the desire becomes a kind of worship after more materialism.
Revelation 13:17 reveals how the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast
system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell – or do much of anything,
for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind into
the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress.
The end goal with the RFID chip is to keep everyone bounded into the economic
system or bounded to the beast system, and this mean bounded to the state of the
carnal mind or the desire consciousness. The beast system is the economic beast
system and the carnal mind, and when humankind is bounded through the RFID chip no
one willnot just be able to buy or sell anything without the RFID chip, but
humankind can then not transform them into their divine nature and be trapped in
the carnal mind or the matrix/mind prison and the carnal nature of man. This is the
meaning of the quote James 4:1 that reveals how the carnal mind is designed to
protect the carnal desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world.
‘AI’ may even be more dangerous than nuclear weapons
Machines cannot become like man, but man can become like machines
As a species, humans have developed and depended upon hierarchical political and
economic systems to control themselves and each other. What if each and every one
managed to preserve and utilize to commandeer all the magnificent energy of his or
her own experiences, challenges, transitions and death releases? Look around and
recast, even if only for a moment, what you see in these terms. Humans may be
mimicking what some predatory forces may seek to do to humanity as a whole. Humans’
own drone class may be supplying its own social-hierarchies energy, while the
entirety of the physicalized human hierarchy, the whole of the human species living
on Earth, may be a drone class, supplying energy for other more multidimensional
hierarchies. As above, so below; as below, so above.
So where do we find ourselves as a culture today? Three main things are abundantly
clear. We are living in the most oppressive period of political tyranny in world
history, we are in a global political, economic and environmental crisis of epic
proportions, and we as a people have lost the ability to resolve it because our
power has been taken from us by corporate, political and banking vampires posing as
“good fathers” who care about us. We are all so shocked and traumatized by the
agenda they have implemented, that we are stressed, fearful, exhausted and have
forgotten our divinity. We have forgotten that we came equipped with abundance,
love, joy and a divine purpose. We don’t remember that we came to help the world
grow, heal and transform towards wholeness. And that is exactly what they intended
to happen. We’ve reached a turning point and a critical mass consciousness. But
that critical mass consciousness can go either way. They are fine-tuning you right
now to make it be tuned permanently to the zombie channel, or to take the critical
mass consciousness in the other direction, to mass awakening.
Theta is the border between the conscious and the subconscious world, so by
learning to use a conscious, waking theta brain wave, we can access and influence
the powerful subconscious part of ourselves that is normally inaccessible to our
waking minds.
In this state, the parasympathetic nervous system response is more stable and the
ability to overcome bias may be greatly improved.” This is also the brain wave in
which our minds can connect to the ‘divine’ or super-conscious Self to access
greater insights and transcendental states.
Slowing down brain wave activity and adjusting brain chemistry increases serotonin
levels, positively influencing mood and behaviour, and switches on endorphins,
easing the nervous system and improving healing responses.
In fact it is proven that meditation stimulates the parasympathetic nervous system,
creating significant positive physiological and emotional changes. Stress, on the
other hand, activates the sympathetic nervous system and triggers an ongoing flow
of cortisol into the blood stream,’ diminishing immune system function and
inhibiting neurogenesis.
Chronic stress causes the body to adopt a defensive mode and also results in
perceptual, cognitive and emotional impairment. To change this we must be able to
stimulate the parasympathetic nervous system, which allows for renewal.
By activating the parasympathetic nervous system through meditation, you feel
warmer, your blood pressure and pulse rate drop, and your breathing slows down and
gets deeper. You also engage your immune system to its fullest capability.
Your body rebuilds itself neurologically and you become healthier and more open to
new ideas, emotions, people and situations (especially if they are different). You
also become more open to learning, adaptation and change.
There is a great power in one-pointed concentration.
Through meditation and positive sound frequencies can been channeled to activate
your DNA by accelerating the bodies fine neuro-transmitters to travel to areas of
the brain, the pineal and pituitary gland which help open the third eye, crown
chakra, and the chakra above the crown center. Within our cerebrospinal fluid are
tiny piezo-electric crystals which are encoded with tiny modules of liquid light
intelligence that carry this information to all our cells, especially when they are
activated through conscious intent, sound and light. When these piezo-electric
crystals are activated either through specific sound healing frequencies, light, or
through meditation, these intelligent codes of light begin to release and nourish
all the cells in the body, (much like a bio-computer) helping to stabilize new
levels of DNA activation which not only accelerates healing, but prepares the
physical vehicle (body) for ascension.
If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from controlling our
state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to
release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly
experience fear in different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and
emotional situations that are not real but imagined. These fears keep us locked in
the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness.
It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create
the vicious circle of fear in our lives.
Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The Matrix: he wakes
up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false
reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t
even need to dodge the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your
new state of consciousness will transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we
need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of reconnected awareness, the
agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no problem to
overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can
remember who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and
infinite Self, and “that moment is fast approaching,”
“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. Then
this world has created a collective hive mind and become the god of this wolrd, so
does this collectibe ego of this world prevent other people spiritual progress, and
this is the process and actions of organized gang stalking on Earth.
The magical power of our subconscious mind is the greatest discovery of mankind. It
has the power to overcome the constraints of time and space, as such, one´s
subconscious mind posses all the information, wisdom and resources you need to know
and have for survival and success. One do not need to attain this power by
purchasing any equipment, software or perform any rituals. One do not need to learn
this skill as it is always within. One just need to learn to unleash and use it
effectively. When one know the correct way of doing so, one can benefit from it for
the rest of one´s life.
The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any discomfort, and it
will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in
your comfort zone.
gravitational force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort
zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained
This is exactly why it is so critical that every key person (actually every person
in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized
strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly
how, given their personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break
through their personal gravitational pull and make needed changes while achieving
critical objectives that support the organization’s master strategic plan. The
bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will
What is the Matrix? Well, in the movies that’s pretty clear. The Matrix is a world
of illusion where people are imprisoned and kept in spiritual ignorance. But in our
world the Matrix is much harder to define. The Matrix is a kind of homeostasis, a
pattern of behaviors designed to do one thing: to keep things predictable, to
ensure that they remain exactly as they are. We can find these behaviors in just
about every dimension of human thought and society, from the largest systemic
problems to the most everyday interpersonal dynamics. When we look at all these
systems together, we can summarize a set of criteria for recognizing the Matrix.
The Matrix is everywhere and nearly undetectable. It keeps us from being free.
The great wealth of the human spirit has come to dwell in the poverty of the human
body. Spiritual ignorance is caused by maya. Spiritual ignorance is generally
called as darkness. The Hindus call the ego Maya, the god of all illusions, whose
function is to distract the mind from finding the Divine nature of Man.
With the invasion and desecration of the human temple by strangers, the spirit,
which is the candle light of the Lord, was switched off causing a major
communication breakdown. Due to a major technical error, the transmission mast
could no longer link up with the base station. Man had to learn to communicate to
God through the realm of the soul which has less powerful network signals. The
soul, which was meant to compensate for the incapacitations of the fallen spirit,
came under incessant attacks through the telepathic manipulations of the deceiver.
Though man possesses a free will, he was constantly pressured to do evil. The
constant stream of evil thoughts flowing at a high speed invading his microcosm
makes him helpless without God.
The All Wise One still sought man, because in him dwelt the remnant of hope of a
reactivation of the divine plan. In the midst of the perceived wretchedness and
spiritual death, the promise of restoration lay in man. The seed of recovery was
embedded in him, and, by the manufacturer’s design, he was imbued with the innate
potential for regeneration. Though strange, the Master’s plan required human
instruments. In spite of his overwhelming inadequacy, God was still mindful of him.
Skip Largent writes: “All movies and television are a projection of the reptilian
brain. How so? … All communications transferred by reptiles are done so by visual
symbolic representations, each having specific meaning.” This is … Another aspect
of the reptilian mind is the ‘hive’ mentality and they have sought, very
successfully so far, to transfer that hive or herd state to the human population.
That is through these energies and forces the organized gang stalking is operating.
Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form) is not natural or
normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous
microchip and locks us into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive,
emotional, fear-based sense of reality provides the perfect vehicle for collective
control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to divide and rule.
95% of humans thought comes from the reptilian brain
Icke likens what is happening to humanity to the scenario presented in They Live
and says the Moon is affecting our minds in a similar fashion to the broadcasting
antenna in the movie. He describes the Moon as a “receiver-transmitter and
broadcasting system,” which has transmissions feeding the collective human mind
with a false version of reality . The Moon operates by hacking in to, or
intercepting, the waveform information from which we decode reality, he says. From
the Moon is transmitted a distorted and suppressed version of reality. This “fake
reality broadcast” is what he calls the Moon Matrix. “The reptilians are
broadcasting a false reality from the Moon that humans are decoding into what they
think is the physical world,” Icke explained. Therefore, the reality we’re
experiencing is not the reality we ought to be experiencing. “We are living in a
dream-world within a dream-world—a Matrix within the virtual-reality universe..
Igonrance is the spiritual asleep stasis and this is the shut off mechanism for the
disconnected divine essence within humans and humans is therefrore not just
disconnected from their divine self and divine history. Through this humankind
become trapped and imprisoned within the ego perspective and how reality is been
presented to it. When humans is imprisoned within a matrix of history the mind is
been controlled by illusions of maya, state of ignorance, dream state, the matrix,
fear programming, hidden agendas, mind control and brainwashing methods. When
humans don´t have access to higher levels of consciousness or their intuition the
mind can easily be altered and conditioned with belief system that gaining, feeding
and fueling the matrix.
One of the main goals of those who seek to deny us our freedom is to block our
divine energy from rising up to our brain stem, also known as the Mouth of God*. If
a person is allowed to arrive freely and unhindered at a higher state of
consciousness, they cannot be controlled and enslaved unconsciously. For this
reason, much research, time, energy and effort has been made throughout the ages to
create programs to specifically suppress the rising of human consciousness.
Energy, information is light and it has been social and genetic manipulated and
enginered for eons and thosuends of years, generation after generation.
The Light Codes carry so much of our ancient memories. As we activate consciously
each of the DNA layers we also activate the light codes, turning up the dimmer
switch, allowing more light to enter our beingness. This all happens as we are able
to hold and manage new levels of light. Our nervous system needs to be strong, as
does our grounding and physical health. Knowledge heals, it allows the pathways to
safely heal and clear. This is why we address our healing and rebuilding in several
ways, to ensure a safe and healthy passage through this mighty and exciting.
Practically speaking, when we shut off our internal mind-talk and concentrate our
attention through things like intention, meditation, prayer, or contemplation, we
tune ourselves into this subtle, spiritual, quantum-level energy matrix. When this
energy is allowed to transfer to our DNA (without interruption from negative
attitudes or limiting beliefs), it affects the molecular and cellular levels that
drive all our physical metabolic processes. This is why we have the ability to heal
ourselves through prayer, meditation or conscious intention.’
The carnal mind and ego is the desire consciousness and earthlife is all about
living through this desire consciousness is connected to a form of “trigger
consciousness” . Through the daily living the human mind is been controlled by
daily subliminal programming to trigger the desire consciousness in certain ways.
Desire consciousness is built up around the word “mass”; mass-belief, mass society,
mass media, mass production, mass distribution, mass consumption, mass-produced and
mass-consumed, mass entertainment, mass communication, mass education, mass
consciousness, mass psychology, mass hysteria, mass illusion and finally all these
parts is the Matrix.
There are three major knots, which tie us down to fear and bondage. When something
tie human down to fear and bondage it creates a subconsciously and conscious
channel or a consciousness that is based on – fear. And then block the natural flow
of spiritual energy from the heart through the second knot of bondage.
“Wherever energy is tied in knots of self-deception, of dissonance, of selfishness,
fears, doubts through the ego – thus, when the momentum of dissonance becomes too
great, the top of the threefold flame cannot spin. When its three plumes are of
different height, out of balance, it cannot spin, and therefore the resurrection
fires do not glow. Light is the alchemical key. The alchemical key, is the key to
the key. The key is the Apocalypse or cruxifixion of the state of duality and the
outcome is Oneness, Harmony and Balance. In this balance the energies starts
spinning and the threefold eternal starts to glow. Without the cruxifixation of
duality, there can be no transforming (resurrection), no ascension, and without the
bridge (cross) between the physical matter and spiritual dimension , there can be
no Oneness (crown).
All ownership enslaves the body, and is physical slavery or bondage ; and all
errors, all false doctrines, enslave the mind : in truth is liberty.
LIBERTY is a divine principle, and belongs to God only. He that is free, does
according to his own will, without being hindered by anything. It is evident,
therefore, that no creature can he free but only in and by God ; as no creature can
have life but only in and by God , and liberty is life and life is liberty. Life is
also love, and love is life ; therefore liberty is love. Therefore all creatures
pant after liberty, as they pant after life and after love ; for without liberty
can be ‘neither happiness, nor life, nor love. The counterpart of liberty is
slavery, bondage, captivity which is the satanic principle. As in God is liberty,
so in Satan is bondage. As God seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to
lead us into bondage. Satan is a slave, and a slave-holder, a tyrant, the father of
slavery ; and all that enslave, are slaves themselves ; and just according to the
measure as they enslave, they are enslaved.
“…any of a number of world-governing powers that were created with the material
world by a subordinate deity called the Demiurge (Creator)…Archons were viewed as
maleficent forces. They numbered 7 or 12 and were identified with the seven planets
of antiquity or with the signs of the zodiac.”
“This basic gnostic myth is that the creator described in Genesis is not the true
god, but an inferior Demiurge. The Demiurge has many sort of ministers, or archons,
and together they are responsible for this miserable world. Though imprisoned in
this “abortion of matter,” humanity carries within itself the leftover sparks of
the precosmic “pleroma” that existed before the Demiurge and his creation.
It is as usurpers that they occupy their domain of the lower heavens and rule over
their damned creation.” “History, written by the archons, and organised religion,
also controlled by them, have elevated this evil bloodthirsty tribal god to the
highest level, while suppressing the truth about the existence of the True God.
“From a Gnostic perspective, the “Loosh Collectors” are the “Archons” – the dreaded
rulers of hyperspace who had to be avoided at all costs when leaving the body at
death. The Archons collectively rule over the world, and each individually in his
sphere is a warder of the cosmic prison. Their tyrannical world-rule is called
heimarmene, universal fate … [This universal fate] aims at the enslavement of man.
As guardian of his sphere, each Archon bars the passage to the souls that seek to
ascend after death, in order to prevent their escape from the world and their
return to God.
The demiurge was evil because he wanted to impose an untrue religion. He also
wanted to impose his judgment upon humans because he thought he could judge good
and evil. Gnostics thought the archons were inferior demonic beings. Their Old
Testament names were Iao, Sabaoth. They intervened to separate humanity from God,
and the universe became a prison controlled by the archons. Archons barred the
passage of souls who were seeking to ascend to God after death, who were attempting
to escape the world.”
“The creation of physical, material man by the archons, and what might be
considered subsequent “nth derivative” creations of “homo sapiens” by the Nephilim
and the propagation of an ungodly race by the Watchers, thus rendered man subject
to not only the laws of mortality but to inbred emotions of rebellion and lust and
animal-like behaviour that could only be eradicated by “spiritual surgery” as it
were, by man’s submission to the path of initiation whereby he is restored to his
original, inner Divine Nature.”
“If we picture earth at the center of the universe, the soul has acquired these
energies on its downward (or inward) journey from the celestial regions through the
planetary spheres. It emerges into earth life via the womb, full of potentials and
tendencies that are delineated by its natal horoscope. Through life it works with
these potentials, hopefully refining them so that they emerge as virtues. If this
is accomplished, the soul when it leaves the body at death is light and
unencumbered, and well able to rise upward (or outward) to the place of its origin.
If instead the energies have coagulated in vices, then the upward journey will be
difficult and the soul may even remain trapped in the earth’s atmosphere, a torment
to itself and a bane to its fellows.”
“This scenario is the archetypal pattern of Christian-Gnostic salvation: redemption
from ignorance perpetrated by the archons through their attempt to bind men
permanently to a genetically and otherwise manipulated physical matrix, an envelope
of matter and consciousness tainted with rebellion and the lust of the archons.”
“Humans are generally ignorant of the divine spark resident within them. This
ignorance is fostered in human nature by the influence of the false creator and his
Archons, who together are intent upon keeping men and women ignorant of their true
nature and destiny. Anything that causes us to remain attached to earthly things
serves to keep us in enslavement to these lower cosmic rulers. Death releases the
divine spark from its lowly prison, but if there has not been a substantial work of
Gnosis undertaken by the soul prior to death, it becomes likely that the divine
spark will be hurled back into, and then re-embodied within, the pangs and slavery
of the physical world.”
Much of the mystery as to why the people of earth have been unable to challenge
evil successfully… these very same forces of evil have seen to it that all
references to the race of evil (whether they be fallen angels, archons, or
Nephilim) have been either removed, suppressed or destroyed outright. … In general,
this evil is the result of either fallen, inferior or usurper deities, angels or
rulers.
The Interrigo Iohannis is Catharian tale about the legendary fall of angels into
the material world. Satan formed a male and female body out of clay Than he forced
two angels to enter into the bodies. Satan, the dragon, trapped and captured all
the angels he could grab out of heaven as they fell. Remember that bible-stuff
about 1/3 of the angels in heaven being swept down by the dragon’s tail? Gnostics
say that was us. We are the Fallen Angels. We were trapped. We’ve been tricked. And
we were mourning over what was imposed upon us. WE are TRAPPED angels. We are soul
splinters of archontic oversouls spread over different time lines and dimensions.
Discribes earth (and the whole solar system) as an angel trap. The real divine
world is a lightworld. Our entire soul lives there in harmony with all that is. But
there is a dark place in this lightworld. There was built an attractor by two
entities – the order states their names: Satan and Gabriel – a trap which allures
divine souls.
It is not explained here how this trap works excatly.
But we can picture:
If the angel is trapped his soul gets blown up and parted. Through this traumatic
soul fragmentation the knowledge about the devine lightworld gets lost to the
greatest extent: the splitting into consciousness and unconsciousness begins.
The dissociated parts of the fragmented soul turn up into different worlds of
experience and get entrapped with various artificial problems. On different planets
and moons, partly as silicon based life forms (si-world) or also on Earth as carbon
life forms (c-world) the soul fragments undergo experiences which are not part of
the divine but of a demonic reality.
Life in this experience matrices follows the scripts of the angel trap. Essential
elements are the fight of good against evil, demonic seductions and intimidations,
conflicts, experiences of frustation and shortcoming, the search for true love and
so on. But as long as our soul is trapped, whenever Good is victorious, when the
demons are defeated and love comes true, the script is changed: evil prevails and
the vicious circle is beginning all over again.
In the following, the three levels of reality will be shown
The old conception of the Veils of Archons is used to express, that firstly there
is ‘something’ that veils true reality, and secondly there are several veils: We
can imagine that the first false reality is projected onto the first veil, a second
false reality onto a second and a third false reality onto a third. From this
follows: If someone has lifted the first veil (which is rare enough), he goes from
deception to error and is still far from reality Behind the second and the third
veil there is also blinding instead of truth.
Moksha is a hindu term meaning: “freedom from samsara, the cycle of death and
rebirth”. But what they discovered was shocking: an invisible prison system, that
keeps souls trapped! Description of the target side: “A fence or grid around a
place, that acts as barrier, that traps people or objects”. This is a checkpoint
for an external force. It acts as a cage.
How does it work? Earth is shielded by a companion object. An object, that squeezes
tightly around the globe. It is a chemical process. There is a mechanism at the
time of death, that is lensing/curving your light back down to earth. This act of
lensing generates energy inside the mechanical structure. What is happening to the
soul? To the souls there is a fractioning occuring. The mind and body of a person
is fractured, rendering them confused and angry.
How did this begin: Long ago, in the past, this planet was watched by an outside
force with great envy. On earth reincarnation did not exist, souls were not trapped
at death and were able to leave this sphere. Then a massive war occured. The fate
of earth was decided. The outside force took over.
At death some specific particles become charged and create an emission. This shoots
out of the being like a bullet. This occures from the center of the being that is
the soul. It is being sent to a “super highway” for the soul. The mechanical object
around earth prevents the soul from reaching this highway. If you reach this
highway, you’re safe. In order to be free, the position in the angle with which you
exit the body is very important. A 45° degree angle is crucial.
Why was this object created around earth? The adversaries running this system are
like demons. The mayhem down here is intended, it feeds the system itself. Who is
responsible? A council of organic entities. They operate from a place, that freezes
time. It seems to be a void or black hole. They create void zones throughout the
universe to enter our realm. The council itself thinks they are gods. They are
extremly, service to self”
The earth and mankind are under influence of consciousness manipulation. This
influence is global and affects almost every human being living here. Even people
who supposedly managed to escape this manipulation remain trapped in a second
manipulation matrix. Although it is quite different from the world of the normal,
it is nevertheless an illusion. This influence is controlled from a level whose
inhabitants are called angels, demons, extraterrestrials etc. by humans.
Man is just a means to and end, and one The Demiurge’s objectives is the perpetual
separation of humans from the unity (God). In the cosmos, space and time have a
malevolent characteristic and may be personified as demonic beings separating man
from God. Mankind may be personified as Adam, who lies in the spiritual deep sleep
of ignorance, his powers of spiritual self-awareness stupefied by materiality and
gender. For man, the universe is a vast prison. He is enslaved both by the physical
laws of nature and by such moral laws as the Mosaic code.
Earthly life is filled with suffering. In order to nourish themselves, all forms of
life consume each other, thereby visiting pain, fear, and death upon one another
(even herbivorous animals live by destroying the life of plants). In addition, so-
called natural catastrophes — earthquakes, floods, fires, drought, volcanic
eruptions — bring further suffering and death in their wake. Human beings, with
their complex physiology and psychology, are aware not only of these painful
features of earthly existence. They also suffer from the frequent recognition that
they are strangers or aliens living in a world that is flawed and absurd. Human
nature mirrors the duality found in the higher universe.
The human being is a spritual soul trapped in a prison of flesh. The being which
The Demiurge has created has both a Spirit (capacity for spiritual consciousness)
and a Soul (the embodiment of the emotional and thinking functions of the
personality). The human being is a composite, the outer aspect being the handiwork
of the inferior creator, while the inner aspect has the character of a fallen spark
of the ultimate divine unity. In this way, Man is a crude copy or clone of a truly
spritual being clothed within the inferior building blocks of a material body.
The fallen sparks of transcendental holiness slumber in their material and mental
prison, their self- awareness stupefied by forces of materiality, physicality,
gender and mind. The slumbering sparks have not been abandoned by the ultimate
unity of the True God, rather there is a constant effort that is directed toward
their awakening and liberation. Among the helpers of the slumbering sparks a
particular position of honor and importance belongs to Sophia.
The awakening of the inmost divine essence in humans is effected by salvific
knowledge. That is, having the power or desire to bring salvation. This is called
Gnosis. Gnosis is not brought about by belief, or the performance of virtuous
deeds, or by obedience to commandments, for these can at best but serve as
preparatory circumstances leading toward liberating knowledge. Gnosis is achieved
when the Spirit (capacity for spiritual consciousness) and Soul (the embodiment of
the emotional and thinking functions of the personality) are united. Before the
awakening, men undergo troubled dreams. Man does not attain the knowledge that
awakens him from these dreams by cognition but through revelatory experience, and
this knowledge is not information but a modification of the sensate being. The
awakening (i.e., the salvation) of any individual is a cosmic event.
The Demiurge dwells on the astral plane of SATURN.
The Saturn-Moon Matrix
Your Reality is Being Hacked
“If you have a preconceived idea of the world, you edit information. When it leads
you down a certain road, you don’t challenge your own beliefs.” -David Icke
Icke’s claims about the Saturn/Moon Matrix dovetail precisely with my experience —
both personally and as an astrologer — of how the 29.5 day cycle of the Moon keeps
us hormonally tied to tiny repeating cycles and the 29.5 year cycle of Saturn locks
us into societal structures beyond which we cannot see — until we attune to larger
orders, beginning with the outer planet cycles of Uranus, Neptune, Pluto and
beyond. But to do this is to leap off the cliff of mind-controlled ” rationality ”
into the mysterious living universe.” -Ann Kreilkamp
The questions are:
Is Saturn transmitting a frequency to Earth creating a matrix of illusions?
Is the Moon part of this?
Can we do anything about it?
Who’s really controlling things on planet Earth and beyond?
Saturn – Lord of the Rings
The Reptilian Alliance’s modus operandi is the first trigger cataclysmic events on
a target “world” or solar system, and wipe away the society that was there before.
Then Reptilians genetically-engineer a new species that is designed to be “tuned”
into their false reality – their ” Matrix ” – and the planet is hijacked along with
the perception of the people. They have done exactly this to Earth and humanity,
and their means of doing so are Saturn and the Moon. Saturn, the “Lord of the
Rings”, is the master control center. Saturn is a ginormous broadcasting system,
and they will eventually find that the rings are full of crystals rather than “ice”
– a type of crystal that we aren’t familiar with on Earth. The rings are not
natural and at one time Saturn was a conventional brown dwarf. It had no rings.
They have been constructed by the technology-obsessed Reptilian Alliance.
Saturn was often symbolized as an eye by the ancients and that is a likely origin
of the all- seeing eye.
Saturn Hacks into the waveform information broadcast from the center of the galaxy
via the Sun and broadcasts a fake reality into the Solar System. The Moon amplifies
this and beams it specifically at the Earth. The fantastic synchronicities between
Earth, the Moon and the Sun in size, geometry and position, are all made possible
by the Moon. These synchronicities are connected to how the Sun’s information is
hacked by Saturn and the Moon. The Moon is where it is because it was specifically
placed there.
Visible light and the electromagnetic spectrum that science can record is the
matrix, the false reality. And “God” said, “Let there be light.” The speed of light
which we are told is the fastest speed possible ( rubbish ) is the vibrational
“wall” of the matrix. We are not even living “on” the Earth as it really is. Some
of it is “original”, but there are many holographic implants that change it for our
perception. The Matrix broadcasts block humans from perceiving what we otherwise
would be experiencing. The Earth that we can’t see (or feel too often) is a place
of love and harmony – not war, fear and suffering. The predators dictate our lives
and make us into slaves to them by hijacking our sense of reality. The Saturn-Moon
Matrix transformed a once-vibrant, conscious humanity into computer programs
decoding cycles of repetitive perception and behavior. The transmissions of the
Satum-Moon Matrix are received and re-transmitted by the Earth’s crystal core which
has been tuned to the Matrix frequency range, and the “Hack” connects with us
through the reptilian brain and the receiver-transmitter system that we call DNA.
This brings us back to “junk” DNA – the overwhelming majority of human DNA is of ”
off- world” origin and the “extraterrestrial junk genes ” merely enjoy the ride
with hard-working active genes passed through the generations.
What we see in our DNA is a program consisting of two versions, a big code and
basic code. First fact is, the complete ” program ” was positively not written on
Earth; that is now a verified fact. The second fact is that genes, by themselves,
are not enough to explain evolution; there must be something more in “the game”…
Sooner or later we have to come with grips with the unbelievable notion that every
life on Earth carries genetic code for his extraterrestrial cousin, and that
evolution is not what we think it is. Our hypothesis is that a higher
extraterrestrial life form was engaged in creating new life and planting it on
various planets. Earth is just one of them. Perhaps, after programming, our
creators grow us the same way we grow bacteria in Petri dishes. We can’t know their
motives – whether it was a scientific experiment, or a way of preparing new planets
for colonization, or the long-time ongoing business of seeding life in the
universe.
The DNA implanted by the “extraterrestrials” is pre-programmed, and one effect of
the Satum-Moon Matrix is to activate those programs to play out as ” spontaneous ”
human behavior and a sequence of “time” .The “software program” is running in every
human mind – body computer and it has been encoded for eons.
Nature, saying that all modern humans are descended from a single mother who lived
in Africa in about 200,000 B.C.? If what we call humans originate from a single
source the program could easily have been implanted that would infiltrate every
subsequent member of the ” species” (software). Only by becoming Conscious beyond
mind – body can we override the program.
DNA was pre programmed. Some researchers appears to have known far more about DNA
than was made public, and they believed that it was made of “extraterrestrial ”
origin.
So the Matrix illusion is so deep, so ingrained, because it is not only a Matrix
field, but a DNA program. The “Queen Bee” ( Saturn-Moon ) broadcasts the waveform
information “hack” and humans decode this into a world they think they see, and
perceptions and behaviors they think is “them” . We can be completely controlled by
the Matrix and be no more than human robots responding to data input, or we can
open our hearts and minds and see beyond what others can see. This means opening
our minds to consciousness which is not subject to the manipulation of the Matrix
or the DNA program. It operates outside of “space” and “time” and beyond the
vibrational walls of the Matrix.
Those in authority who run and enforce the human Control System are following a
program in the same way as worker ants and bees follow the program broadcast by the
Queen. They are computer terminals on the Matrix Internet with the Saturn-Moon
Matrix triggering their already programmed DNA to respond according to the program.
Those appointed to positions of power) are the most locked-in because they were
genetically-created for that purpose, but anyone who is not truly conscious ( most
of humanity ) will be responding to their DNA Saturn-Moon Matrix program which
drives their thoughts, perceptions and behavior.
How Your Reality is Being Manipulated
The Saturn-Moon Matrix is decoded within the electromagnetic frequency range
visible to human sight and technology, and the genetic-engineering of the human
mind-body computer locked humans into that frequency via DNA and the reptilian
brain .
Icke, David – Remember Who You Are. Remember „Where“ You Are and Where You, Come“
from.
Consciousness can, however, override that and so they have to maintain humanity in
low- vibrational states to imprison their perception in the Matrix. The plasma
field within our holographic reality acts like a ” plasma screen” on which we
“watch” the ” picture show”, or appear to. It is an expression, like everything, of
decoded waveform information. People go through their lives following the Saturn
program they are decoding while thinking this is the “real world”. Humans are like
two-legged farm animals caught in the headlights of an oncoming Matrix.
is powered by our belief that the hacked reality is “real”. We can and will break
the closed loop with the realizations and by opening our minds to Consciousness
beyond the Matrix frequencies. The power of the Satum-Moon Matrix to influence our
reality dilutes and dilutes the more we open our minds and hearts and let
Consciousness in. The Control system is terrified of the Truth Vibrations for this
reason, and this is why it is now throwing everything that it can at humanity to
keep us entrapped within the vibrational box through fear, chaos and upheaval. By
the way, some unexplainable and “paranormal” experiences happen when there is a
“glitch” in the Matrix information field.
There are many reports from around the world that the heavens have changed, the
constellations are not where they should be and that the Moon has changed its
angle. This is the result of the Reptilians manipulating the Matrix to confuse us
and prepare us for the fake “end of the world” or “new world” prophecies by the
Bible, the Mayan Calendar, Hopi prophecies and all the rest. They are not true.
They are part of the manipulation and the Reptilians plan to make it seem as if
they are happening by manufacturing events. They are already doing so. It was all
planned a long “time” ago.
Reptilian Brain – Reptilian World
One of the chief ways the Matrix connects with us, not surprisingly, is through the
reptilian brain, and this helps to lock us into the Reptilian Alliance control
system. The Matrix transmissions are also aimed at our DNA receiver-transmitter
systems, and much of this is happening within the realms of what science calls ”
junk DNA. ” Some of this has been switched off in order narrow our band of
experienced reality, and some is picking up the Matrix frequencies by carrier waves
from Saturn via the Moon. The Saturn-Moon Matrix is how they have done it. Humans
tuned most powerfully to the Matrix transmission ( the overwhelming majority ) are
like worker ants following the work-plan broadcast by the Queen. Ants are said to
communicate through chemicals called pheromones, but they are only the chemical
expression of vibrational communications. Ants tune in through their antennae and
we pick up the Matrix broadcasts through DNA and the reptilian brain. The
Reptilians have a hive-mind communication system which the Matrix connects with,
and it would appear that at the center of this is their version of the female
“queen”. Maybe the worship of the “goddess” is something to do with this and
certainly the hybrid bloodline is passed on through the mitochondrial, or female,
DNA.
The Matrix “mind” is the controlling force behind all the institutions of human
control and those who run and administer them while being unknowing prisoners of
the Matrix themselves.
The reptilian brain doesn’t think – it reacts; it is constantly scanning the
environment in search of threats to its survival physically, financially and across
the great spectrum of human experience – reputation, job, relationship, the list
goes on and on. They need to feed us an endless stream of reasons to fear not
surviving, to connect us more powerfully into reptilian-brain reality – therefore
Matrix reality. These emotional states affect the way DNA receives and transmits,
and cause heart rhythm incoherence and scrambles the 1 relationship between heart,
brain and nervous system. This is another crucial reason why we are bombarded with
wars,| financial collapses, false flag terrorist attacks, health “scares’ “global
warming” , engineered ” natural ” disasters and all manner of other things. This
way they can most powerfully plug us into the Matrix and energize it through the
“feedback” loop.
The Moon is a very powerful electromagnetic computer… The energy from the Moon has
been beaming electromagnetic frequencies onto the Earth for aeons now to maintain
the two- stranded DNA (it is said that is should be twelve-stranded)…
…The Moon is a satellite that was constructed… it was… anchored outside Earth’s
atmosphere for aeons as a mediating and monitoring device, a super computer or eye
in the
sky. …Earth must be owned by those who dwell there; however it is not. You have
outside gods, creator energies, who prevent you, as a species, from having free-
reign
The influence of the Moon, as a main satellite computer, affects all of the Earth…
The Moon’s programs have for aeons been of great limitation toward human beings…
These are repetitive cycles that the Moon creates, to which you respond. Moons like
ours can also be used to influence planets in a very loving and positive way and it
is possible that the Moon was doing that before it was hijacked by the Reptilian
Alliance to be a means of mass manipulation and control.
We need to be flexible about detail and let Information be our guide, not
unyielding dogma. In that case, removing the Reptilian Alliance from the Moon and
changing what it broadcasts would have a life-changing effect on this planet and
its inhabitants. Simply switching off the Reptilian broadcasts would change
everything.
There is a multi¬ dimensional effort going on to set the planet free from aeons of
Reptilian/Gray control and this will succeed. We need to play our part in our level
of reality while others do their job elsewhere. This dismantling of the Reptilian
Control System is not only to help humanity. What is happening here is having a
knock-on effect across a wide area of the galaxy and beyond because of how a
smaller part of a hologram can affect the whole.
There have been many battles over the Moon… There is a plan to gradually insert
different programs of influence on Earth when the Moon becomes occupied by forces
that would assist in your growth rather than limit you.
The Moon’s programs have for aeons been of great limitation toward human beings.
The tales about the full moon and insanity, madness and heightened bleeding are all
true. There are repetitive cycles that the Moon creates to which you respond. It is
the extraterrestrials that really operate it all. Your technology, though rapidly
advancing, cannot begin to compare with the biotechnology (including genetic
engineering) of sentient space travelers.
You are newcomers to the game and you miss a vital key, for your senses, and the
essence of your physical world, structure reality in a particular way. You
constantly translate data and, like interpreting a dream, condense the experience
into physical boundaries, where you find you can explain less and less. We are
leaving an age of limitation and entering an age of limitlessness). We are being
manipulated to decode reality that keeps us limited and enslaved.
All Movements, actions and manifestations of people, animals, and plants depend
upon the Moon, and we are controlled by the Moon… The Mechanical part of our lives
depends upon the Moon, is subject to the Moon. If we develop in ourselves
consciousness and will, and subject our mechanical self and all our mechanical
manifestations to them, we shall escape the power of the Moon.
The Saturn-Moon Matrix operates within the frequency range of mind, the
electromagnetic spectrum and low-vibration emotion. When we open our minds to
Consciousness our perception expands beyond the influence of the Matrix
frequencies. We can suddenly perceive what we were blocked from perceiving and we
begin to see what is really going on.
The most ancient human accounts do not mention time. It is an illusion of the
Matrix, and time was encoded to enslave humans by disconnecting us from the NOW.
The “ Time Loop ” is the Matrix. The time loop is what has been hacked into the
limitless NOW-reality that we should be experiencing. Saturn is associated with
time and “Kronos” , the name of the Greek Saturn God, means “time.” Saturn – Moon
control of our perception of time the ” reptile ” holding humans back so they could
not “grow”
Planet Earth is a Saturnian society controlled from Saturn via the Moon. This makes
so much sense of what has happened to the world, and what is happening. Notice how
the traits and influences of the Saturnian are the same as the Draconian – the
Reptilian “hive” mind. The Satum-Moon Matrix reflects the hive mind of the
Reptilians that control Saturn and the Moon. The Reptilian hive mind has hijacked
the human mind via the Reptilian brain and the Moon Matrix.
In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is
generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons,
in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed
off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy
system.
Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none
is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings
here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where
they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to
cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from,
and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the
brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored
in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is
stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain
comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.
Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience
it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why
anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.
Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a
process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is
designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is
understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be
that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion
of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.
Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our
bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or
other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored
in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it
is there.
Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it.
That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We
exist, mainly to avoid pain.
Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our
pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may
provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is
carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory,
even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or
other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the
memory of that pain.
Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was
specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a
system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a
memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t
conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.
It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to
get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the
archon system.
The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA to ‘make us forget’ who we are,
and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have two strands of
DNA in our physical bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our
soul bodies. Their whole system of indoctrination here is designed to make us
forget who and what we really are and to make us remember our painful experiences,
including our physical, mental and emotional experiences that are then stored in
our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body, mind and
emotions.
The key that unlocks this entire system is the middle chakra—heart chakra. It is
the gateway to higher consciousness.
The superconscious mind is like a spark of life supplying energy to the rest of the
mind.
Man has a spark in his heart, ignited from the Eternal Flame of Life, the Divine
Principle, clothed in the Immortal Triad.
Holiness is the spark of divinity in man, and no soul should be regarded as being
deprived of this spark of divinity. This spark is light itself, and though it also
exists in the lower creation, among animals and birds, in trees and plants and in
any form of life, it is in man that it has the opportunity to blaze into a flame.
At first this light is buried in the heart of man, but as soon as this spark of
divinity begins to shine from his heart he shows the sign of holiness. This is
because holiness is not a human heritage; it is inherited by every soul from God.
But it manifests only when the heart is open, and when out of that divine spark
there rises a tongue of flame which illuminates the path of man in life’s journey
towards the spiritual goal. It is lack of understanding of this subject which has
made man accept a certain teacher in whom he or his friends or ancestors recognized
divinity, and at the same time reject another with all his apparent holiness.
In the progress of education, the knowledge of the soul’s purpose, the only thing
worthwhile in life, is overlooked. Education qualifies a man to become selfish to
the best of his ability, and to get the better of another. Art has lost its freedom
of grace and beauty, since its reward depends on the approval of the heartless and
blind. Science has degenerated for the very reason that the scientist has limited
his view to the objective world and denied the existence of the life which is
beyond perception. In the absence of a higher ideal the constant striving after
material inventions has led man to such devices as have set the world on fire.
Those who are under the spell of destruction are unaware of all this; they cannot
know it until the clouds of gloom have dispersed, their hearts are clear, and their
minds have recovered from this intoxication which prevents them from thinking and
understanding.
Fourth chakra, the heart chakra, is literally the heart of our spiritual system,
The psychic spark in the heart that survives death.
The true secret soul in us—subliminal, we have said, but this word is mis-leading,
for this presence is not situated below the threshold of waking mind, but rather
burns in the temple of the inmost heart behind the thick screen of an ignorant
mind, life and body, not subliminal but behind the veil—this veiled psychic entity
is the flame of the Godhead always alight within us, in-extinguishable even by that
dense unconsciousness of any spiritual self within which obscures our physical
nature. It is a flame born out of the Divine and … the inner light or inner voice
of the mystic. It is that which endures and is imperishable in us from birth to
birth, untouched by death, decay, or corrup-tion, an indestructible spark of the
Divine.
The threefold flame within the heart is the spark of life
In this work consciousness is the catalyst. Consciousness is the connection between
the outer and inner, the individual and the whole, that is needed to spark life’s
awakening. Without it nothing new can be born. But with the light of our
consciousness, the patterns within life and within ourselves can begin to change
and come alive in a new way. The archetypal shifts that happen gradually over
centuries can be speeded up. These primal forces can help us resolve the global
problems we have created, and together we can discover a new way to be with
ourselves and with life. We can create a civilization based upon oneness and
interrelatedness. Just because we have forgotten how to work with life’s energy
does not mean that it is inaccessible, or that it is not waiting to be used. Once
we step outside of the isolated image of our individual self, we will find that we
are part of an organic restructuring of life in which our consciousness is being
realigned with the energy within life. We will begin to awaken to the light that is
waking up within the world, to the life that is waking up within and around us. We
will have to be attentive: the signs of this shift—which are barely visible in any
case as what is awakening is so new—may be all the more difficult to see through
the dense clouds of materialism and forgetfulness
But it will take an influx of energy to enable these creative forces to break
through the constrictive patterns of resistance that belong to the darkness of
greed, fear, and self-interest that at present drives our collective. The energy
needed for this breakthrough is already within the world, hidden within its energy
centers. These energy centers are waiting to be unlocked so that their power can be
used for this transition. The keys to unlock them are particular qualities or
energies of consciousness. For example, the mystical consciousness that looks only
towards God, that remembers Him in His world, is one such key. This is why
individuals and groups of mystics have been positioned at certain places in the
inner and outer worlds in order to facilitate this work of unlocking the centers of
power.
The common catalyst that seems to dissolve the boundaries of alchemy, magic, and
science is light.
Once again we have to learn how to work with the divine, for without the spark of
divine consciousness the world cannot alchemically transform. But this spark does
not follow the laws of reason, the logic of our minds. It follows its own ways,
which are the ways of the divine and the hidden ways of creation. When the
alchemists were working in their retorts and crucibles, they were often amazed at
the results, at the strange and unexpected phenomena they observed as different
chemicals combined. The same is true of the inner alchemical processes.
Man does not need to trouble about what is lacking outside, for in reality all is
within himself. And if he will keep this idea before him and blow on the spark of
mastery by constant contemplation, then one day that flame will rise and his life
will become clear and his power will indeed be great.
Your divine spark is made up of the same light as that of the universe. The light
is within you, and you are in it. The light is you, and you are the light! In the
same way, your divine essence lies within, just as your essence lies in your
divinity. They are one and the same. When you are identifying with your divine
essence, you are connected to all that is within and without, because you are at
one with the universe and the universe is one with you. When you are fulfilled by
your desire, you know what it is to have peace, joy, and freedom. You are the
creator of your own life.
Your own innate blueprint is your individual code that is stored in your DNA. Even
your DNA is connected with your divine essence, while it is not a part of it. When
you tune into your divinity, your connection positively impacts the body, stemming
from your thoughts and way of being. Your thought patterns can also act as keys
that can unlock the sacred codes of your DNA. As the frequency of your thoughts and
emotions rises in vibration, so does your way of being on a physical level. Your
vibration, when raised, can activate your DNA even further in ways you have not
experienced up to now. As your DNA activates, it can mutate into higher levels of
being. Now it is known that your DNA is influenced by electromagnetic fields, and
this includes thoughts. Expressing your divine essence is the key to your DNA
activation. You resonate at a higher frequency in vibration when you are attuned
with your divine self. At this higher vibration, your experience changes as you can
see more of all that is. Now you understand at a deeper level how the universe
operates and how you can manifest all the abundance, joy, and happiness you desire.
This is your birthright. You are a magnificent being, much more so than you
realize. You really have the power to manifest your true desire in physical form,
for this is your mission in realizing the vision of your desire. The higher your
vibration, the easier it is for you to manifest what you desire into your life.
Your divinity is at one with your authentic self, and only by going inward can you
bring out what you truly want in life to fulfil you soul purpose. The key is to go
through your authentic self, where you can become at one with your divine essence.
Your authentic self is the doorway to your divine essence.
The spirutual and psychological journey from beta brain waves to theta divine theta
brain waves and the gnostic journey from the archon mind matrix
imprisonment or enslavement of this world
For the Gnostics, the true God did not create this world at all. The world emerged
from a cosmic disaster in which a lower deity or a group of angels, either out of
malice or ignorance, created the material universe and entrapped elements of the
divine within it. The mythologies that these Gnostics espoused served to explain
how these lower deities came into being (often as emanations from the true God) and
how conflicts among their ranks led both to the catastrophic concoction of matter
and to its aftermath, the imprisonment of divine sparks.
While these cosmogonies struck the fathers as puzzling in their complexity and
bizarre in their detail, they proved particularly disturbing in their guiding
premise, that the Creator and Ruler of this world is not the true God but a lower
deity whose creation comprises the realm of evil and ignorance. The material world
is prison to the sparks of the divine, and the goal of the Gnostic systems is to
liberate them. It is, in fact, within human bodies that the sparks have become
imprisoned and from which they must be released.
This release can only come when the divine sparks are awakened, brought back to
life by acquiring the true knowledge (Greek: gnosis) of their origin and destiny.
The Gnostic religion, therefore, entails the revelation of salvific knowledge,
“knowledge of who we were and what we have become, of where we were and where we
have been made to fall, of whither we are hastening and whence we are being
redeemed, of what birth is and what rebirth.” Since humans have a spark of the
divine, they are not completely at the mercy of the Demiurge. In order to be able
to live a spirit-filled life, nonetheless, the soul must be freed from its earthly
bondage. The redeemer is thus a teacher, and redemption thus consists in the
acknowledgment of the divine spark that liberates individuals from the limitations
of material things and allows the believer to participate in the divine.
The spiritual spark is in a sleep stasis and kept in the state of ignorance, and
ignorance is the slumbering state, so the archons prevent anyone from awakening
their inner spiritual powers. The errors of humankind is to believe that the powers
is outside him and not within and the external outside powers is govern by the ego
and the human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being.
Gnosticism can be delineated by a redeeming gnosis of mythology that explains the
present dualism which separates the humans from their god. This separation is
maintained by a biblical demiurge who facilitates the creation a well-ordered world
that is meant to enslave humankind by assuring its continued ignorance.
Humans are generally ignorant of the divine spark resident within them. This
spark will be hurled back into, and then re-em-bodied within, the pangs and slavery
of the physical world. Not all humans are spiritual (pneumatics) and thus ready for
Gnosis and liberation. Some are earthbound and materialistic beings (hyletics), who
recognize only the physical reality. Others live largely in their psyche
(psychics). Such people usually mistake the Demiurge for the True God and have
little or no awareness of the spiritual world beyond matter and mind.
Human potential the divine spark within all of us—was realized by releasing
humanity from the inhibiting control of the gods. Unfettered by the yoke of the
gods, humans have the ability to save themselves.
The Archons are less powerful and less good than humankind, but they have managed
to hold sway over humankind by their terrible illusions.
For the Gnostics, this world is a shadowy phantasm, about which the archons keep us
perpetually in the dark. We are controlled by the archons because they control the
false reality we are living in. However, according to the Gnostics, the archons are
effectively powerless and their power over us exists only to the extent that they
can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real.
The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the
powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power
is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying
nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-
distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually
thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. These mind
errors is created by the ego belief-system and it is the ego that denied its own
higher source in man’s inner knowing and inner being. This is done by many
different ways; one is the to feed the ego with constant low vibrational frquency
food of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, pain, phobias, and terrors of
the mind. All these is connected to emotions and low vibrational frequencies
stimulates these lower frequencies within the matrix. This world is using sound
frequencies to fueling the ego and its frequencies and fear is such emotions that
keep the ego in a alert state, or in the fight or flight state. Organized Gang
Stalking is a product of all these methods of the archons on Earth.
When persons within whom the divine sparks reside learn the mysteries of their own
existence, of their fall into matter and the secret way of escape, then they have
become “Gnostics,” that is, “Knowers,” those who have been set free from the
ignorance and evil of the material world and enabled to return to their home.
Because this salvific knowledge provides a way to escape this world, it cannot be
attained through normal “worldly” means. The God of this world has certainly not
provided it, as he is either evil and thus intent on keeping the divine sparks
perpetually entrapped, or ignorant of any realm superior to his own. One can only
acquire the knowledge necessary for salvation through a revelation of the true God
himself. This salvific knowledge, then, is revealed by an emissary from the divine
realm to a select group of followers, who in turn convey it to those deemed able to
receive it.
And we should consider that God gave the sovereign part of the human soul to be the
divinity of each one, being that part which, as we say dwells at the top of the
body, and inasmuch as we are a plant not of an earthly but of a heavenly growth,
raises us from earth to our kindred who are in heaven. And in this we say truly;
for the divine power suspended the head and root of us from that place where the
generation of the soul first began and thus made the whole body upright.’
Creation is a result of a precosmic fall, we are imprisoned creatures. The Archons
created our humanity in order to keep the divine substance of the pneuma captive.
Because the light of the immortal Man has been mixed with cosmic substance, he is
imprisoned in the sensible world.
A first major concept was “knowledge” (Gk. gnosis). It was a secret revealed
knowledge to initiates, which had both liberating and redeeming effects. The
content of this gnosis consisted of basic insights into the divine nature of
humanity and the cosmos. The possession of it freed the individual from ignorance
and bondage in the world.
A second characteristic was a central myth that certain humans possessed a divine
spark, which proceeded from the divine realm and had fallen into our world. Second,
the earth is the tragic result of a downward movement from the divine realm.
Third, the recovery of this divine spark in the world by its own divine counterpart
is necessary for liberation and redemption. A human being is a divine spark that
originated in the transcendent divine world and, by means of gnosis, can be
released from the cosmic prison and return to its heavenly origin. The human body,
on the other hand, is part of the cosmic prison from which the spirit (the “real”
person) must be redeemed.
Gnosticism presented a radical dualism of God and the world, spirit and matter,
soul and body, light and darkness, good and evil, life and death. It was not God
who created and governs the world but rather the Archons, tyrannical demonic powers
who imprison men and obstruct their knowledge of the absolute transmundane deity.
Man’s body and soul are products of the evil cosmic powers, but his spirit, or
pneuma, contains a portion of the divine substance that has fallen into the world.
The Archons created man in order to imprison this spirit, and in its unredeemed
state, immersed in the soul and flesh, the pneuma is unconscious of its true
quality. The goal of the gnostics was to release the spirit from its material
prison, and this was to be attained through revelation, knowledge of the way,
allowing the spirit to force a passage through the spheres of matter and impurity.
By reuniting with the divine, each individual contributed to the restoration of
divine unity that had been impaired in precosmic times.
Humans. The aeon that had fallen was captured and imprisoned in this material world
in the bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them.
People with the spark have a longing to escape this world;
Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by learning where it came
from, how it got here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material
world, in other words, comes only by liberating knowledge (gnosis).
The archons of this world and controller of the matrix humankind is trapped within
don´t want humans to understand what there real higher self is and where they came
from, and this is the central key to undestand how the earthly life is under the
spell of ignorance and illusions of maya. Ignorance and maya creates the veil of
separation in place and illusions, deceptions and fear is been used to hindering
spiritual progress from the lower matrix to the higher levels of divine
consciousness.
The divine realm. The true God did not, therefore, create this material world. He
is completely spirit. According to the myths that Gnostics told—some of which are
preserved among the Nag Hammadi tractates—in eternity past the true God generated
other divine offspring who themselves, in pairs, reproduced offspring. But a
catastrophe occurred in the divine realm when one of the divine beings (often
called Sophia, a feminine deity, whose name means “wisdom”) became separated from
the rest and spontaneously generated another divine being. The latter, born outside
the divine realm, was evil. With his minions who also came into being, he created
the material world as a place of imprisonment for the one who had fallen (Sophia).
Humans are the divine spark of light lost in the darkness and complexity of the
psyche and the body. The true home of the spirit was in heaven, not on earth. Body
(the purely physical) and soul (the emotions) were held totally captive by the
seven planetary archons though the forces of astrology, which most gnostics took
very seriously.
Human beings, according to this view, are composed of a body and a soul, both of
which belong to the material world, and a divine spark, or pneuma, which is the
godly element within. As long as humans are kept in ignorance of their true
position, by the demiurge, they continue to be prisoners. But, sometimes, messages
from beyond the spheres are received by certain individuals who then become aware
of their imprisonment and are able to pass the knowledge on to others. This
knowledge, or gnosis, is the most important weapon in freeing the spirit from its
bondage. It is not enough, however, for Gnostics merely to know that they are
imprisoned. They also need to know the workings of the world that surrounds them so
that they can be better equipped to overcome it, or so that they can use it in a
positive way.
Humans. Sophia was thus captured and imprisoned in this material world in the
bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them.
The mystics have also revealed that blazing within the secret chamber of the heart
is a “divine spark”—a sacred flame that God has endowed us with, a spark of fire
from God’s own heart. In essence, the divine spark is a portion of God right inside
of you. It is pure Spirit. It is your point of contact with your Source. We may
believe we are walking the earth as human beings, but we are in fact divine beings
with a divine connection.
The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the
heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the
imprisoned lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very
private experiences. They start with removing our attention from what’s happening
around us and going within—”all the gates closed, the mind confined in the heart.
When we go within by devotion and love, we contact the inner flame and commune with
the energy that is God. “The little spirit spark of our personal identity is the
key that connects us with the Universal,” Mark Prophet once said. “[God’s’ Spirit
is the fabric of our world. His energy, his pat-tern is the only saving grace. We
ourselves have to reidentify, reintegrate, repolarize ourselves with that light—and
it’s got to be done consciously.” Through prayer and meditation we turn our
attention back to the Inner Light, which is the real source of our being.
The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David
Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block
receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block
receipt of radio information.
Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we
need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how
spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension,
creating a material prison. He writes:
The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic
Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are
multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and
dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed
blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us
from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the
higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became
disconnected from ‘the Father.’
According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also
have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical
(3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows,
however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-
open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed
to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may
have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans
detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we
are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”
He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:
The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-
physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our
potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within
that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the
Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite
potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors,
and this also affected the animal kingdom.
Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human
nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts
by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th
dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect
with our lost identity.
The archons creates a enviroment that creates negativity, fear, stress, anxiety,
panic, phobias, doubts, worries, and pain is another way the archons controls this
world through. Pain is the duality state of mind, and the healing and bliss
energies is represented by Oneness, and the archons separation of this world
prevent the old evolutionary brain from be healed and access higher levels of
consciousness. The archons triggering helpnessless. Through all archons methods
humankind hasen´t been able to to activate more dna strands for thousends oof
years. The archons jave hijacked reality and peprception and disconnected humankind
from the divine god source.
system.
is there.
archon system.
The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of
how the universe actually works.
They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk
through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.
The “Global Elite,” Icke wrote, operates the Brotherhood and through the
Brotherhood the world, by controlling a “pyramid of manipulation.”
The topmost level of the conspiracy Icke calls “the Prison Warders.” He makes clear
his view that the Prison Warders are extraterrestrials without being specific about
where they came from: “A pyramidal structure of human beings has been created under
the influence and design of the extraterrestrial Prison Warders and their overall
master, the Luciferic Consciousness. They control the human clique at the top of
the pyramid.
In his work, Icke began to speak in New Age terms of “negative energy” and
“blocking vibration.” By utilizing these forces, the aliens have imprisoned us in
“a frequency ‘net’ thrown around this planet.”
Earth as a frequency fence. The frequency fence is a high-tech, vibrational
barrier, maintained by a central computer and a system of satellites, which
surrounds the Earth, and which blocks vital energy from the universe from reaching
us. The frequency fence, for all these hundreds of thousands of years, has turned
the Earth into a vibrational prison.”
The spark of life is imprisoned and surrounded by a low vibrational prison of the
mind. The mind prison on Earth is controlled by low vibrational frequencies. The
mind prison is been controlled by a vibratory imprisonment on Earth and the three
dimensional world or reality of the matrix.
To move from one to the other it is necessary only to change one’s rate of
vibration or else to be able to shift one’s consciousness to focus in a different
stratum of vibrations. It is like changing ones vibrations from those of the
material of the electric wire to those of the electricity itself. It is this
capacity to shift the consciousness from plane to plane which is the aim of yoga
and most spiritual training. The hidden wonders of the spheres are discovered not
by sailing off into the clouds, but by withdrawing ever inwards, within and within
through the higher dimensions.
The ego keeps humankind trapped within this low vibrational mind prison, and when
one raising the vibrational frequency of the consciousness one is able to reach the
Higher Self.
When Adam ate the fruit of the tree of knowledge, the entire cosmos erupted once
more, and spirituality sank deeper into materiality, into evil, into the world. As
a result, a few sparks of divine light fell onto die earth. While only a finite
number of sparks fell thus, their presence on earth was sufficient to endow crea-
tion with religious meaning. This, then, was the existential condition that was
entrusted to mankind. The world of crude materiality which humans inhabit was
endowed with a limited, almost quantifiable, amount of divine presence; a few
sparks of divine light trapped in the shells of materiality. It is incumbent upon
humanity to redeem the world and the godhead by reuniting the sparks that have
fallen with the light of the upper worlds. Once all die sparks have been released
from their material prison and dispatched to heaven, the divine being will be able
to resume its original wholeness.
The material world and the body are prisons separated from the divine realm, from
which humans must escape through the ascent of various levels. This is possible
through the acquisition of secret knowledge reserved for the elect.
Having fallen from its divine birthplace into the centre of the physical universe,
his soul was now obliged to free itself from itself from its mortal coil and
reascend to its original state of beatitude in Heaven.
Could powerful Earthling forces be simply mimicking on a small-scale what their
Overlords have done on a large scale? The manipulation of mental constructs may be
a mini-design of a much larger scale phenomenon: the engineering and control of
large physical constructs in the solar system:
This is the inner secret of all esoteric teaching. The new birth, or regeneration,
means the awakening of the soul to conscious immortality. The old self, that was
bound to the wheel of fate and the plane of cause and effect from which it could
never free itself, owing to the fact that it was continually binding itself to the
wheel afresh, through following selfish desires, dies, and a new self is born. In
other words, the consciousness is raised from the plane of sin and death, of
sensuality and desire, of restriction and captivity, to the higher plane of Spirit,
where man realizes that he is a son of God. He discovers that the Divine Spark
within is his true self. He realizes also that he has always lived—in his real
Spiritual Self. Beginning and end, like change and decay, belong purely to the
material plane and have no place in Reality. They form part of this present three
dimensional existence but have no reality. Endless being is the reality. Anything
short of this is mere illusion. It is not necessary, therefore, to believe in the
theory of reincarnation or that all our experiences must of necessity take place on
this plane. Sufficient to know that we can never die, that we cannot escape from
ourselves, and that to neglect seeking with all our heart for union once again with
our Divine Source, is merely to prolong our sufferings.
The errors of humankind is to believe that the powers is outside him and not within
and the external outside powers is govern by the ego and the human ego denied its
own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being.
The archons prevent anyone to develop their cohesive divine inner force and the ego
is the hostile force that disconnects the divine source, divine inuition, divine
brain waves (theta brain waves), and divine oneness. “The human ego denied its own
source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.
The human soul is imprisoned in this dungeon of the world, confined in the darkness
of matter; but it originated in a very different place, in a timeless world, in the
bright abode of another God of whom the earthly world and its rulers have no
conception. The soul partakes of the very substance of this Unknown God, but in the
material world it has lost consciousness of its identity. The world has confused it
with its “clamour”, poisoned it with its “venom”, “benumbed” it and “put it to
sleep”, until the soul has forgotten whence it came.
Only gnosis can awaken it, knowledge which comes from above and is really only the
reviving memory of the soul’s origin. The Unknown God comes to earth in the person
of the Saviour; he passes through the circles of the planets and brings the soul
this knowledge – the soul is part of His substance, and thus He is liberating
Himself. This “story of the soul” which escapes from the bonds of time through the
saving knowledge of its eternal essence brings Gnostic thought close to that of the
myste-riosophies.’ From the moment the soul has received this supernatural
enlightenment it longs ceaselessly for its lost home.
Man. then, has to change. His desires and aspirations. instead of being directed
towards hate and evil must be transformed to love and good. Instead of wallowing in
lust and selfishness he must lift himself to higher and better things. How can this
be done? It cannot be accomplished by the finite man at all, but it can be achieved
by the Infinite Power within. It is only when man realizes his oneness with the
Infinite and believes that Omnipotent Power is at his disposal. that the Spiritual
Power within becomes available. So long as man has doubts and fears or disbelief
this special power is not available. It is his. but his state of heart and mind
prevents him from either realizing the presence of the Power or making use of it.
Before the machinery of a workshop can run it must be connected up with the engine
room. In the same way, man, before he can live the new life, must become one with
the Infinite Life and Power. Entering this new life of power, does not take away
life’s experiences, its trials, troubles and adversities. but the change within
does prevent the creation of unnecessary troubles and suffering. Also even a so-
called unkind fate loses much of its power to wound, for the higher man rises into
union with God and Infinite Love. the less power it has in his life. It still
operates. but it fails to wound so deeply, for man, seeing with illumined eyes.
knows that it is good that has come to bless; and not evil that has come to slay.
Painful fate loses its power to hurt when man ceases to resist it and meets it with
open arms, seeking to team the lessons that it has to teach.
This moving away from dependence on others is the first step toward acquiring
enough presence of mind to direct personal immortality. A fortress of spirit is
needed. We have to shrug off inhibiting beliefs that have conditioned us to a herd-
type mentality.
The Earth, this argument goes, is controlled by an intergalactic “holographic
industry” that inserts deceptive models of the world “through portals into your
reality” in order to manipulate and control the consciousness of the masses.
Humans are generally ignorant of the divine spark resident within them. This
spark will be hurled back into, and then re-em-bodied within, the pangs and slavery
of the physical world. Not all humans are spiritual (pneumatics) and thus ready for
Gnosis and liberation. Some are earthbound and materialistic beings (hyletics), who
recognize only the physical reality. Others live largely in their psyche
(psychics). Such people usually mistake the Demiurge for the True God and have
little or no awareness of the spiritual world beyond matter and mind.
For the Gnostics, this world is a shadowy phantasm, about which the archons keep us
perpetually in the dark. We are controlled by the archons because they control the
false reality we are living in. However, according to the Gnostics, the archons are
effectively powerless and their power over us exists only to the extent that they
can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real.
the Archons used the light to give order and life to the cosmos, injecting it to
function like self- replicating DNA. The result is that many sparks of the divine
light are now imprisoned within matter, from whence Gnosticism proposes to release
them.
History unfolds in contests between the archonic powers, seeking to trap the
spiritual power below, and the heavenly powers above, seeking to free it. The
treatise ends with the expectation that this revelation, brought by John to the
other disciples, will ensure that they will know themselves as that “immovable
race” whose destiny lies in the world of light above.
The treatise describes all the works of this archonic ruler as lacking real
formative power. It is Pistis Sophia who gives form to his works, imitating the
higher celestial world above. Her image, reflected in the waters below, inspires
the archonic pow-ers to try to seize it. But, possessing only psychic and not
spiritual power, they are unable to do so. They try to attract the spiritual female
power by creating a male, thereby seeking to draw her down into the man as her male
counterpart. But these plans reveal their ignorance of the vast gap that separates
the inferior terrestrial from the higher celestial power.
This incitement of the powers to create a human is itself part of the redemptive
plan of the celestial world to rescue the spiritual power that has gone out of it
into the world below. But Adam can only crawl on the earth, be-cause of the
inferior psychic nature given him by the rulers. Only when the Spirit comes down to
dwell in him does he become a “living Soul.”
The rulers call the animals for Adam to name and then put him in the Garden to
cultivate it. They order him not to eat from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and
Evil, trying to keep him in ignorance of the true nature of reality. Telling him
that he will die if he eats this fruit, they conceal the fact that only by knowing
good and evil—that is, by knowing themselves as evil and the higher world above
them as good—will he find true life.
The archons also cause him to fall into the sleep of ignorance, opening his side
and withdrawing the spiritual power from him into a female, so that he is endowed
only with soul.
When the Soul is cleared of negative emotional programming its vital creative
energies are freed and awakened, and its evolutionary energies are unleashed. This
creates a heightened vital force that flows through the physical DNA, activating or
“turning on” the infrastructure of our spiritual DNA. These silicon-based
structures, as yet undiscovered parts of the DNA, are activated when higher octaves
of energy are liberated in the body. Represented by the upward pointing crescent of
the diagram, these structures of our spiritual DNA become the foundation for the
higher “body of light” that is produced when the spiritual DNA is fully charged and
activated.
The redemption guaranteed by means of “knowledge”, in the sense of an escape from
the entanglements of earthly existence, is first realized by the gnostic at the
time of his death, for at this moment he encounters the everlasting, rewakening
fact of re-lease from the fetters of the body, and is able to set out on the way to
his true home. This process, familiar also in other reli-gions, is called the
“ascent of the soul” or the “heavenly jour-ney of the soul”.
The reason for this lies in the existence of the powers which rule the world, the
Archons, who try to impede the soul’s return in order to prevent the perfecting of
the world of light and thus protract the world process.
The final goal of redemption is the liberation of the Gnostic from his entanglement
in earthly appetites.
Thus began a program of mind control — or soul enslavement — maintained by Samael
and his “Archons” (rulers) which … Hence the soul became “entangled in the darkness
of matter.
“The degree of consciousness corresponds to the degree of density or the speed of
vibrations. The denser the matter, the less conscious it is, and the denser it is
the lower the vibrations is and the archons matrix is based on low vibrational
frequency and therefore provides low level of consciousness, and through this they
can control the matrix and human mind.
So to be free from the matrix and clutches of the archons one need to raise the low
vibrational frewuncy to a higher level and less density, and this is done through
mediation and alchemy.
these Archon entities actually live off the vast energy output of our souls! It is
thought that they require us to generate negative energy more so than positive.
This negative energy output that we provide is evidently a literal life and death
issue to them. Why negative instead of positive? Negative emotions (Plasma
frequencies) rooted in fear expend or release more energy from your body; just
think about how much it takes out of you after you have had a negative experience.
Negative frequencies are destructive, depleting, and known to actually
significantly shorten life span.
All Archons and their cut-outs are forced to work in the gray areas of freewill by
coercion. Many people also believe that these, or some entities at times literally
control people’s minds and bodies, and perhaps that may be true, although again
there must be an element of consent rooted in some amount of participation or
misguided belief in the entity on the part of those people for this to occur. From
our beginning to our end it has and will always come back to the consent of our
souls, and hopefully our movement towards a new rebellion of our continued consent.
Enamoured by the Light of the Pleroma, Sophia wanted to conceive on her own.
Striving only for the light evoked a counter-position of darkness. That darkness is
the demiurge and the archons and their fallen creation. The demiurge, accompanied
by his archons, is the blind, ignorant, dark abyss of the shadow of the Soul. The
demiurge and the archons are illegitimate. They are defective, and represent the
disruption to the harmonious balance of the opposites that occurred in the Pleroma
when Sophia conceived without her male counterpart.
The harmony of the male/female syzygy has been disturbed within the archons, and
the opposites are beginning to split. The archons are responsible for the severing
of the original androgynous unity of the Pleroma into the duality of the created
world. Having been created by the offspring of the last aeon, Sophia, the archons
are far removed from the source of the Pleroma, and inhabit a liminal space within
its lowest reaches, just on the cusp of the created world. As a result, the archons
encroach upon, and have effect in, our world. This world is the dwelling place of
many archons.
Humanity has been imprisoned in the material world by the archons through an act of
deception. This world is the Black Iron Prison. It is the shadow of death in which
the human body is a tomb. This body-tomb has been created from the archons’ four
elements of matter, darkness, desire, and the artificial spirit respectively. The
human soul, trapped in a body-tomb, has been bound by the veil of forgetfulness,
and enslaved in the material world. How has the great wealth of the human spirit
come to dwell in the poverty of the body-tomb? This world is an illusory dream
world that we have been deceived into taking for reality. So-called reality is an
illusion, albeit a very persistent, archon-enforced one.
We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are
living in. However, the archons are effectively powerless, and their power over us
exists only to the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false
reality is actually real. This dream world is “real” as long as it lasts. We need
to awaken from this sleep of death. When we awaken to the illusion of the prison
world, then we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will
have control over it. When we realise that this world is an illusion, we transcend
its limitations and become co-creators of it. The essence of the universe is
information. It is not three-dimensional, it is outside space and time altogether.
Our world is a mere phantasm, a fallen world, in which space and time are part of
the delusion. We have been thrown into this world, and enslaved by an evil entity
that projects information which we have been deluded into interpreting as our so-
called reality. This world is nothing more than the misinterpretation of an
underlying reality of which the essence is simply information.
Our illusory world is a mass hallucination. We are the archons. The phenomenal
world does not exist. It is a three-dimensional holographic image, an illusion,
generated from information, which we mistake for reality. Like the prisoners in
Plato’s cave who mistake the shadows cast on the cave wall for reality, we,
likewise, mistake our holographic world as being real. Our world is nothing more
than a satanic interpolation of underlying information that results in a prison
which occludes the information that will reveal our true situation. The fundamental
nature of the fullness of the Pleroma is energetic information, and the archons
have distorted this underlying information to project the illusory world in which
we are.
Due to the archons, the divine spark has become estranged from the Pleroma and
imprisoned in matter. We are divine sparks enclosed in corruptible sheaves. When
the divine spark remembers itself as both a part, and yet the whole, of the
Pleroma, this is the gnosis of the Gnostics. Our essence is the divine spark.
Spirit, the immaculate divine spark, is immortal. As a part of the hologram of the
Pleroma, it is one with the Pleroma, and contains the fullness of the entire
Pleroma, only dimmer.
Thus, monotheistic faiths aren’t about personal salvation but about mind control
and becoming the food for the archons. They also make people obedient which
benefits the archons who want no rebels.
Archons rule by dividing, and this they always did. They create religions
diametrically opposed to each other and their adherents believe only themselves to
be right. This creates religious wars were humans rise against humans — and this
creates the food for archons (as they feed on the released energy of fear and
terror).
Archons do not want you to know about them. They do their best to keep their
presence unknown. Its much like their creation of organized gang stalking
This seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme importance—it reveals that
we are multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in three-
dimensional prison by manifestly demonic forces called archon, or rulers.
When you merge your Higher Self with your soul, the lies of archons cannot enslave
you — at least not for long! You will wake up eventually. You will know who you are
as a human and you will not go along societal rules and expectations as you will
know them to be archonic.
Archons want to keep people operating on a low-level of consciousness. To do that,
they keep the society sensual. When human sensuality is continuously activated
through suggestive ads and in other ways, higher spiritual states cannot unfold.
They like to use humans as puppets to do their dirty work whilst they themselves
remain in the background.
If you learn to control your emotions, you will protect yourself from becoming
archon food. And when you unite yourself with the Higher Self, you become so
sensitive that you actually feel when those entities try to feed off you.
Archonic influence doesn’t end with your death. They will try to get your soul to
be recycled so that they suck your energy over and over again. They even recycled
your soul.
When you escape all of their traps, you will feel like you have lost the burden
that you were carrying all this time without knowing it. If you experience this
feeling, be sure that you escaped one of their traps.
Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human
expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have
their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons. All those expectations imprison us
and blind us to our true natures. It’s the nourishing of our true selves that gives
us freedom, and that’s why archons try so hard to distance humanity from who they
really are. They want to make us forget our humanness, and since we are already
born without understanding who we are (divine and unique beings), they do their
best for us to never know it.
Everything in our society is set up to entrap us. Go to any mall and any product
you will pick up will probably be designed for your own destruction of some sort,
be it toxin-infested food, toxic beauty products or something that is designed to
appeal to your ego and therefore silence the inner voice.
The society hates those who wake up because the society does the will of the
archons. What the archons love – they love, and what the archons hate — they hate.
In The Matrix movie it’s told that as long as people are plugged into the matrix,
they are the enemies. This cannot be closer to the truth.
You would never believe the truth of this world unless it’s given directly by the
Higher Self.
Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make .us operate only through
one brain hemisphere. Mental stimulation causes vibration, and Theta is the
perfect, natural healing stimulator-vibration. It’s what leads to total brain
harmonisation, for you need use of all the brain speeds. Theta uses Alpha as the
bridge between Beta analytical left brain, and the higher self right brain — Beta’s
faster vibratory speed is not conducive to direct access of Theta-bliss
experiencing, and this most untapped natural dimension just needs to be activated
to become established in consciousness. Once practice commences the metamorphosis
into Theta also commences.
Theta uses Alpha as the bridge between Beta analytical left brain, and the higher
self right brain: The left brain mind prsion is what´s produced fear and fear makes
the alpha bridge to dissapear, so these can´t get to the left divine theta brain
waves. The right brain hemisphere represents the beta brain waves.
The art of meditation teaches that it is not only possible to control our thoughts,
but to learn to transcend them completely. Through meditation we can bring our
unruly minds under control. By mastering our own minds we immediately attain a new
level of empowerment. Not only does this liberate us from feelings of failure or
inability, it brings peace of mind and enables us to achieve our greatest
potential.
Spending 15 minutes quieting the mind and focusing on the present moment makes us
more relaxed and effective decision makers. Meditation techniques adjust our
physiology in ways that directly reduce stress.
Slowing down brain wave activity and adjusting brain chemistry increases serotonin
levels, positively influencing mood and behaviour, and switches on endorphins,
easing the nervous system and improving healing responses.
In fact it is proven that meditation stimulates the parasympathetic nervous system,
creating significant positive physiological and emotional changes. Stress, on the
other hand, activates the sympathetic nervous system and triggers an ongoing flow
of cortisol into the blood stream,’ diminishing immune system function and
inhibiting neurogenesis.
Chronic stress causes the body to adopt a defensive mode and also results in
perceptual, cognitive and emotional impairment. To change this we must be able to
stimulate the parasympathetic nervous system, which allows for renewal.
By activating the parasympathetic nervous system through meditation, you feel
warmer, your blood pressure and pulse rate drop, and your breathing slows down and
gets deeper. You also engage your immune system to its fullest capability.
Your body rebuilds itself neurologically and you become healthier and more open to
new ideas, emotions, people and situations (especially if they are different). You
also become more open to learning, adaptation and change.
There is a great power in one-pointed concentration.
Our energy becomes focussed and harnessed rather than dissipated. With
concentration we can do more in less time, and do it more efficiently and with
better results. Through meditation we gradually improve our powers of
concentration, which can be used positively in every area of our lives. Increased
brain wave coherence is also developed. Greater communication between the two brain
hemispheres increases one’s perceptual ability and motor performance, supports the
growth of higher intelligence, and slows down mental aging.
Through meditation we gain a new perspective on life, untainted by our own egoistic
perspective. We also transcend our fears, which for the most part are
unsubstantiated and pointless. By gaining a more awakened awareness about the true
nature of life and ourselves, we attain a greater sense of power, freedom and
release from our own imaginary limitations. If we enter the meditative state often
enough this will then be the new state of consciousness.
Actualising Theta allows your inner and outer environment be perceived on the level
of present moment consciousness — the goal of earth life, the most rewarding,
sensual experience. Of the four brain speeds Theta is the only level which
facilitates transcendental bliss and deep inner peace. But in order for Theta to be
experienced, Alpha is the bridge which facilitates the effects and benefits of
Theta.
Theta needs Alpha to carry the codes, carry the healing waves throughout the body,
but particularly to the conscious mind to achieve calm, balance and perspective.
Theta is natural, for you go through the four brain speeds while sleeping. But it’s
while you’re awake that the brain needs to become familiar with its full range of
speed possibilities, and with regular, properly practiced mantra meditation such
becomes your everyday state.
Accessing Theta also means accessing the subconscious, the conditioned mind which
many people are slaves to, for “repair” work. It’s how you can re-programme the
fear-driven mind: how you can influence change in your fixed thought patterns at
the subjective level, how you can affect change in your lifestyle, habits and
worldview.
This veil holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software
programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the
higher-dimensional chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus,
medulla oblongata and pineal gland. These aspects are limited by this veil or
partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-dimensional linear time
(time as a past-present-future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing
yourself.
Through meditation and positive sound frequencies can been channeled to activate
your DNA by accelerating the bodies fine neuro-transmitters to travel to areas of
the brain, the pineal and pituitary gland which help open the third eye, crown
chakra, and the chakra above the crown center. Within our cerebrospinal fluid are
tiny piezo-electric crystals which are encoded with tiny modules of liquid light
intelligence that carry this information to all our cells, especially when they are
activated through conscious intent, sound and light. When these piezo-electric
crystals are activated either through specific sound healing frequencies, light, or
through meditation, these intelligent codes of light begin to release and nourish
all the cells in the body, (much like a bio-computer) helping to stabilize new
levels of DNA activation which not only accelerates healing, but prepares the
physical vehicle (body) for ascension.
Fear has numerous faces and has been engrained into our systems in countless ways.
Fear is reflected in our beliefs, emotions, and the collective consciousness grids.
It is locked in our energy bodies, organs, and cells, and it is an inherent part of
our minds. This means that stepping out of fear is a process that requires time,
diligence, perseverance, willingness, and a clear intent to never give up, even
though the process might at times be incredibly frustrating. We will never step
into a new consciousness if we are not willing to undertake this path. And we will
never make a real connection with the Sidhe. The process of stepping out of fear
has three major steps: connecting with your heart (divine essence), connecting with
the frontal lobes of your brain, and the stimulation of the frontal part of your
amygdala.
One must overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of
liberation can be found in the bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from
the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a new energy, and this will then be
the new root chakra.
Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring
enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in
such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A
great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from
the limiting and fearful thoughts.
Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is.
But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego
using fear- based programs and concepts to gain control of humankind.
Its though meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and ego that binds the
mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the
left brain and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot
of ignorance and its darkness. Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of
intelligence, and intellect to be the opponent of intuition.
Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s robothood
until one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one
understand that; the robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the
other realities, dimensions and the real Self in robotized “darkness of ignorance”.
The brain is divided into three parts- the “CORE” or the sub-conscious mind, the
“left hemisphere” and the “right hemisphere”. The left hemisphere controls logic
and reasoning and is filled with fear.
Left-brain dominance is very common in modem times, and it allows you to be easily
dominated by outside forces. Belief defines something that doesn’t actually exist
yet. A belief is a very creative thing; it is a strong, practiced thought—one that
you either think over and over again, or one that you accept without question.
When we are forced into the left-brain by our conditioning, we find ourselves in an
artificial world, like the unconscious residents of the Matrix. We are outside
creation, separated by our beliefs from the natural world. The unconscious nature
of our beliefs forces us to view nature as separate from ourselves; we can no
longer see how we affect what we experience.
The limitations of the unnatural separation of right brain from left renders us
disempowered and irresponsible at the same time. The belief system is a very
convenient tool for those at the top who wish to hold others in mental slavery and
emotional bondage. The Controllers who set themselves up as the gods of man have
been siphoning off the creative energy of humans for eons. Beliefs are very
creative. Beliefs call up the power of consciousness to transfer a potential held
in the quantum soup of the implicate—unexpressed potential—over to the side of
expressed consciousness—manifestation into form. Beliefs are very creative.
The left brain provides the “programming” for the “core” which does what needs to
be done. The power of right hemisphere is infinite. The normal resting state of the
brain is a silent current of thoughts, images, and memories that emerges
spontaneously from within. You become more aware of spontaneous wandering of the
mind, when you meditate. This default activity of the brain probably connects
various experiences and emotional residues, puts them into perspective and lays
them to rest.
The brain is an electrochemical organ using electrochemical energy to function.
Electrical activity emanating from the brain is displayed in the form of brain
waves. Brain waves during meditation actually do change!
Through meditation one learn the ability to (lowering, stilling, quitening,
emptying brain waves) and redirect one´s brain energy—shifting one´s mind state
into optimal patterns where one become more receptive to new learning. The “theta
state” acquire super-receptivity to new information, and the super-learning ability
comes through the inutitive mind, which has the ability to instantly access
information in the Alpha State of Consciousness in the present “now”.
“The brain is divided into three parts- the “CORE” or the sub-conscious mind, the
“left hemisphere” and the “right hemisphere”. The left hemisphere controls logic
and reasoning and is filled with fear”. The left brain also provides the
“programming” for the “core” which does what needs to be done.
Conclusion; Then the left brain is the dominant hemisphere, and is filled with fear
and also is the the programmer of the “Core” of the sub-consciousness mind, it will
program the subconsciousness mind with fear-based programs to stay in domination
and power. This knowledge is related to the “Corpus Callosum” and the called
“Rainbow bridge” between the left and brain hemisphere. Fear is the component that
make the “Alpha Bridge” to disappears, and instead increasing the powers of
illusions of reality and this is the veil.
When the right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto
obtain information. When your´re centered and balanced, your energy will start
expanding; it´ll start going up your spine again, then it expands out of the body ,
but including the body, into the experience that we tend to call bliss.
That release, that sequence of release is from the body and the emotions to the
mind, is what we found people needed to master in order to truly release the
brainwaves in our training so that the two hemispheres of the brain begin to
synchronize. You move down through states of relaxation into the alpha state of
creativity and to the theta state of deep meditation and intuition. When you do
that, literally portals in your consciousness open up to where you not only
identify intellectually with a boundless state beyond your body, but you can
actually begin to explore those states while being in a healthy body.
The higher life is seeking to become incarnated in us the opening to the light,
where spiritual forces can make a movement of redemption of mankind. Therefore, let
us yield ourselves to life and experience that greater life stirring within us.
That greater life has transformed our carnal nature and made us blossom like a rose
that we may have perfect liberty of life by having true awareness of the indwelling
of a higher life. The inner voice, the ever presence of a new life. Being the upper
strata of divine consciousness.
The upper strata of our mind is our higher mind. When man enters the universal
mind, he sees all things in the universe in harmony with the light of the eternity.
All of mankind has a divine spark, which is the true light of eternity within them
that is lying dormant, unexpressed, and imprisoned. The imprisoned divine nucleus
awaits birth that the divine mind may open up from within mankind. Mankind will
then enter the age of enlightenment, which will arise from within them. The hidden
splendor imprisoned within will unfold, bringing liberty to mankind, creatures, and
creation. The breakthrough will come, that ever-expanding divine consciousness.
As you work with the inner energy this will raise your vibration and wire your
eternal nature into the lens of your life, you will focus on the energy centers of
the pineal gland and a master cell at the base of your spine.
The pineal gland is the physical body’s command center and has direct connection to
the nucleus of every cell. Because this gland communicates simultaneously with each
and every cell, any change in the pineal gland can be broadcast to every cell in
the body. You will also work with the master cell at the base of the spine.
When we tune in to these higher frequencies, we have access to a different kind of
light—a frequency faster than visible light—and all of a sudden we are activating a
greater intelligence within us. Now, because the pineal gland is activated, we can
pick up higher frequencies, which in turn produces a change in chemistry.
The higher the frequency we pick up, the more it alters our chemistry—which means
the more visual, hallucinogenic, and higher-energy experiences we have. The
crystals in our pineal gland, acting like a cosmic antenna, are the doorway to
these higher vibrational realms of light and information. This is how we have
internal experiences that are more real than our external ones.
These pineal metabolite chemicals your body produces fit into the same receptor
sites as serotonin and melatonin, but they carry a very different chemical message
from a realm beyond sensory-based material reality. As a result, the brain is now
primed for a mystical experience, opening the door to other dimensions and moving
the individual from a space-time reality to a time-space reality.
Since all frequency carries a message and that message is a change in chemistry,
once the pineal gland gets activated and you start experiencing and processing
these higher frequencies, energies, and elevated levels of consciousness, they
often present themselves as complex, changing geometric patterns usually perceived
in the mind’s eye. This is good—this is information.
When you have these mystical experiences, because your nervous system is so
coherent, it’s able to tune in to these super coherent messages. in the darkness of
the void, the pineal gland becomes the vortex for these very organized patterns and
packets of information, and as you place your attention on them, just like a
kaleidoscope they constantly change and evolve.
This world teaching you to stay in the beta brain wave state and then Earth is
vibrataional mind prison, its creates a enviroment that stimulates and produces
fear based beta brain waves.
The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and
fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative
things. All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your
brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus
your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life. If the devil can manage to
confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your
thinking pattern.
When our focus is scattered and not consolidated at the center of our being, there
is a gap in consciousness, which distances us from our soul. Without centered self-
focus, our energies and mind interlock with internal and external distractions.
outside factor.
Energy systems that have to be in control are often plagued by insecurity, fear,
and anxiety. There is a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness
that cannot be resolved. The energy system’s out of control internal conscious
state is coaxed by the need to be in control of all external situations. Being out
of control can convince the ego to create the illusion of having the need to be in
control.
Underdeveloped cognitive energy systems lack the intestinal fortitude to withstand
harsh projections that come from the mass of collective energy. The ego craves
being in control. If, through cognitive development the ego doesn’t achieve control
or stability, insecurity develops. The ego is then weakened by the projections and
reflections of itself causing perceptions of fear and withdrawal. An insecure ego
based energy system lives their life in constant fear of failing or doing things
wrong, and have an insatiable need for achieving approval from others.
Poor cognitive development early on causes an imbalance within the categorization
process within the stream of consciousness. When the essential foundation of the
stream of consciousness is underdeveloped, or distorted, the normal cycle of
feedback loops are compromised.
The normal cycle of a feedback loop goes like this. First, the brain imprints the
information. Second, the brain processes the information being received and then
files it under the short or long term, memory banks. Third, the information
gathered can then be recalled and pulled out of storage whenever it needs to be
used within the stream of consciousness. The stream of consciousness is a constant
flow of all the information ever received by the energy system.
Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop
is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the
appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos
arises.
Cognitive chaos is when thoughts cannot be managed and controlled in a rational
way, forcing the ego to become threatened by one or more illusions that become real
to the energy system.
Insecure ego based energy systems flounder through life, never able to achieve
higher levels of consciousness because of the gridlock of their fears, doubts,
anxieties, and fragility. A weak, underdeveloped ego is responsible for the
illusion of insecurity. Until the broken feedback loop or loops are resolved,
insecurity will remain a debilitating factor.
The moment of separation disconnected spiritual energy from God’s energy forming
the energy of the ego. By giving up the trust of spiritual and God’s energy, the
ego would develop into an; isolated, self governing, manipulative, vindictive,
cynical, and untrustworthy ruler of collective unconsciousness.
The presence of the ego solidified collective unconsciousness throughout the
development of civilization. Civilization became predominantly shaped by the ego
with only few shimmering sparks of higher consciousness to redirect it toward the
energy of God.
Throughout the history of civilization there have been significant high conscious
energy systems that tried to snap the collective out of its deep unconscious sleep.
These higher conscious awakened energy systems sparked a new energy channel of
conscious thinking within the mass of collective energy, changing the shape of
civilization.
The make up of civilization is ego based and when an influencing factor attempts to
break through the collective unconsciousness they are met with relentless
persecution. This is the birth of todays world of organized gang stalking,
organized bullying, multi-stalking, or predator stalking in the society.
The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy
system from believing in anything greater than itself.
The, ego, is threatened by any form of change in the illusionary context. Higher
consciousness is a movement toward the true meaning and purpose of life that is
governed by the natural energy of Creation. Ever since the ego separated from the
truth of existence it has served as a unified unconscious entity that cannot see
beyond anything that is not real within itself. The ego must remain in control of
the physical realm of existence because that is all that it knows. The ego is
threatened by confrontation of consciousness.
We confuse our emotions with our mental perceptions and make our way rationally
through our limiting ego thoughts. We seem to forget that we are capable of great
depths of emotional mawrience. We become unhappy, dissatisfied, and bored,
succumbing to the idea that this must be all there is. How sad is that?
What if we realised that it is all simple! We can. We can find that we are
everything that we seek and that everything we seek also seeks us.
What if we realized that we are capable of creating whatever reality we want,
anytime, anywhere! What if we didn’t just know we could? What if we did? All chaos
is ‘nothingmore than a series of simplicities that have become entangled.
Mind creates worlds, delusions, illusions, etc., but mind remains as mind. Mind
cannot be transformed. Why? Because it is not one itself. Mind survives by desires
and thoughts and it is made up of impressions. It is the voice of the ego part of
our minds that creates all of our conflict and suffering — it’s the ego’s voice
behind the counterfeit self, fueling its illusions and fears. The counterfeit ego
self don´t allow humankind to have their own mind or Consciousness, or have the
mind of Oneness, and therefore creates a mind of duality that can be controlled and
altered.
The mind perceives reality through dualism alone. Symbolically, this happens when
we see reality through our physical eyes. The eyes convert reality in each moment
to polarities, and feed the mind with the by-product. That is the way the mind
consumes the total reality, concept by concept. One eye sees the day and the other
eye sees the night; one eye sees man and the other sees woman. Each eye can only
capture one side of the whole spectrum.
As we move through life we juggle between the opposing information that the mind
receives through our dual eyes. In each moment we try to identify which of the two
polarities will serve our survivor existence the best.
At the end of the day all the polarities we perceive fall between two main
extremes; good and bad, and always from the point of view of the self. On the
contrary, the third eye is the symbol for the state in which we see the whole
spectrum of reality outside of the physical eyes’ dissolution. As we do so, we
shift from seeing through ‘two eyes’, to seeing from ‘one eye’.
The third eye unites all polarities into oneness. We transform the one seeing into
the absolute observer. This is when the constant juggle between good and bad comes
to an end, and is replaced by inner stillness. In the state of oneness the night is
not separate from the day. The night withholds the day, until it delivers it in
completion, at which time the day turns to be the armor of the night.
When we move away from our limited self-identification, we open a wider window to
our brain, and activate larger parts of it. This process of expanding the use of
our brain may lead us to experience phenomena that are perceived as unusual, like
knowing about events and actions before they unfold, commonly known as intuition.
The answers to the unknown lie in the 90 percent of the brain that we don’t use.
This is the sleeping consciousness and when energies awaken dormant centres in the
brain that from a evolutionary perpective has been dormant and unstimulated. It
awakens the Consciousness that has been sleeping.
Through the practice of meditation we exploit a larger portion of the unused brain.
The end of this development process is when the mind realizes itself. If we utilize
the full potential of our brains, we can expand our perception to its maximum. This
is when we start to see reality as it is, beyond time and space. This state gives
us the power to know, even before we process any empirical information. This is
intuition! We tap into a spontaneous flow of events beyond logical reasoning.
Developing an intuition of what lies beyond opposites is the beginning of a deeper
understanding. This is the shift from ego-reality to meta-reality, its a shift from
the ego-lens to begin to see through a multiversal lens. Yet we do not perceive the
world as through a giant magnifying lens, but through the limited ego-lens of the
three dimensional world. Human consciousness is limited due to dense material of
physical body. Consciousness, however, being non-material, is not limited to
matter. Consciousness is independent of matter.
Following the guidance of the non-rational, intuitive wisdom of the instinct is the
royal road into the realm of soul. Then the third eye intuition is non-rational and
non-local it is not limited to the three dimensional world – space time reality and
discover other dimension the physical realm, where the body-ego is limited through
the rational brain and is limited in the local three dimensional world. So ego
experience reality both rational and local, and third eye experiencing reality non-
rational and non-local.
The (“alien “) group requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses
(open the third eye), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the
veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of
years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to
intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our
perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our
psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have
used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the
social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic
powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself
the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center
is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil
to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the
illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.
Icke says, is just the outer rim of the rabbit hole. These earthly oppressors are
merely the puppets of an even more sinister enemy. The true perpetrator of this
heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of interdimensional reptilian aliens
called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes beyond our five senses. The
Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have a particular taste for fear
and hatred, and they harvest our darkest emotions by keeping us trapped within a
virtual reality prison. Our universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke
explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very fabric of the cosmos. By
controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate our thoughts at the
source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state of bewilderment
and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters. Things are looking bleak. We are
within the Archons’ evil clutches. Humanity is teetering on the edge of total
enslavement. Game over: The reptiles win.
Reptilian reality becomes one of many dimensional realities inhabited with
intelligent beings. Human, living on planet earth, you begin to see yourself as
part of an inter-dimensional reality. Bring on the underworld myths, they no longer
frighten. Bring on the hideous monsters, they no longer lurk in the dark. Bring on
the next visit, you know you will easily return, wiser and more mature. It is not a
matter of conquering the underworld dimension. It is not a matter of denying the
underworld dimension. It is not a matter of demonizing the underworld dimension.
Instead, it is simply a matter of owning the part of your human nature that is
corded to its reality. In so doing, ancient knowledge, once secret and forbidden,
opens to reveal its simplicity and truth. Ancient underworld knowledge includes
innate human abilities to sense earth vibrations, to find your way on the earth
using psychic
The Archons are themselves deluded in believing they can create humans in their
likeness. They do not succeed—all the Gnostic materials are explicit on this point—
but they insinuate into human minds the belief that they have succeeded.
The Archons wrongly believe they can impress their mentality upon the human
species. They want to make humanity like themselves, but they are constantly foiled
by the superiority of the human species.
The choice to accept the digital convenience and digitally based powers of the A.I.
Beast system will seduce most people on Earth to welcome such power. They will even
ask for it. It will mean the difference between having supreme intelligence and
walking blind and ignorant amongst the other digitally enhanced and gifted masses.
But rest assured, it will all change quickly. Those same digitally augmented powers
that the masses will so gleefully accept will swiftly turn to a loss of Free Will
and autonomy as the A.I. beast system takes full control of the minds, hearts, and
souls of those who had willfully neural-aced into the Digital Abomination.
The price for the desire for power will be the loss of soul.
The ego of humankind or mass consciousness is been fed and encoded with knowledge
that keep humankind trapped within the state of ignorance, the dream state,
slumbering state, the hypnonic state of mind.
is powered by our belief that the hacked reality is “real”. We can and will break
the closed loop with the realizations and by opening our minds to Consciousness
beyond the Matrix frequencies. The power of the Satum-Moon Matrix to influence our
reality dilutes and dilutes the more we open our minds and hearts and let
Consciousness in. The Control system is terrified of the Truth Vibrations for this
reason, and this is why it is now throwing everything that it can at humanity to
keep us entrapped within the vibrational box through fear, chaos and upheaval. By
the way, some unexplainable and “paranormal” experiences happen when there is a
“glitch” in the Matrix information field.
The only way out is by the saving gnosis, which first expose these evil machination
for what they are, and then show the way to break this encompassing oppressive
system. All one should become Human yourself and not to fall for the provocation of
your Animal nature which is the key factor in the ideology of the Archons. Fear,
intimdation and provocations is the key component of the Archons and these
components is also the organized gang stalking.
Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a
negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of
the spiritual and God’s energy impossible.
“The world system we inhabit came about by a mistake”.
The magical journey of awareness in which we co-evolve with Gaia’s Dreaming is
deviated or distorted by an alien influence.
In the biological model the problem is described as coming from the left hemisphere
of the brain. Ancient mythology also has a way of describing the situation. Archons
is a term reintroduced into public awareness by Gnostic scholar John Lash and
refers to mind parasites, with no intention of their own and unable to physically
live in the Earth’s atmosphere, which piggy back on human intention. The archons
have a particularly strong hold on some groups of humans, and they have become the
dominant ones in our world.
Archons can be seen as agents of discord.
Unfortunately humans have become more interested in their own minds than the mind
of nature which has the knowledge to lift us out of all of this.
The archons fueling the left brain hemisphere to prevent humankind boost their
right brain hemisphere. The goal should be to find ways how we can calm our left
hemispheres and boost our right hemispheres. Beta brain waves is represented
through the left brain hemisphere and right brain hemisphere is represented through
the right brain and theta waves, also knows as bliss waves.
Shifting Hemispheres
Reducing left hemisphere stranglehold and increasing right hemisphere access is
both calming and energising. The same is true of natural neuroactive nutrition. The
starting point, in our chaotic world, is surely a place of calm. Calm and centred
is connected to the fractal web of life, the natural intelligence, through which we
can make sense of everything. We are told that in nature it’s a fight for survival
yet when we go into nature, unless we are entering a natural disaster area it has
qualities of harmony. Life flourishes in peaceful surroundings.
As we calm the left hemisphere the creativity of the right hemisphere starts to
blossom. The problems we have created cannot be solved at the level of
consciousness that created them. When the conceptual mind thinks ‘not’ something we
are still creating the ‘something’. We cannot not imagine something! That is what
is meant by the unconscious does not understand a negative. That is why positive
thinking is so powerful. Actually it is the feeling state (which is so often
unconscious) that does not feel a negative — it feels things that are there, not
that are not there! As we become more aware of our mental imagery we will
automatically choose more imagery that we like. Imagining what we would like
consistently – this sounds a clear note in the world of noise.
Our usual perception of the world in waking consciousness is, in fact, a state of
waking ignorance. The brain must inhibit our true nature and divine connections to
survive in the physical world. In everyday life, we see everything back to front,
as it were.
Over time we become desensitized to the realities of our choices and can literally
create our own hell – cut off from the highest energy this universe has to offer.
Once the low vibrational soup of our own creation becomes normal to us, our progeny
will not know anything different and will become almost completely severed from the
infinite consciousness of the universe. Once this happens we would degenerate into
little more than cyborgs with very little creative force. We can see the early
stages of this going on today with people locked into their computer devices. We
can become more and more like the low vibrational archons who are methodically
working to manipulate us into that future which is each day becoming more and more
alarmingly a reality.
The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-
consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection
through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third
eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds.
Accessing Theta also means accessing the subconscious, the conditioned mind which
many people are slaves to, for “repair” work. It’s how you can re-programme the
fear-driven mind: how you can influence change in your fixed thought patterns at
the subjective level, how you can affect change in your lifestyle, habits and
worldview.
It is our ignorance of the true nature of the Self that gives rise to false views
about it. But when we learn how to reduce unnecessary and wasteful mental activity,
and make the mind still and peaceful, the insight will dawn that there is a deeper
dimension of self that transcends the limitations of body, mind, time and space. It
is like the falling away of veils, or the dissolving of clouds that hide an inner
sun. When the clouds part, the sun shines through, and when we learn to saturate
our mind and feelings in the liberating ideas about the deeper Self within, there
will be a clearing of some of the long-cherished self-images that prevent us from
enjoying the true glory and infinity of our own being.
Mind is the abilities and activities to process information, energy, and matter,
which include the ability and the process to receive, store, process, transfer,
transform, and send information, energy, and matter. We can mathematically express
mind as an operator in the infinite-dimensional soul space. The mind operator
contains many other operators such as time, space, hearing, speaking, calculating,
movement, and many more. Each being’s mind operator is different. Some of them are
simple. Some of them are complicated. The mind operator can act on the information,
energy, and matter received from the heart.
Your world is made by your Mind. Your training and education have been designed to
keep you in darkness by controlling your Mind. Mind is deceived and how surely Man
is enslaved by the powers, authorities and principalities. The carnal mind is alive
and awake to earthly and sensible objects, but dead to spiritual realities.
The key to conquering the Lower Self is something called Mental Transmutation.
Mental Transmutation is the mental capacity to change one’s thought forms from
negative to positive or from positive to negative. This is alchemy at its best.
Alchemy and mental transmutation are both one and the same. Mental transmutation is
about controlling your power, thought waves, and pulsation and connecting it with
the vibration of what you want.
A.I. Transhumanistic Gaslighting Technology and Techno Spiritual PSI Warfare
methods.
The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology,
Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of man’s
absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a Techno-
Spiritual warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves.
This growing A.I. Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IM-
MORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD.
As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of
the controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet
in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you think you are in control, but the
digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave masters, and
worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people
cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult
Elite are just that…nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in
a Virtual Reality at their full control, while masking this well planned agenda as
“Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into a
Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon
the point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind
is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now?
Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have just willingly
submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-ever, after that.
It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of
Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.
A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own
survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind
Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.
Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic,
demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming,
cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer,
soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of
electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.
A.I. Transhumanistic Gaslighting Technology and Techno Spiritual PSI Warfare
methods. There is computer generated voice in the skies/airs in this area of land
that constant speaking, beaming and looping sounds, words, voices in the airs by
using technologies as syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro
magnetic frequencies. From the content it sounds like Satan himself.
For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against
powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual
wickedness in high places. (Ephesians 6:12)
The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a
lack of individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far
from everyday people, but cult members who are working for an agenda.
Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an individual in a
malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a
nervous break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant
mental, emotional, or physical pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This
is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors, bogus investigations,
setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts,
sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a
“ganging up” by members of the community who follow an organizer and participate in
a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a
group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or family 24/7. The
victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and
isolate the victim.
The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get
arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make
the victim so depressed they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color
harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals, electronic monitoring
inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls,
emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo,
erratic/ aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and
much more. Police and fire dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim
feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove.
In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods
to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize,
paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize,
despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological
warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt
the human mind and soul.
The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A
religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly
protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the
manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.
Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. This
includes the carnal mind of organized gang stalking.
Mind Control Methods and Organized Gang Stalking
“The suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and
surgery-based “medicine” ensures that the human physical body operates at far less
than its optimum potential. This is the reason for the blatant misrepresentation
and suppression of the so-called “alternative” forms of healing which have been
around for thousands of years longer than modern “medicine”. “Food additives, fast
food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore
eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical
health and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A
fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you need if you want to
control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on
controlling “education” and the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet
of brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the
controllers want us to think. Most of the population, play a part in advancing an
agenda they do not even know exists.
If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a
gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it
use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the
invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate
themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal
organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems,
would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they
want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced
enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants,
they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on
the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own
enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their
rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with
minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded.
This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.
They, Them, Those who have absolute rule over the earth and Their Created
Environment, which has been established as a way of life for so many, are very
afraid of themselves and all others who stand to be equal with everyone else. They
do not want any form of equality, They only want what they want and for everyone
else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with
Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They
have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are
just now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not
enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so They have devised
a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid
of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the
earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has
taken place, as is shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the
humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality there can be.
So today, the humans of the earth are so over-confused that all many of them can do
is to walk down the street and stare at their cell phones and text mindless stuff
to their friends, controlled by MicroWaves that are used are for Mind Control.
Brainwashing Agenda: keep the masses dumbed down with technology and implants.
Global satellites,, cell phone towers, and personal electronic devices—such as cell
phones, smart phones, and personal computers—can now target individuals and shoot
negative energy beams to harm a person’s mental and physical health anywhere in the
world. These same satellites, cell towers, and electronic devices will also control
most of the government implants that control the evil voices and other destructive
commands. Electronic stalking, electronic torture, and mind control agendas are
coordinated by the reptilians, greys, mantids, departments, psychic warfare
programs, governments, and law enforcement agencies. If you are under attack, you
have a organized ganag stalking handler orchestrating your torture. These human
handlers are under the control of the reptilians.
THE AMYGDALA Is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous
Consisting of two almond-shaped structures, the amygdala is located in the brain’s
limbic region. The limbic region used to be known as the smell brain. It is still
commonly referred to as the reptilian brain because it is roughly equivalent to the
brains of present-day cold-blooded vertebrates. The late twentieth-century
scientist and political writers saw it as an ‘enemy of freedom’. Its arousal, he
believed, would lead to the control of our rational minds ‘being taken over by
those primitive levels of the hierarchy which the Victorians called “the beast in
us”.’
BRAINWASHING Brainwashing and gaslighting are just a few of the many mind-control
tactics used in NAS. The primary difference between the two is brainwashing relies
on forceful and obvious mind-control strategies, while gaslighting is carefully
cloaked in secrecy. A combined Cambridge, Oxford, and Merriam Webster gaslighting
definition is as follows:
1. Making people believe only what you want them to believe by continually
telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them.
2. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using
systematic and often forcible means.
3. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.
BRAINWASHING IS MIND CONTROL
Brainwashing employs secret, but covertly forceful, psychological strategies with
the purpose of changing a person’s belief system, perceptions, attitudes, and
analytical abilities. Through repetition and purposeful confusion, intimidation,
and a regimented campaign of propaganda, victims unconsciously relinquish their
version (perceptions and analysis) of reality and accept the forced version. It is
a methodical and controlled system of indoctrinating a specific set of beliefs
that, before the brainwashing, was not held by the victim. Brainwashing relies on
the systematic application of isolation, verbal and physical abuse, and mind-
clouding techniques like sleep deprivation and malnutrition to reduce comfort
levels and feelings of hope. Shifting from cruelty to seemingly altruistic concern
creates psychological instability and increased levels of uncertainty, despair, and
hopelessness. These culminate in the adoption of the forced set of ideas, views,
and beliefs. Brainwashing often takes place in an environment of isolation, meaning
all “normal” social reference points are unavailable. There is often the presence
or constant threat of physical harm, which adds to the victim’s difficulty in
thinking critically and independently.
GASLIGHTING EXPLANATION
Gaslighting is an insidious mind-control method sociopathic pathological
narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable codependent prey. They target
individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of
protection. Gaslighters are most successful when casting themselves as loyal,
dutiful, and unconditionally invested in defending and caring for their victims.
Gaslighters systematically manipulate a codependent’s environment so they are
powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help them, and convinced
their gaslit impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their carefully
choreographed false, but realistic, relationship with their captor.
They implant narratives, or revised and distorted versions of reality, to weaken
their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their own mind against them. The
scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist, or was
only a mild or moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already
aware.
The gaslighter carefully and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so
they repeatedly experience the staged problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the
gaslighter seizes on these staged moments by implanting a narrative to make the
victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who they’ve become, and a belief
they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this scenario
further inculcates them with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of
false narratives about the problem, their inability to control or stop it, and the
impact it is having on others purposely manifests as thoughts and feelings of
hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the pre-existing core shame. This
cements their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them and
their captor. Not only does the gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible
to anyone who could protect or rescue them, they convince them these people don’t
care, love, or want to be with them.
Moreover, they are effectively persuaded that, if they should visit their friends
and loved ones, more harm than good would come of it. In severe cases of
gaslighting, the victim will defend the gaslighter, as well as sound an alarm if
someone should try to intervene in their relationship. Not only does the gaslit
person defend these new self-narratives, but loyalty to the “loving” and
“protective” gaslighter is paramount. These misperceptions, together with a sense
of allegiance and appreciation, would prevent the victim from accepting help. All
the while, the gaslighter is feeding their victim’s loved ones false information
for the sole purpose of further alienatin or severing the relationship.
According to Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform used in cults are
organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s sense of self, (2) get the follower to
drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his worldview;
induce the victim to accept the cult leader’s new version of reality and causality,
and (3) develop in the follower a dependence on the cult and thereby turn the
follower into a deployable agent of the cult. Probably the most powerful and
intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults
grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’
confidence in themselves and in their followers’ own belief systems (Singer 1995).
This destructive process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s ability to
then control the lives of his followers, to gain acceptance of the leader’s belief
system, and to insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s directives. Although
some mind-control and brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as
hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and intrusive assaults on the brain, most
methods of mind control and thought reform used in cults are more mundane and do
not differ from the methods commonly used by many individuals in everyday life
Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the
Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are!
This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so
lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn
back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream
world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has
created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the
entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to
extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement
and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent
Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods
that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix
is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons,
Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a
slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make
him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be
free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al
is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity,
older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And
its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as
the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end.
Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have
no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any
inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a
consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to
bodies proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings
are themselves the products of the very machines that their energies will later
fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this
closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At
the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the
machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot
smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a
neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining
awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within
the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social,
but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural interactive
simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while
increasing their docility within their pods.
Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies
that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of
the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the
coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the
computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical
disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of
obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the
machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each
individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops
their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep
individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their
existence as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these
conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods.
The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the
sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of
it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the
world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the species
mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of
delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental
imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the
human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of
human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider range of
conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much
needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently
needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is
politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are
forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind
asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment, we
need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would
allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping,
nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped
by life itself.
Brainwashing culture and organized gang stalking simularities
Brainwashing has been defined as: intensive propaganda techniques that are applied
under conditions of (constant) stress andior coercive persuasion, during which an
individual is confronted by conditions deliberateiy designed to undermine his
morale and make him question his accepted attitudes. This paves the way for
indoctrination with a “replacement set of beliefs” that will produce a change in
behavior using this definition, we find that political education, religious
indoctrination, and general socialization can all be said to contain elements of
brainwashing since all three have the same basic goal: to replace a person’s
present beliefs and behaviors with beliefs and behaviors more in line with the
agenda of whomeveris doing the brainwashing.
To accomplish this, mind-slayers use reason and logic, evoke emotion, make appeals
to faith, use psychological persuasion and, when need be, use physical coercion to
change a person’s behavior.
They do this by first breaking the person down and then rebuilding him in the
brainwasher‘s image. Phase One.’ Breakdow;
Breakdown undermines the person’s morale, causing the person targeted to begin to
doubt, making him question his accepted beliefs and behaviors. This phase of the
brainwashing process uses both physical and psychological tactics.
Physical breakdown is accomplished by assuming as much control over the body of the
person targeted as possible. In extreme oases, such as with POWs or cult recruits,
a person’s movement is physically restricted and all their “intimate needs‘
(eating. bathing, using the toilet) are controlled by the brainwasher in order to
bring about a feeling of powerlessness in the person. Isolation is used two ways
during this initial phase. First. The subject is kept cut of from outside
information and influence.
In organizd gang stalking neighbors cult based intimidation psychology and starts
coughing when you eating breakfast, start coughing when you eating, dinner, start
door slammning when make dinner, dropping things on the floor when visiting
bathroom, door slamming when visiting toilet, open and closed water cranes
simultanously when visiting toilet, intense hammering when take a bath, syntethic
sounds and voices is been beamed when sitting on the toilet. Beaming simultanously
words when take of cloths for bath. Simultanously door slamming when you drying you
body or hair with the towel. They have the capacity to interference in real time of
seconds. If you close your eyes the computer generated voice starts beaming and
looping “open your eyes”. This matrix of this world want´s control or interfering
when you open and close your eyes.
Second actual physical isolation and for enforced silence (solitary confinement)
makes the brainwash more eager to join a reeduction group or thought reform class,
if only to experience some human contact.
Psychological breakdown then takes a person already weakened in body by physical
mistreatment—exhaustion, meager diet, sleep deprivation, and torture—and attacks
his mind. Psychological attack often begins with humiliation: first stripping the
person of his dignity, and then offering to restore that lost dignity bit-by-bit in
exchange for cooperation. Forced to remain naked and filthy for days, a POW is
grateful to the “kind” interrogalor offering him a shower and giving him clothes to
wear, helping him restore a little of his lost dignity. This is the brainwashers
foot-in-the-door: first he creates doubt in the subjects previously held truths,
then he offers the brainwashed subject “new truths.”
Planting doubt in the subject’s mind begins with seeding small uncertainties about
such things as the day and time or even who is winning the war.
Little uncertainties lead to big doubts, to distrust of past beliefs, opening the
subject up to future changes in attitudes.
Eventually doubt takes root: doubts of self-worth, doubts incomrades and country.
Doubt becomes resentment, then becomes anger that his government and God are unable
to protect or rescue him from harm. Weakened in body and mind, under constant
bombardment of the interrogators “facts,” the brainwashee’s former self-image (of
being invincible and of being valued by his country) begins to crumble.
Brainwashing is not just mind control, it the process of breaking down willpower,
triggering negativity, induce stress, so the targeted individual can´t see any
future, has no drive, don´t see any spiritual progress, no forwards movement,
trapped in the organized gang stalking loop of mind control within the matrix, and
lack of faith, losing visions, and don´t see path of salvation. The goal fo Satan
and Organized Gang Stalking is to prevent anyone from ascending into the state of
oneness (path of salvation), when the ego and state of duality is been dissolvd.
Satan’s greatest techniques is to create doubt in our minds, create doubts in
faith, create doubts in the spiritual self-image, self esteem and breaking down
spiritual divine powers through doubts, and one methods to strengthen his “doubt”
work is through gaslighting.
Discouragement is how the devil creates doubt. Doubt is confusion the devil
controls, and gaslighting is the process that can create both confusion and doubts.
things.
All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so
you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your
thoughts on what you want to achieve in life.
If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have
a distortion in your thinking pattern.
Mind control is probably as old as our awareness that we each had a mind of our
own.
Throughout the course of history, there are a number of names for mind control that
describe a common goal: to take over a person’s innermost thoughts and control his
or her behaviors and actions. Brainwashing, coercion, thought reform, mental
manipulation, psychological warfare, programming, conversion, gas lighting,
indoctrination methods, psychic driving, crowd control: They all describe a method
by which a person’s individual thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions are disrupted,
dismissed, and destroyed—even replaced with the thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions
of someone else. whether designed to create the perfect assassin or super soldier,
indoctrinate prisoners of war, recruit members into a cult or religious belief
system, or control the consuming masses and direct their behaviors in accordance to
the political whims of the day, mind control has been used extensively in our past,
is in use today, and no doubt will be used in the future.
The name given to the phenomena of citizen stalking and harassment tends to change
with time, circumstance, and methods. The common name used today is Gang-Stalking,
or Predatory Gang-Stalking. Gaslighting, a term derived from the 1944 Hollywood
movie “Gaslight” where like methods are employed to undermine an individual
physically, is another.
The organized gang stalker can wait for long time for a moment to synchronously and
simultanously interfering with some gang stalking actions or they wait to the right
moment so they can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just so they
can honk a horn, to wait for the target to take a shower so they can do the same;
to wait, then run out of their house so they can make a rude gesture or hurl
obscenities when the target goes out to throw the trash and synchronously and
simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the target is going out
and synchronously and simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the
front of the targeted individual,
isolate the victim.
The constant goal with organized gang stalking is to getting the target sensitised
to sounds, colors, patterns, actions. Eg. Red, white, yellow, strips, pens
clicking, key jangling, coughing, sneezing, whistling, fingers snapping, clapping,
etc.
Gang Stalkers creates constant noise harassment and mimicking campaigns. Organized
Gang Stalking using remote viewing methods and the create imitating and mimicking
campaigns. These mimicking campigans includes healthcare, social wellfare and even
miltary. More about these departments later.
Disrupting the targets life, sleep with loud power tools, construction, stereos,
doors slamming, etc. Talking in public about private things in the targets life.
Mimicking actions of the target. Basically letting the target know that they are in
the targets life. Daily interferences, nothing that would be too overt to the
untrained eye, but psychologically degrading and damaging to the target over time.
Organized Gang Stalking is also organized or collective “gaslighting”. Mass
consciousness has created a form of “HIVE MIND” EGO and the organized gang stalking
program is been controlled by the collective hive mind. Then humankind living
within “The Matrix” enslaved into a mind-prison this HIVE MIND is the enslaved
lower ego-matrix. Ego is always threated by changes and from scriptures we learn; A
protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because
Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of
traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to
disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.
Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal
nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire
consciousness, and the whole society is built up around materialism, and
materialism is lower vibrational frequencies, and lower vibrational frequnecies is
the matrix and mind prison. Targeted individuals is also called empowered
individuals because the are spirital awaken, and when someone is spiritual awaken
they can raise the lower vibrational frequencies to higher vibrational frequnecies
and free themselves from ignorance, bondage, enslavement, the matrix and mind
prison.
The Matrix and Mind Prison has become the “comfort zone” and when someone leaving
the matrix and the mind prison, the organized gang stalking trying to pushing back
the targeted individual into the matrix, and if the don´t going back the organized
gang stalking program creates a enviroment where they surrounding the targeted
individuals life and start using all form of fear and pain mechanism. The Archons
controls the matrix and they hace created a fear and pain system that function as
electrical shocks for the mind.
your comfort zone.
consciousness, and this mass consciousness. The enemy of the carnal mind is the
divine mind, and the divine consciousness is the right brain hemispere´s theta
brain waves. Beta brain waves is the termed as the left brain prisoners. The Matrix
and mind prison is the left brain of dominace. The ego and carnal mind is been
threatened by the divine mind or spiritual awaken or empowered individuals because
they are in the process of changing their inner frequencies by raising their
frequencies.
The Beta left brain suppresses the intuitive right brain and induces fear-
programming to stay in domination, and when one is able to switch down to alpha and
then theta one is able to self-reprogram the whole brain.
system.
is there.
archon system.
emotions.
One can think as this remove of one dna strand is like remove a bridge to the other
side, so no one can pass. In other terms to disconnect the right brain hemisphere
from infleuncing the the work of left brain hemisphere. There is bridge in the
“Corpus Callosum” named the “alpha bridge” and this bridge disappears when the
brain is controlled through fear based subconsciousness programs. This alpha bridge
can be re-build through meditation and when this is the bridge to the theta state
and divine connection, and this is what the Archons have disconnected humankind
from by using all forms of both psychological and spiritual warfare strategies in
all forms.
Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make us operate only through one
brain hemisphere. The Corpus Callosum is the bridge between left and right brain
hemisphere, but the “alpha bridge” frequency dissapear by fear, in same way the
third eye of intuition is closed through fear. The veil of ignorance or veil of
fear is in action when fear is the dominated thought pattern in the left brain.
not all what you see or think it is. And the Nordic Reptilans or Annunaki and The
Archons may be real and the Darwin evolutionary theory may be the deception
humankind is locked, trapped and imprisoned within. Enslavement – when humankind is
trapped in the history because of lack of access to higher level of consciousness,
and the ones who genetic manipulated the human 2 dna strand don´t want humankind to
understand how the three knot of ignorance prevent humankind from see reality and
find their real Higher Self.
Scientific analysis of chemtrails has also revealed the presence of aluminum,
barium, calcium, magnesium, and titanium. These metals are used to create conduits
for electromagnetic waves and broadcasts so that an electromagnetic field prison
encases the planet and blocks unwanted wavelengths coming in. This also acts as a
conductor for negative thought wave frequencies which are broadcasted to the
population.’
Chemtrails and Positioning Satellite System (G.P.S.) and other technologies so as
to hack the body-computer and download unwanted signals which affect physical,
emotional, and mental frequencies. This is all part of manufacturing a false
reality for the body-computer inhabited by souls. Another major aspect of this
manufacturing is to shut down the corpus callosum so that communication between the
two hemispheres of the brain is crippled. When this happens, people become what is
termed “left brain prisoners.” The Matrix in contolled by the influencies of the
left brain hemisphere, and the left brain hemissphere is also represented by the
ego and the ego is the fear mongerer, and the ego is connected to mass
consciousness, and mass consciousness controls the matrix, and the matrix control
the organized gang stalking program.
Society is structured so that chemicals in food and water and the education system
close down vast tracts of the corpus callosum in order to suppress communication
between the left and right brains. The body-computer is then reprogrammed through
electromagnetic warfare to act overwhelmingly through the left brain. The most
important target for the mass reality manipulators, however, is the subconscious.
It is in the subconscious where instructions and perceptions are implanted beyond
the awareness of the conscious mind. This is where television comes in as it is the
most widespread form of hypnotism on the planet. Television programs (notice the
word ‘programs’) induce subliminal programming so as to implant messages into the
subconscious mind of the viewer, who then unconsciously (or sometimes consciously)
enacts those programs.
Humans have been biologically engineered through DNA manipulation to be ‘out of
phase’ with the cosmic and planetary codes of the universe so that you may be more
easily manipulated to serve the ‘masters’, the gods who designed you. These beings,
the malevolent Annunaki gods who inhabit the underworlds so they may work unseen
under the illusion you have free agency. The battle for human consciousness rages
on and humans are caught between the benevolent and malevolent beings of the cosmic
universe.
Most astonishing information in the Sumerian clay tablets are the detailed
descriptions of how the Anunnaki interbred with humans to create a hybrid race.
In Sitchin writings he tell the stories of the Annunaki; “Those who from Heaven to
Earth came”. Sitchin believes the Anunnaki from Sumerian texts are the same as the
Nephilim from the Hebrew text of Genesis chapter 6, and he claims they were
extraterrestrials, space travelers who came from their dying planet to earth in
antiquity. Sitchin also takes the Scipture term Adam and twists it to represent the
early human species of antiquity. So in his interpretation of the Sumerian and
Hebrew text, he makes the bold claim that the Anunnaki fashioned “the Adam” or the
human species in their image. So to make it simple, he promotes the popular idea
that mankind in the ancient past could have been created by an advanced race of
extraterrestrials, in Zecharia Sitchin’s case the Sumerian Anunnaki.
Humans may be descendants of ancient extraterrestrial beings or may have been
created by manipulation of the gene pool.
Some believe that the Annunaki may have created grey alien Watchers’ to monitor
their genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago.
When one study how all the organized gang stalking actions taking plays, these
“stalking” actions is simular to “watchers actions”. If Earth is some kind of
matrix, a mind prison, created by the Annunaki, the mind prison is then controlled
by methods and “watchers” than acting like prison guards. If there is a hell, there
is Satan, if there is a mind prison, there is a prison guards, if humankind dna is
genetic manipultaed to function on the lowest biological survival programming level
and the enslavement programming, so there must be enslavers, programmers, prison
guards. This description fits in how all organized gang stalking action taking
place.
The cental keys for organized gang stalking is; “constant”, constant stalking,
constant harassment, constant interference, constant imitating and mirroring
actions and these is the in combine with “synchronously and simultanously” actions.
The word “constant” creates a constant pressure on the mind, it creates a constant
pressure on emotions, it creates a constant pressure on thoughts, it creates a
constant pressure on the frequencies in the brain, it then creates a constant
pressure of entanglement, and all these methods creates the matrix, the mind
prison. Its when a spiritual awakening process occurs all these action taking
place, and the goal is to shut down the awakening process, to push back the
awakening process to the slumbering state, to drag one back into the matrix and the
enslaved mind prison. The actions of “constant pressure” and constant fear
mongering” want´s to make the surrounding envoriment to a discomfort zone or
transform the whole enviroment for spiritual and psychological warfare. Organized
Gang Stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare, and it is a invisible warfare
program using PSI and remote viewing psychology.
Although mankind’s evolutionary history and a man’s past experiences have shaped
his subconscious mind’ in one way or another. Throughout our lives and through the
evolutionary history we have been subjected to many things that have subconsciously
programmed who we are, and from a gravitional force persepctive how this then
creates all forms of subconsciously limitations of thought-pattern of duality. If
one think of the human double Helix strand represents the relationship betweeen
levels of Consciousness and Awareness. Around 2-3% of the human dna strand is in
use and the other 97-98% is called the junk DNA. If one think in terms of a
computer, would anyone be satisfied if they just have a basic computer program
using just 2-3% of its fully potentials, and then knowing there is another 97-98%
unused capability to be activated…? This also represents the relationship between
the physical three dimensional reality (2%) of the brain and the spiritual fifth
dimensional reality (98%) unused energy. The Consciousness ego controls only 2% of
the thoughts, only 40 bites per second, while the subconscious controls 98% of all
thoughts and memories of the brain, 11 billions bits per second, and the the
Superconscious is the true Self and is connected to the Divine. So the
subconsciousness is like a subconsciously working and consuming gravitational force
that´s through the evolutionary history has been affected and controlled through
the powers. The unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities controls the
Matrix thought pattern.
The Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its
power. The Matrix world is based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and
exploitation. We have been taught that the artificial reality of the Matrix is all
there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But the truth is
that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a co-
creator of your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world
that doesn´t benefit higher consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up
to control and dominate humankind to enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its
subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own power. Once human through
practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any control.
A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can
choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.
Scriptures reveals; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and
designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The
desires and carnal mind could be termed as “desire consciousness” and the lower
matrix is linked to the state of the carnal mind or desire consciousness, and
desire consciousness is also mass consciousness, and mass consciousness is been
used in organized gang stalking.
Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All human beings are born with carnal
minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind is hostile to
God. Carnal mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are
not spiritually discerned.
The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.
Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. Satan
rules the world through the carnal mind and mass consciousness. This includes
organized gang stalking.
The carnal mind is ruled by Satan (the ultra ego) and the mind prison is the result
when everything spiritual is turned off (real self, real reality and real
knowledge). In other terms the carnal mind represent the veil of ignorance and
there is three knots of bondage in the human energy-body-system that prevents new
information and energy from be configurated to higher levels of consciousness. The
system of the carnal mind will target everything that trying to open these three
knots of ignorance and free themselves from the imprisoned state of mind and
enslavment.
Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and humans is the only species who
invented their own prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the The Three
Knots of bondage and limitations.
opposite to Divine Consciousness. The carnal mind is been ruled by Beta brain
waves, and divine consciousness is referred to the right brain and divine theta
brain waves of love and bliss. The carnal mind using fear, pain and terror to stay
in control and domination, and the carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to
protect the carnal mind. The divine theta brain waves requires a relaxed and silent
enviroment to reach the state of theta, and the whole organized gang stalking is
designed to create all forms of constant sounds and noise harassment. Organized
Gang Stalking is a product of the carnal mind to protect the desires of the carnal
nature of materialism and the carnal mind of the ego holds the concepts of fear
programming and fear is the component that holds matter together. Fear and matter
is duality, and the Archons created two worlds out of one, and the other world is
the matrix, the mind prison. And the Archons don´t want anyone to change the state
of duality to the state of Oneness, where the ego and duality will be dissolved.
They have genetic manipulated human into the lower vibrational frequency state or
the 2 dna strand and unplugged the other etheric 10 dna strands.
The 2 dna strand is the physical strands and represent the carnal “flesh” body/mind
and its carnal desires of nature, and when someone awakening their unplugged 10
etheric dna strands, then will the carnal nature and designed organzied gang
stalking program startusing anyone, at anytime and anywhere with constant stalking
and constant harassment, and create a eviroment with constant pressure of
negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic and so on to suppress all efforts of
spiritual progress, spiritual movement forward, spiritual drive and spritual
enlightment.
Who is particiapting in organized gang stalking? Then Organized Gang Stalking is
the carnal nature, organized gang stalking is everyhwre where there is a carnal
mind, and that´s why organized gang stalking program can use anyone, at anytime and
anywhere. The carnal mind is the stalker of the mind. They don´t need any machines
when they synhronize or simultanously start their interfering actions in real time,
because they using the human ego, hive mind and mass consciousness within the
matrix.
Organized Gang Stalking is built up around the psychology of triggering and
sensitizing the mind with negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic, pain,
suffering, anger, horror, terror.
a distortion in your thinking pattern. Organized Gang Stalking is designed and
including every spiritual and psychological methods to triggering fear and induce
stress and worries the mind. If organized gang stalkers can´t triggering your fear
patterns enough, then does a computer generated voice in the airs start beaming and
looping words as worry, worry, worry, anxiety, anxiety, anxiety when you eating
food, or a neighbor above walking out to their balcony and starts fake coughing
when you eating. Organized Gang Stalking is where the carnal mind is. The Matrix
and Beast system is where the carnal mind is, and organized gang stalking is within
the beast system and the matrix. The beast system has get a computer generated
speaking voice. Organized Gang Stalkers is connected to this beast system and the
matrix. It is the carnal mind of the beast that rules organized gang stalking. That
´s why departments also participating in organized gang stalking.
outside factor.
The organized gang stalking program is designed to make the targeted individuals
body-energy-system operate in primal instinct mode and under constant repressed
state, and it is designed to create a endless negative feedback loop where they don
´t see any future, has no drive, has no faith, has no visions, has no spiritual
progres, no movement forward. They sensitizing and triggering the human body system
into a cognitive anxiety state of the mind with a broken feedback loop. The goal is
with organized gang stalking is to triggering and provoke the targeted individual
to irrational thought pattern, triggering the human thinking pattern by subtle
threats and triggering to paranoia. Fear, stress, constant stalking, subtle
threats, create sleep deprivation, and then triggering paranoia, create a
gaslighting enviroment together create confusion.
Constant sound is poison for the meditating state of mind and constant interference
with noise and sounds is poison for the divine theta brain waves of bliss and
intuition.
Fear and anxiety are distinguished in that fear is a response to the presence of a
real threat and involves our automatic fight or flight mechanism, while anxiety is
usually a general feeling of apprehension without a specific or known threat. What
happens when fear takes over is that the energy that was running your internal
immune system now switches your autonomic nervous system over to a sympathetic
nervous system response. This is the process of organized gang stalking; to
triggering all form of negative stress symptoms in the human body. Beta brain waves
is the only brain waves that is related to fear, stress and anxiety and organized
gang stalking triggering these emotions and thoughts by dailiy sensitizing. Yoga
teaching learn how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by
lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation
evolving towards the alpha, theta and theta brain waves. Meditation is the process
of configuration of higher soul energy and through this process one changing slowly
changing from the ego to the real Higher self.
Practically speaking, when we shut off our internal mind-talk and concentrate our
attention through things like intention, meditation, prayer, or contemplation, we
tune ourselves into this subtle, spiritual, quantum-level energy matrix. When this
energy is allowed to transfer to our DNA (without interruption from negative
attitudes or limiting beliefs), it affects the molecular and cellular levels that
drive all our physical metabolic processes. This is why we have the ability to heal
ourselves through prayer, meditation or conscious intention.’
Chakras are the ultimate funnels that allow us to move in between our various ways
of being, from the physical to the spiritual and back again. Not only do chakras
transfer information between the physical and subtle realms, but they can also
transform one into the other. On a concrete basis, a transformer is an electrical
device that changes the electricity of one voltage or measurement into another.
Through this process they can also alter one type of energy so that it becomes a
different type of energy.
This means that chakras move energies from higher to lower states (and vice versa),
as well as inside the body to outside the body. They also pass energy between
various planes of existence (which will be described in the next chapter) and
between one’s own body, mind, and soul and those of others. As if they weren’t busy
enough with these tasks, they are also turning physical energy into subtle (and
vice versa). In other words, they act like transformers.
One must overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of
liberation can be found in the bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from
the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a new energy, and this will then be
the new root chakra.
Organized Gang Stalking is the opposite to what Yoga teaching learns how to shut
off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by lowering, quitening, stilling
and emptying the brain and through meditation.
When someone starts lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain beta
waves, the carnal mind and its carnal nature working with constant raising them
again by triggering and and by induce negativity, stress, fear, and pain.
The carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to disturb, distract and distort
a silent and relaxed state of mind and prevent it from activate the lower theta
brain waves. Theta brain waves removes fear programs and fear concepts that rules
the old evolutionary brain. When theta brain waves is in actions it removes fear
programming, and the carnal mind again starts the opposite actions by inducing more
negativity, stree and fear into the targeted individuals life.
The Organized Gang Stalking program using firecrackers to stress up your mind.
In the movie The Matrix, humanity is enslaved by an artificial intelligence we
ourselves created. Humans are kept in pods while their bodies are used as energy
sources to support the machinery of artificial intelligence. To keep us enslaved,
the artificial intelligence creates a massive, interactive, virtual reality for
humans. And by meticulously controlling the neurons in our brains, the artificial
intelligence manages to deceive us into thinking this virtual world is the real
world. Organized Gang Stalking constantly working to sensitizing and triggering
emotions and thoughts (neurons in the brain) and using sounds, noise harassment,
syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies they
rushing up the human neurons in the brain. Fear, stress, intimidation is part of
this long term ongoing spiritual and psychological warfare.
by life itself.
The expansion of human consciousness due to the awakening of the human species mind
would further the development of naturalized, life-focused ethical philosophy; that
would aid the breaking out of the intangible, social prison cages of the
ideological slave-driving machine.
There are forces all around us affecting our every move and changing the very
fabric of reality.” Chances are, you find yourself in the first or the second
group, or perhaps you move back and forth between the two. But consider for a
moment the perspective of the mystery man who offered you the pills, who clearly
belongs to the small third group. He may be paranoid, but that doesn’t mean those
forces aren’t out to get him—and us.
The grand mechanisms that direct our choices, often without our knowledge, can
leave us feeling less than human. In The Matrix, humans retain their fleshy bodies,
but those bodies are mere energy generators for the empire of the AI machines.
Plugged into the Matrix, they are part of a program that constructs a seemingly
normal life for them, while all the while they are being sucked dry for the benefit
of their evil mechanical overlords. Thus, they are no more than machines
themselves.
The Poison Planter Satan is a master at planting seeds of doubt. Planting seeds of
doubt and using deceit are obviously the Devil’s tools. Organized Gang Stalking
using gaslighting and this method is been used to drive people to madness. The
damage of gaslighting is that it is confusing, isolating, and often results in you
questioning your own reality. The goal with gaslighting is to create a manipulated
enviroment where one start thinking if they can trust their own senses and
quiestioning reality. Gaslighting is when a person makes another person doubt their
perceptions, memories and sometimes even sanity.
Gaslighting is the systematic attempt by one person or even through organized gang
stalking to erode another´s reality or perception. Gaslighting is a form of
psychological abuse in which false information is presented in such a way as to
make the target doubt their own memory and perception. It is a deliberate ploy that
occurs between the two individuals or between a targeted individual and organized
gang stalking -the covert aggressor and the target.
The endgame is that the person being gaslighted thinks he or she is going crazy,
and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive the targeted to madness. This
is the goal with organized gang stalking; gaslighting is the worst form of
deceptions to create confusion in the mind.
Gaslighting is been used by departments like healthcare and and social wellfare.
For example doctors changing shirt. Social wellfare secretary trying to make you
believe you hear things, and sending two different appointment time by gmail. The
first mail has a appointment time, day after there is new a appointment time, and
the first gmail has been removed. The social wellfare secretary sending two
different mail with two different appointment times, and someone else hacked into
the gmail and removed the first apppoinment time. So the organized gang stalking
program even using gmail to affect your mind by gaslighting your mind. Even energy
companies participating in organized gang stalking in this area of land. Energy
companies using street lights; at night the turn off the light outside your window,
and at daytime they turn on the light, and they turn on streets light when your are
outdoors and exercise. In food stores the cashier also using gaslighting
psychology; if the credit card register shows the sum of your food products 250
crones, you can hear the cashier saying it cost 150 crones in the background when
you paying with your credit card. This is also a form of constructed deception or
gaslighting to streghten all other actions of organized gang stalking.
The process of gaslighting distorts our sense of reality and makes us disbelieve
what we see, hear or experiencing through our perception. This is how the oragnized
gang stalking actions and gaslighting taking place. Its street theater for the
eyes, its street theater for the ears, and its is gaslighting for perception. It
disturb, distract and distort reality.
As clever and as crafty as Satan was in the Garden of Eden, he is the same outside
of the garden. Satan’s methodical movements of cleverness are often seen as the
same methods of darkness, but looks can be deceiving, as he himself is the king of
deception. The darkness of Satan can often be likened to that of a skilled chess
player eager to win over his opponent during the competition of a game. Thus, in
the game of chess, each of the six types of pieces move differently and have
different amounts of authority over the other pieces. In other words, each piece
has its own position, but the queen can win the game. Chess pieces attack and
capture other chess pieces with the objective of checkmating the opponent’s king by
placing it under an inescapable threat of capture. This is the method of organized
gang stalking,
This is the dialog of Satan when he approaches God to try to “shift” the saints of
God. His attempt is to apprehend and state publicly before the throne of God
“Checkmate!” as he attempts to win the game. What you and I must understand is
that, as it is with the game of chess, the king—Satan—is restricted in movement as
it pertains to the “game” on the board. The same is said in this life. Satan is
restricted in movement, and the queen—the body of Christ—has authority over him by
the power of the Word. The queen has the ability to move in places on the board
that Satan does not have. The queen—the body of Christ—has the power to win the
game because it has the fortitude to do so. The queen stands on the thrust of the
King of Kings, who has already won in final victory.
One can think at the Matrix and the mind-prison on Earth as a chessboard ruled with
three dimensional methods of control and deceptions that creates an illusionary
restriction of movement. Satan´s goals has always been to disturb, distract and
distort the human mind so they don´t have knowledge to find the real Self and
through this understand they have the power to move out of the chess game in the
three dimensional world, the matrix, the mind prison, or the illusionary
dreamworld.
The core of Satan’s plan is the hijacking of our consciousness and the creation of
a hive mind. If the king on the chess represent Satan and the ego perception of the
five senses, so does the Queen represents the sixth sense and third eye of
intuition. Humans can´t win the spiritual chess game by using the carnal mind and
mass consciousness Satan have access to, one need to connect to the sixth sense and
third eye of intuition.
The Darwin evolutionary theory may just be another form of created deceptions by
same entities that have genetic manipulated the human dna strand and how knowledge
about all these endless mind control methods everyone using.
Humankind is trapped and captivated within history by a “evolutionary lock”. When
they genetic manipulated the human dna strand and unplugged ten of twelve dna
strands they also trapped humankind within a history. The numbers of dna strands
represents information and enlightment, and by disconnect and unplugged 10 dna
strands, humans can´t acces higher levels of consciousness and configuration this
information into the cells.
One can think like this; the 2 dna strand is the “locked matrix” and the junk dna
holds the key to the lock. The lack of information blocks the energy-soul-
configuration to higher levels of consciousness.
Through “maya psychology” and the veil of ignorance the dna helix is in slumbering
state of mind, or dreamstate, and when Mankinds mind is asleep they forget the true
spiritual nature of who they are and where they come form. This creates a
“evolutionary lock” for spiritual progress because humankind is been trapped and
imprisoned in history or within the 2 dna strand, the matrix, and this becomes the
mind prison, and then creates the egos “dreamworld”, and humankind then is trapped
in the artificial and virtual bubble of reality. And organized gang stalking is
part of the beast system that captivates, traps, and imprisoned humankind into the
matrix.
Every living being is under the governance of Maya (Illusion). In emotional
attachment to Maya the whole world is asleep. It forgets its true spiritual nature
and is asleep to it, but is awake to material consciousness. It is from this Maya,
the enticer, has captivated the whole world. In ignorance he fails to realize the
purpose of life and remains perpetually in bondage. Where, as ego separates the
soul from God, maya prolongs the separation by projecting the real as false and
false as real, deluding, thus, it keeps the soul in its grip. It allures and
captivates the individual. It allures and captivates the individual. Only the
egocentric gets into its web.
The souls are entangled in matter and release is made possible when the difference
between the nature of the soul and matter is recognized. The human soul is released
through recognizing that the world as caused is an illusion.
“maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind. This mind is
controlled by the second chakra and the Moon, which controls all the waters and
emotions (even the maya-hypnotized).
The System or the “beast system” and the matrix is built up around controlling
certain brain wave frequencies that keep the genetic manipulation in place within a
energy grid. There is seven major chakras and everyone represents a certain
frequency, the higher up on the chakra ladder one ascending the higher frequencies
is made availabale. The lower matrix is represented through low vibrational
frequencies and its ruler is fear based consciousness or fear frequencies. Fear
controls everything. Its repress, oppress and supppress. Satan is ultra ego.
One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon the same electromagnetic
spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio station,
broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electro-
magnetic energy spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are
ways of changing your neural system!’ These neural patterns link together creating
something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass mind which is the common
sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible
psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this
realm that the sorcerer can do his best work.
A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only
your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological
information processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as
illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual
warfare on a grand scale. Humans biologically cannot fight against an enemy they
cannot see, and Satan knows if he can cut your phone line to God that he has got
you forever in his grip. Psychological warfare today involves production of weapons
using acoustic waves at a controlled hertz to totally control a human being’s body
from a distance like remote control without a shot ever having to be fired.
Triggering various electromagnetic fluctuations can affect brainwaves that then
alter human emotion and physical well-being. Because all humans have a traceable
electromagnetic fingerprint, Satan wants you to dial into his broadcast so he can
pinpoint you even more with demonic activity.
Just to be sure you understand Satan’s game plan, let us now recap what we have
previously learned to get an even bigger picture of just how Satan’s frequency of
his universal collective consciousness can one day soon totally control mankind.
ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain.
This system operates similar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the
program director who selects the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen
humanity produce the programming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false
doctrine). The station then transmits the message over the air. However, you cannot
pick up t he station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency. All
of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station “WORLD” with the volume turned all the
way up. The receiver is the flesh, which is attracted to Satan’s frequency. All
three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh, and the Devil.
Satan (the ultra ego) has power over the air medium, according to the Bible. Air
carries large amounts of electromagnetically charged waves. Magnetic resonance is
the key Satan uses to interact and taunt humanity. His power to manipulate natural
frequency and wavelengths produces an ill effect on pineal gland hormone
production. This explains why Satan’s army is feverishly installing tracking
devices in everything. Once perfected, such technology will secure biological
control over the brain and keep mankind in a mentally altered state tuned to evil.
Resonances received by electrical communication devices allow signals from certain
frequencies while rejecting others. Years ago, it was a proven fact that a
transducer could modify spoken words into ELF waves to be heard in your head
telepathically. Today they using syntethic telepathy and voice to skull technology.
A powerful electromagnetic grid forms a web around our globe. This grid of ley
lines connect all megalithic monuments, built using sacred harmonic geometry, to
magnify Satan’s covering so he can rule over Earth’s kingdoms.
At present human evolution, communication between our body and the hidden ten
strands of DNA has been very limited —perhaps at 15% efficiency. The key to
increasing DNA communication lies within electromagnetism, because DNA is really a
super conductor of current. And the tiny currents within DNA set up small magnetic
fields. In other words, there is an EM component to our genetic structure, just as
in all other aspects of our body — in intracellular tissue, heart movement as well
as brain function.
Man’s history has been one of development from the state of mass unconscious
reactions to that of a slowly recognised group responsibility. The low-grade human
being or the unthinking individual has a collective consciousness. He may regard
himself as a person, but he does no clear thinking as to human relations, or as to
the place of humanity in the scale of being. He is easily swayed by the mass or
collective thought, and is regimented and standardised by mass psychology. He moves
in rhythm with the mass of men; he thinks as they think (if he thinks at all); he
easily feels as the mass feels, and he remains undifferentiated from his kind. Mass
psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective,
though undeveloped, consciousness.
When uou are able to get your conscious mind in control and shut off the auopilot
of your ego, you start to be able to make your life to a magical adventure. We have
to figure out how to put the ego in the background and keep it out of the driver
seat. The ego is the default operating system and its basic purpose is survival. By
turning off the autopilot one turn off the default routine functions, and through
this one is able to re-program the mind in new directions, and can tap into the
unlimited creative power of the real Self.
The ego want´t to control and dominate and using fear. Fear is linked to control,
and control is linked to autopilot thinking pattern. Autopilot is a response to
fear. When humans are scared they switch to automatic.
The autopilot state of the mind is what prevents the third eye of intuition from be
activated. The ego and intellect is the opposite to intuition, and may even be the
enemy within because it prevents anything from be changed and evolved. The ego,
intellect and autopilot prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. From a
brain wave perspctive the beta waves (left brain hemisphere) suppresses theta waves
(right brain hemisphere) and beta waves is been govern by the ego, intellect and
autopilot and prevents divine/bliss theta waves from awakening and influenicng with
its healing powers.
Beta brain waves is the autopilot of thinking that prevents divine theta waves from
be activated and beta brain waves (autopilot) is what prevents the third eye of
intuition from opening. Fear closing the third eye and autopilot is the response of
this fear, and the autopilot is the default setting where the ego controls,
operates and dominates the lower matrix. When one learn to shut of the beta brain
waves one also shut of the default setting of the autopilot.
Fear lies at the very heart of much of ego’s driving force. As much as it may
disguise, delude and deceive itself, fear is what drives the ego toward narcissism
(control), arrogance (compensation) and defense.
The collective mass-narcissism keep humankind imprisoned in the dreamworld and
illusions. If one convert the veil of ignorance that is in place is the collective
mass-narcissism and this the materialistic three dimensional world, ignorance or
narcissism is the state of mind when one don´t has the ability to see through the
illusionary world of matter.
As the ego or the egoic mind is the matrix composed by all the thoughts, beliefs,
concepts, ideas, biases and assumptions that you picked up along the way, are not
yours and that create within you a false sense of self and a false notion of who
you are, the “Higher Mind” is, in fact, your real mind, made of your true essence
and it contains your most pure sense of self.
economic systems.
Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass
consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism, and these methods can
be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety,
pain, mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix.
Organized Gang Stalking set up a stage of actions of intimidation and then staging
of strange events intended to disorient the target indivudal and make them insecure
and afraid. In order to gain control and manipulate another person a covert
aggressor will employ positive reinforcement tactics such as praise, approval, even
sympathy to draw you in. Then the aggressor will create a growing climate of fear
and self-doubt with the use of intermittent positive and negative reinforcement
(threats, intimidation, even playing the victim) to disorient the targeted person.
The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone
through fear. Satan (the ultra ego) wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions
and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding
you off.
Rejection is one of Satan´s intimidation strategies. When one begin to advance in
the area for spiritual progress, they subtle start to set up the stage for
intimidation. Fear and intimidations is part of the strategies in organized gang
stalking.
When the intimidators come, their biggest weapons are words—threatening to harm, to
disgrace, and to take away something of value. The demon that accompanies all
intimidators on their mission is called fear. The demon of fear stands in the
forefront to bark like a mad dog, while the human intimidator breathes threats.
Mass consciousness using all form of sounds as a weapons and this is the main
component in organized gang stalking
Energy systems that are guided only by the ego are more likely to be engulfed into
the influential power of the mass of collective energy. Ego based energy systems
often perceive the world as being a terrible, negative place to live. Their
perceptions create hostility and hate within them.
They project their negativity into the world, feeding the negativity within the
mass of collective energy. This negativity is what positive, awakened energy
systems are constantly fighting against. Positive awakened energy systems are
higher conscious beings that can see past the smokescreens of the ego to get to the
truth. Since the mass of collective energy is predominantly derived from the
unconscious ego, awakened energy systems are considered outcasts and have to lead a
life of repressed identity.
When the right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto
obtain information. When your´re centered and balanced, your energy will start
expanding; it´ll start going up your spine again, then it expands out of the body ,
but including the body, into the experience that we tend to call bliss.
Energy, information is light and it has been social and genetic manipulated and
enginered for eons and thosuends of years, generation after generation.
Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the
principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present
darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12).
Organized gangstalking has many simularities with how cults working
Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their followers
confidence in themselves and in their followers own belief systems. Probably the
most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of
gaslighting.
Cults know that if they can control your relationships then they can control you
(same in gangstalking)
Gangstalking; if they can control your relationships then they can control you, if
they can control your access to information they control your life, if they can
control your sleep they control your life, time and even you health (when you are
lack of sleep and tired)
Cults; Those who control the information control the person. In a mind control cult
any information from outside the cult is considered evil, especially if it is
opposing the cult. Members are told not to read it or believe it.
Gangstalking; Changing a person’s environment can also refer to the sudden
rejection of their information or opinions, setting permissible topics to discuss,
and having strict control over their communication
Cults also try to cut you off from your friends and family because they hate others
being able to influence you (same in gangstalking, no support system)
Gangstalking/isolation and ostracism includes controlling a person’s social
activity: who they see, who they talk to, where they go and any other method to
limit their access to others. It may also include limiting what material is read
Cults; A mind control cult will seek to manoeuvre your life so as to maximize your
contact with cult members and minimize your contact with people outside the group,
especially those who oppose your involvement.
Gangstalking; An important element of psychological control is the isolation of the
victim from the outside world
Cults: Many pathways have subtle or obvious rules or pressure tactics lo keep
members in the fold, in a state of fear, in a state of wickedness, in a state of
manipulation of reality and derception. If you declare that you are ready to move
on, the institution goes into intense threat-and- survival mode. Leaders tell you
that you need to stay in the organization for life or you will be lost or go to
hell, they hi-jacking your communication and information channels by closing down
your internet and all your tv-channels to try make you even more dependent of them
as abusers.
Gangstalking; Isolation reduces the opportunity of the abused to be rescued or
escape from the abuse. It also helps disorientate the abused and makes the abused
more dependent on the abuser. The degree of power and control over the abused is
contingent upon the degree of his or her physical or emotional isolation
Cults: Mind control cults keep their members so busy with meetings and activities
that they become too busy and too tired to think about their involvement.
Gangstalking: Mind control. They feeding your brain with negativity, traumabasing,
overwhelming, floodings, pain, terror, sensitizing, stress, fear, anxiety, paranoia
activities, and what´s feeding your mind controls your life. They mental garbaging
your brain and mind to keep you busy and tired.
Cults; Time control also helps the cult keep their members immersed in the
manufactured cult environment.
Gangstalking; Time control or sleep deprivation helps the government abuser keep
their targeted individual in the manufactured gangstalking surreality enviroment
they have created. Gangstalking – controlling people, if they can control your
sleep they control your life
Fear is the force that drives a cult
Fear is the force that drives gangstalking (people walking around on the streets
and trying fearmongering your life and trying to scare you with sounds around your
apartment)
Cults; People in a mind control cult will also hide their true thoughts and
feelings, and instead wear a mask which presents them as a perfect cult member.
This mask is a defense against being reported to leadership and being punished for
not measuring up (cult members never feel like they measure up to the cult’s
ideals, and yet often believe the other members around them do, when in reality the
others feel the same as them). Hence cult members are trained not only to deceive
outsiders, but also to deceive their fellow cult members.
Gangstalking; Gangstalking is a masquerade “Wolves in mental sheep´s clothing”.
They are dressed as all others, but their evil double-minded and twisted purposes
are hidden agendas (hidden masks) to psycological torture, harm, terrorize and
traumabase. The walking around here and there and spreading mental poison and
mental garbage. They deceiving people, and gaslighting them to make them confused,
and manipulate their perception and enviroment. The manipulation of a person’s
environment without their control creates a sense of powerlessness by subjecting
the person to intense and confusing actions which are intense and often conflict
each other. You can understand why this constant form of torture is likely to
create anxiety. Environmental manipulation causes emotional distress and impacts
cognitive processes, values, ideas, attitudes, conduct, and ability to reason or
make decisions. Changing a person’s environment can also refer to the sudden
rejection of their information or opinions, setting permissible topics to discuss,
and having strict control over their communication.
Organized Gang Stalking – Simularities to Malignant narcissism
When you disconect from duality, disconnect from dualism, disconnect from
polarities, disconnects dichtomized thinking, disconnect from the abuser or ruler —
today we this phenomenia in government promoted and organized gang stalking.
Dark Triad: A psychological term that refers to the combination of three
personality disorders/traits: Antisocial, Narcissistic, and Machiavellian (this
last one is not an official personality disorder, but more a series of traits.)
It may be related to an observation by Muris and colleagues about the dark triad.
They point out that while extreme cruelty is rare, lying, cheating, bullying, and
domineering over others are not. The monster who commits mass violence may begin as
“evil-lite:” harboring a festering grievance or grudge-holding. This results in
passive aggressive acts, or overt anger, or taking advantage of others, or
interpersonal intimidation, or verbal aggression, or any combination of these. This
evil-lite (what we call the “shadows” of the dark triad or the dusky cast of the
malignant points) may deepen until it morphs into rage that permits the
justification of harming others.
Malignant narcissism is a psychological syndrome comprising an extreme mix of
narcissism, antisocial behavior, aggression, and sadism. Often grandiose, and
always ready to raise hostility levels, the malignant narcissist undermines
families and organizations in which they are involved, and dehumanizes the people
with whom they associate.
Gang Stalking – covert and overt aggression, raising hostily, triggering
aggression, provoking, undermines, dehumanizes, satanic, systematic, ritualistic
Malignant narcissism; The social psychologist Erich Fromm first coined the term
“malignant narcissism” in 1964, describing it as a “severe mental sickness”
representing “the quintessence of evil”. He characterized the condition as “the
most severe pathology and the root of the most vicious destructiveness and
inhumanity”
Organized Gang Stalking is maliciousness and insidious form of abuse of humans and
including; mind control, brainwashing, Mk Ultra, sound tortrure, frequency weapon,
EMF technology, Voice to Skull, Telepathic Telepathy, Sensitizing, Victimizing,
Trauma-basing, Slandering, Mockering, Intimidation, Demonizing, Dehumanisation,
Demoralisation, Sleep deprivation, Psychic driving, Stalking and Persecution,
Ostracism and exclusion, Gaslighting, Crazy making, Communication interference,
Noise harassment, Anhoring, Chaining, Sensitizing, Triggering, Fear mongering,
Attacking Self-image and self-confident, attacking willpower, and together this
representing what Fromm calls “the quintessence of evil”.
Malignant narcissism and gangstalkers; . A narcissist will deliberately damage
other people in pursuit of their own selfish desires.
Narcissistic abuse is covert, and often disguised as love and care, but it’s
anything but. It’s not a single act of cruelty like an insulting comment, or verbal
abuse laced with a string of profanities. It’s the insidious, gradual, and
intentional erosion of a person’s sense of self-worth. It’s a combination of
emotional and psychological abuse aimed at undermining a person’s identity for the
sole purpose of obtaining control for personal gain. It can involve patterns of
dominance, manipulation, intimidation, emotional coercion, withholding, dishonesty,
extreme selfishness, guilt-mongering, rejection, stonewalling, gaslighting,
financial abuse, extreme ealous , and possessiveness.
What triggers Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome?
Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome (NAS) often develops as the result of psychological and
emotional abuse, spiritual abuse, gaslighting, baiting and bashing, belittiling,
hidden abuse, shaming, projection, smear campaigns, a false narrative, threats,
distortion of conversations, circular conversations, word salad games, exploitative
games, refusal to ever have a normal conversation, diversion and false accusations,
omition of facts for the benefit of one person and the destruction of another. It
is a type of PTSD. It often causes victims to feel defenseless and beaten down
(these methods is used in organized gang stalking)
Gang Stalking program and Psychopaths seek to humiliate their targets. They find
kind & cheerful people & slowly transform them into an unrecognizable mess of
insecurities & anxiety. By manufacturing jealousy & contempt, they unravel easy-
going people & leave them as a shell of their former selves. The victim is left
blaming themselves, confused & embarrassed by their own behavior. Meanwhile, the
psychopath plays innocent & moves along to the next target to begin the same cycle.
TYPICAL PROFILE OF AN ABUSER Very charming and smooth, controlling, splitting
(seeing a person as all good or all bad), minimization, rationalization, denial,
justifies, brandishing anger, points fingers, shames, reads into things, insolent
pride, must win, guilt trip, intimidation, evasion, shaming, manipulative, do as I
say not as I do (their actions do not match their words), the perpetual victim,
condescending, patronizing, superior, entitled, lies, excuses, people who go
against what I say should be punished, it is always someone else’s fault, the rules
don’t apply to me, feigning innocence, feigning confusion, charms, vilifying the
target or victim, not interested in talking things out or coming to a mutual
understanding, will play judge and jury over others, will pretend to love the
victim to onlookers and in the charmed circle, will feign concern for the victim,
will feel sorry for themselves but not sorry for how they have effected another
person, will work in unethical ways, will gaslight, bait a victim and bash the
victim, threaten, exploitative, word salad games and circular conversations. May
appear prideful, defensive, will not admit wrong doing and may hint at the fact
that the victim is crazy or mentally unstable therefore completely untrustworthy
and noncredible.
selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gangstalking).
A predominant characteristic…of the behavior of those I call evil is scapegoating.
Because in their hearts they consider themselves above reproach, they must lash out
at any one who does reproach them. They sacrifice others to preserve their self-
image of perfection.
Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I
individuals.
Goal for Organized Gang Stalking is to destroy identity, self-image, self-
confident, willpower
WHO THE ABUSERS TARGET?
Anyone that poses a threat to their image. But the most successful emotional abuse
cases are often conducted on very trusting and sensitive people. This is especially
true in regards to adult bullying situations. Often the target is either a people
pleaser or empathetic people. This type of person may self destruct because of
their inability NOT to soak in or even recognize all the abusive tactics their
perpetrators use to cause the person to emotionally and mentally deteriorate, even
believing the abusers assessment on them. This just serves as further proof in the
Sociopath’s smear campaign on the victim. This can be devastating for someone who
has already been rejected, slandered and hated to have more people turn against
them
Covert and overt aggression
Those who are evil are masters of disguise; they are not apt to wittingly disclose
their true colors–either to others or to themselves. Because they are such experts
at disguise, it is seldom possible to pinpoint the maliciousness of the evil. The
disguise is usually impenetrable p 76….Naturally, since it is designed to hide its
opposite
The Narcissist: Coercion and control of others
Evil is the exercise of political power–that is, the imposition of one’s will upon
others by overt or covert coercion–in order to avoid…spiritual growth…Because their
willfulness is so extraordinary–and always accompanied by a lust for power–evil are
more likely than most to politically aggrandize themselves…..There is a remarkable
power in the manner in which they attempt to control others.
A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat.
A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat. They want you to stay alive because
they’ve put a lot of time and energy into making you the cause for all of their
problems.
Even if it came to a point where you were seen as useless or god forbid you were
able to escape, your garden-variety narcissist probably wouldn’t want to kill you.
However they could certainly push you to the point where you want to die.
Lacking in empathy, he would effortlessly humiliate and coldly dismiss you when
you’re at your lowest. He would justify his hurtful and destructive actions by
saying you made him do it. He had no choice but to be so despicable in his actions.
He would then walk away with his new supply and try to suppress the shame. He may
look back and check on you, not because he cares, but because he wouldn’t want your
death to be on his conscience (which he would, again, justify).
A malignant narcissist would slow-kill you or allow another person to do the job
for them.
The Narcissist: Symbiotic relationship
Another form of devastation that narcissistic intrusiveness can create is the
symbiotic relationship. “Symbiosis”–as we use the term in psychiatry–is not a
mutually beneficial state of interdependence. Instead it refers to a mutually
parasitic and destructive coupling. In the symbiotic relationship neither partner
will separate from the other even though it would obviously be beneficial to each
if they could.
I doubt that it is possible for two utterly evil people to live together in the
close quarters of a sustained marriage. They would be too destructive for the
necessary cooperation….In every evil couple, if we could examine them closely
enough, I image we would find one partner at least slightly in thrall to the other.
For adults to be the victims of evil, they too must be powerless to escape….They
may be powerless by virtue of their own failure of courage….bound by chains of
laziness and dependency.
Malignant narcissism hates what he can´t control and evil organized gang stalking
hates what he can´t mind control or brainashing
If you belonged to the world, it would love you as its own. As it is, you do not
belong to the world, but I have chosen you out of the world. That is why the world
hates you (John 15:19). This Bible verse symbolizing the Earthly Duality and
Spiritual Oneness, when somone is chosen out from the Earthly and dualistic world
they hates you.
Duality. We live in a dualistic world. Every issue has been polarized. In the west
we see these poles as opposites. Day and night are the opposite extremes of light
and dark. Because of the duality you were not able to see the beauty of oneness, of
an organic unity; you were not able to see the light.
The mechanistic world view has fragmented the human mind. The conditioned energy
gave birth to the error of dualism. The condition of “ignorance” consists, then, of
a state of mind in which one is exclusively focused on “earth plane” reality, with
its dualism and fragmentation.
Now, there is always some transcendence, even in the transcendental forms of
religious mediation. Here we find, once again, in relation to sacrifice, the
doublet structure of theology. It is thus possible to explain that the term
“transcendent(al)” is excluded from duality, like a scapegoat third term (tiers-
émissaire) (Girard), an exclusion that permits the hierarchical organization of the
duality and the constitution of a closed group.
John 15:19 describes the earthly duality, and because you don´t belong to the
earthly duality your are excluded from the duality belongingness, and this starts
the scapegoating process of isolation, persecution, harassing, destruction or
sacrifice. The journey goes forward and upwards to the Third Eye where this duality
and polarities are transformed to Oneness and Light.
Machiavellian people and Malignant narcissism and organized gang stalking are same
and have same goal of domination
“The narcissist devours people, consumes their output, and casts the empty,
writhing shells aside.” —Sam Vaknin
Machiavellianism is “the employment of cunning and duplicity in statecraft or in
general conduct”.
In modern psychology, Machiavellianism is one of the dark triad personalities,
characterized by a duplicitous interpersonal style, a cynical disregard for
morality and a focus on self-interest and personal gain.
Malignant narcissists and psychopaths will ultimately demean, exploit, and hurt
anyone who comes into relationship with them.
Irrational positions and conversation, circular logic, word babble that seem to
produce nothing but confusion are common with both sociopaths and malignant
narcissists. Because of their personal delusion they may have trouble staying on
topic and commonly change the subject rather than follow the facts or deal with the
real issue. The narcissist may prefer to attack any opposition or opposing opinion,
whether real or imagined, with discrediting ad hominems or fictional accusations.
“Gaslighting” is a manipulative tactic that can be described in different
variations of three words: “That didn’t happen,” “You imagined it,” and “Are you
crazy?” Gaslighting is perhaps one of the most insidious manipulative tactics out
there because it works to distort and erode your sense of reality; it eats away at
your ability to trust yourself and inevitably disables you from feeling justified
in calling out abuse and mistreatment. This creates doubt.
Malignant narcissists can do more than call you names, degrade and belittle you.
Besides making your life miserable they can be dangerous to your life itself. If
their control is beginning to slip away as you began to heal your part of the
relationship their abuse may become physical. This threat can escalate rapidly and
take many forms of envy, jealousy, possessiveness and stalking.
“The Rules” use mirroring as a conversational habit and technique; it is used as a
Narcissistic Abuse tactic.
Mirroring – When malicious, it’s actually one of the most effective, emotionally
and psychologically abusive of all the abuse tactics.
Bottom line, when used to con and manipulate other people’s trust and emotions with
the self-promoting intent to manipulate, con, and ultimately to do harm
Mirroring, when used as a psychology term, tends to have a very specific
connotation, definition, and meaning.
While mirroring another person’s body postures, speech patterns, or mannerisms
Machiavellianism—A selfish, callous, manipulative philosophy and code of personal
behavior named for the 16th-century political adviser Niccolb Machiavelli, the
author of The Prince. It is not a personality disorder but rather an outlook and
behavior. People who are Machiavellian routinely manipulate others in a cynical and
unprincipled way to benefit themselves.
Malignant narcissism—A dangerous personality disorder, according to psychiatrist
Otto Kernberg, characterized by extreme, grandiose narcissism and self-absorption,
lack of empathy, defective conscience, readiness to use aggression to achieve
personal goals, and a suspicious, paranoid outlook.
Double Speaking and Malignant narcissism
Doublespeak is both an overt and covert conversation control tactic where the
speaker (as an Abuser) deliberately chooses to use euphemistic, ambiguous, or
obscure language while engaging in conversation.
it’s a verbal conversation tactic that by nature is inherently psychologically and
emotionally abusive.
That’s why is crucial for victims of Narcissistic abusers to understand that when a
Flying Monkey (acting as an Enabler) or a person with Cluster B personality uses
doublespeak techniques, they do so to control and manipulate another person. The
key to understanding situational ethics with regard to the use of doublespeak is to
define the speakers intent. Because a man holding up his hand and asking people to
report how many fingers he has — then telling them they are wrong if they say five
because technically speaking it’s four fingers and a thumb — has a conversational
agenda, once physically designed to meet or exceed attention-seeking, power, and
control needs.
People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a
selfish, self-centered, self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and
control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.
People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a
selfish, self-centered, self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and
control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.
It’s done to provoke while avoiding taking personal responsibility for antagonizing
or baiting.
But most of all, doublespeak is a covert speaking tactic used by competitive
speakers to control, deceive, and mislead other people into making hasty
generalizations (when used as a weapon employed as a conversation tactic).
It is a stonewalling tweak that mixes crazy talk on the part of a speaker with an
attempt of the listener to functionally clarify things — to the point the listener
loses his or her cool and ends up feeling, looking, or acting incredibly
frustrated.
By gaslighting victims into believing that stonewalling — an abuse tactic used to
dominate and control social interactions and conversations — is the same thing as
ending all forms of social enmeshment with an Abuser or toxic peer group after long
considered, deliberate, and mindful consideration, they seek to remain in social
and psychological control and (again) strive to pursue the retention of socially
improper power.
Stonewallers seek to control other people and strive to get their way 100% of the
time in each and every social situation — typically at the direct known and
publicly acknowledged expense of others.
At their most extreme, a person stonewalling would hear the cries of their victim
and reply (if at all) with a phrase that is or was metaphorically equivalent with
the pop culture fictional phrase, “It puts the lotion on its skin or else it gets
the hose again.”
The Abuser’s goal is to emotionally destroy and to utterly demoralize a target to
the point that they (meaning the victim) will do or say whatever the Abuser wants.
The Abuser gets the immediate satisfaction of having their wishes and desires — no
matter how irrational or illogical they are — met to the fullest, while they derive
sadistic pleasure from the abject psychological, stress-induced physical, and
emotional torture of their targeted victim(s).
Malignant narcissism – exluding from duality reality
This compulsive, coercive expression can be identified quite quickly as feelings of
grandiosity: be like us, the collective human organism, or you are not welcome.
Some expressions are sometimes stated in a nicer way than others, but always the
intention is reverse psychology with the purpose of intimidating and manipulating
by utilizing the weapon of guilt. This is a truly effective coercion when
habituated all through life. Malignant narcissism (subliminal conditioning) creates
an intellectual wall—the subconscious collectivist iron curtain—that perfectly
immobilizes the critic from any criticism or questionability toward society. With
almost no exceptions, this comment—impulsively triggered by an inability to process
criticism naturally, excessive entitlement, and magical thinking—manipulates the
critic away from the true subject and simultaneously enables the collectivist to
move on by ending the conversation.
Inhibitions:
Don’t express uniqueness!
Don’t express individuality!
Don’t express self-assurance!
Don´t express independent thinking
All these inhibitive rules produced by feelings of inferiority/pathological
narcissism, which generate envy and the urge to feel equal, result in arrogance and
excessive entitlement. This emotional process can generate narcissistic rage:
malignant emotions of resentment, attitude, irritation, anger, and aggression.
Narcissistic rage results in a subconscious narcissistic reaction: a sign of danger
triggered when a citizen expresses self-encouragement or individuality. In fact,
expressing self-assurance or individuality is a sign that the individual is lifting
one’s self-esteem, and at the same time, this is a true sign that the person is
liberating oneself from the collective human organism.
Inhibition:
Don’t try to educate/ As already thoroughly described. collectivism generates a
society that designs ways to indoctrinate its citizens—to maintain complete
intellectual control of its citizens. Society is therefore perfectly designed—
through the state-owned educational system, from daycare through university, and in
large parts through the state-owned public media. by controlling what people are
allowed to know—to keep people from gaining any insight into new and perhaps better
perspectives or ways of thinking. This control extends to a need to prevent any
foreign influence on society, and especially to prevent people from knowing the
truth about narcissistic collective oppression. What truly stands out as a vital
part in creating and containing the collective human organism is therefore this
exact rule: arrogance (magical thinking) disables anyone from leaching the
collectivist the factual truth about collectivism’s pathological mind game. This
course has completely destroyed all natural respect for age and wisdom, and as well
has destroyed the cognitive development process. As mentioned earlier, this
personal story proves why authoritarian-collective societies restrict information
and the right to travel. To prove my point, when claiming that collectivists
believe that they always personally know best I only have to refer to this rule.
However, this omniscient arrogant attitude is actually not imposed because
collectivists believe that they themselves truly know better. It is simply their
subconscious, deprived narcissistic defenses, hypersensitivity to criticism (an
inability to process shame in natural ways). and magical thinking that create this
arrogant behavior.
In the case of domestic violence, a situation that is always subject to severe
pathological narcissism, abusers control the abused by lowering their self-esteem
with verbal or physical abuse. The abused is eventually driven by feelings of
inferiority and dependency. So even after the abuse is finally filed with
authorities, the abused will frequently drop the charges due to emotions of guilt
and the need for contentment. The contentment of the abused is now found in
dependence on the abuser. This state of mind is referred to as Stockholm syndrome.
Satanic agenda and gangstalking simularities
Satan’s psychological state is troubled; he is restless and alienated Satan has his
own kingdom and he is campaigning day and night to get followers into this horrific
kingdom. Note how often it is used to refer to the intellectual and spiritual
darkness of Satan and his infernal kingdom of error.
Satan methods: Satan´s old ancient agenda
Gangstalking method: Gangstalking is a hidden political agenda
Satan methods; Make everyone believe he don´t exist
Gangstalking; Organized Gang Stalking is designed to not exist in same way Satan
either exist
Satan methods; Harassing, fear mongering, tormenting and terrorizing
Gangstalking; Harassing, fear mongering, tormenting and terrorizing
(psychological/political terrorism)
Satan; Spiritual warfare
Gangstalking; Psychological and political warfare
Satan; God is Satan´s enemy
Gangstalking; Spiritual awakening beings is the enemy (psychological terrorism) or
political opponents (political terrorism), independent thinker´s is the enemy
Satan; Attacking the mind on a spiritual or psychological level (harassing,
stalking and bullying)
Gangstalking; Attacking the mind with covert and overt aggression (harassing,
organized stalking and bullying)
Satan; The goal is The Battle of the Mind (transhumanism)
Gangstalking; The goal is the destruction of the Mind or human qualities
(transhumanism)
It is the end stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark propecy or
out.
Satan methods: Deception´s is Satan program
Gangstalking method: Organized Stalking is a destructive program built on deception
The democratic society is replaced by this hidden agenda and there is no longer any
humans rights for all people, and therefor it is legal to drive people insane,
psychological torture them, drive them to suicide and everyone is free to volunteer
and participate.
Satan methods: Satan call it spiritual warfare
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers call it psychological warfare
Satans methods: Trying make you believe your hear God´s voice speaking to you
Gangstalking methods: Using technology to lure people to think they hear God´s
speaking to them
In fact, this is the most clear evidence that Satan and Gangstalking is working for
same God deceiving purpose and with same methods, but they have just other names.
Persecution, ostracism, scapegoating and gangstalking means blaming, excluding and
isolation, they have just other names. It is cruel, evil and sick to make people
believe they hear voices
Satan methods: Satan is unseen and invisble and acting as God
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking handler is unseen and invisble and acting like
he his God
Satan methods: Great effort is given to keep satan’s plans hidden. setting up
distractions and keeping people in positions where they sit in darkness and in the
shadow of death. Satan whispering messages to your mind. Satan don´t want see God´s
plan succed and Jesus Christ people to be born again.
Gangstalking methods: Great efforts is given to keep political gangstalking game
plan and real purpose hidden. There is just a political bogus cover up
investigation, because the game plan is to stop spiritual growth and hindering
Christ consiouness from mature, total break down, destruction, drive to madness or
suicide. Gangstalkers are also hidden in dark places when they stalking. They can
stand or sit in darkness when you are outside and walking to make you unsecure.
They garding in darkness and probarly to make people feel paranoid.
Satan methods: Satan are accusing
Gangstalking methods: Gangstaling accusing with a bogus investigation
Satan methods: Satan scapegoating
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking pesrecute/ostrasize/scapegoating
Satan methods: Scapegoating is a defense maneuver
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking is a defense maneuver
Satan methods: Satan is stalking and persecute
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is stalking and persecute
Satan methods: Satan working 24/7 and never sleeps
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking also using sleep deprivation and noise torture
24/7
Satan methods: Satan´s methods is to chain and enslave people mind, so they never
feel free. If Satan not is free why should he let anyone be free. (This method are
combined with todays persecution and ostracism (to create a social- and mind
prison)
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking using anchoring and chaining methods to imprison
people minds and control them in a mind slavery. You are not allowed to feel free
or have a free will. (This method are combined with todays persecution and
ostracism (to create a social- and mind prison)
The spirit of fear, which is from Satan to try to keep you in bondage and from
doing anything. Since fear is a tormenting spirit, we know that it does not come
from God. And if it does not come from God, there is only one other source fear can
come from, and that is from Satan! Fear is also the devil s tool to keep us in
bondage to the opinions of man. We are afraid of what people will think or say
about us. We become afraid that we might not be accepted in our denomination if we
go all the way for God.
Satan methods: Satan hell; Torture and pain, people are screaming in pain and
suffering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking hell; psychological torture, noise harassment,
pain, horror, terror, suffering, trauma, people are screaming hysterical for hours
(horror and terror screamings to make it look natural)
Satan methods: Satan attacks and targeted the body, mind and soul
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers attacks the body, mind and soul
Satan methods: Satan is like a computer programmer of energy. He is trying to
install his belief system as a hidden computer code. This manipulated energy will
very often manipulate people in their dream state to reinstall or strengthen
limiting sub-conscious programming.
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking using subliminal messages and using enviroiment
manipulation to affect the humand mind. This is a daily programming and
brainwashing poeple don´t are aware of.
Satan methods: When Satan trying to take over the mind there is no privacy or
integrity, there is no silence, there is no peace of mind, and there is no
happiness in hell
Gangstalking methods: When gangstalking methods trying to take over the mind there
is no privacy or integrity, there is no silence and there is no time for recovery
Satan methods: Satan trying to create errors, breakdowns, destruction, insanity,
suicide
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers trying to create errors, failures, breakdowns,
insanity, suicide
Satan methods: Satan attacks self-image, indetity, self-esteem
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers attacks self-image, indetity, self-esteem
Satan methods: Gangstalkers demoralization/demonization
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers demoralization/demonization
Satan methods: Satan is slandering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is slandering
Satan methods: Satan intimidate and humiliate
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers intimidate and humiliate
Satan methods: Satan is constant fear mongering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers constant fear mongering
Satan methods: Satan misleading and confusing
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers are confusing and gaslighting
Satan methods: Satan imitating and mimicking, duplicate, double-speaking
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers imitating, mirroring, mimicking, gesturing,
Satan methods: Satan isolate
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers isolate
Satan methods: Satan is gatekeeping hell
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is gatekeeping – police-security patrolling
Satan methods: Satan is obstructing/hindering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers obstructing/hindering/blocking/delaying
Satan methods: Satan don´t want spiritual growth of Christ, they want spiritual
death (they don´t want people be born again)
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers don´t want spiritual growth of Christ, they want
spiritual death (they don´t want people be born again)
One of Satan’s primary weapons against the believer is the spirit of fear. It is
important to understand that fear is satanic in nature and does not originate in
God.
Satan methods: Satan is deceiving, trickering manipulate the enviroment
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is deceiving, trickering, manipulate mind,
emotions, enviroment
Satan methods: Satan is interfering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers communication and noise interfering
Satan methods: Satan mind invading
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers mind invading
Satan methods: Satan trying to change your beliefs, values, worldviev
Gangstalking methods:Gangstalking is trying to change your beliefs, values,
worldview beliefs, values, worldviev
Satan methods: Satan´s demons revealing personal things about your life
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers revealing personal things about your life
Satan methods: Satan´s demonic power manifest themselves by open/close doors make
sounds in walls and floors, making scratching noises
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers demonic energies manifests themselves by
constant open/close doors, knocking in walls/floors making scratching noises
Satan methods: Satan is The Spirit of fear and using fear
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers using the Spirit of Fear
II Timothy 1:7 For God has not given us The Spirit of FEAR; but of power and love
and of a sound mind All fear can be either directly or indirectly linked to Satan.
Satan methods: Satan trying to take over the human mind to control and enslave
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking means they trying to take over your mind to
control it
What organized gang stalking does is to isolate the target individuals life and
then surrounding the apartment with sound torturing equipment and then start all
forms of communicaation interference and noise harassment, day and night, indoors
and outdoors. Organized Gang Stalking is psychological warfare, organized gang
stalking is psychological and political terrorism. This warfare means they
targetting your life everywhere and they using other people in this psychological
warfare. So everyone can be used in this government psychological warfare and
political terrorism. People don´t need any education and everyone can
participating. How can everyone suddenly be expert in organized gaag stalking
without any education? They acting like expert in psychological warfare, expert in
mind control, expert in brainwashing, expert in mk ultra methods (anchoring,
chaining, sensitizing, triggering, looping, synchronizing beahviors and these
people without any education and without knowing each other also can synchronzing
their gang stalking actions at same time. They are suddenly expert in remote
viewing and can suddenly shadowing, they can interfering and terrorizing your mind,
so strange things is going on in Sweden.
Here is some simularities between how a virus of the body is working and how the
virus of the mind is working. A virus invading the body and gang stalkers in
invading the human mind with constant interfering, they invading the human mind by
beaming voices to the targeted individuals mind and weaving in ideas, music chorus,
commercials into their mind day and night. This is organized gang stalking in
Sweden.
A computer virus hacking aa computer and constant psychological interfering
building structures in the mind to hacking the mind. They captivating the human
seeing with street theater, mind games, and they captivating the human hearing with
with constant communication interference or noise harasment, and they captivating
the human perception or the mind with gaslighting (voice to skull, syntethic
telepathy, psychic driving). When a computer virus hacking a computer the virus
imitating to get access to the system and then hacking it, and organized gang
stalking using same imitating pscyhology and imitating the targeted individuals
life by mirroring what they say, do, think, watch on tv, what music they listen to,
where they go and when they do something, and all interfering action is done
simultaneously and synchronously. This is the imitating process.
Captivating the human perception
Organized Gang Stalking is Organized Bullying Stalking and is the art of mockering
and mimicking. Organized Gang Stalking Harassment reveals imitating and mimicking
actions in every possible form. MOCKERING, properly, to imitate; to mimic; hence,
to imitate in contempt or derision ; to mimic for the sake of derision; to deride
by mimicry. To deride; to laugh at; to ridicule ; to treat with scorn or contempt.
To defeat; to illude ; to disappoint; to deceive ; a; to mock expectation. To
fool ; to tantalize; to play on in contempt. MOCKERING; Ridicule; derision ; sneer;
/ill act manifesting contempt MOCKERING; counterfeit; assumed: imitating reality,
but not real. MOCKED; Imitated or mimicked in derision ; laughed at ; ridicuieu,
defeated, illuded.
MOCKER; . One that mocks; a scorner ; a scoffer ; a derider. A deceiver; an
impostor. MOCKERY; The act of deriding and exposing to contempt, by mimicing the
words or actions of another. Derision ; ridicule. Vain imitation or effort; that
which deceives, disappoints or frustrates. It Is as the air, Invulnerable, And our
vein blows malicious mockery. Imitation ; counterfeit appearance; false show.
MOCKING; Imitating in contempt ; mimicking; ridiculing by mimickry; treating with
sneers and scorn; defeating; deluding, derision, insult.
The hidden purpose with imiating, mimicking, mirroring, gesturing, duplicating and
gaslighting is; The mimicry of one species functions to deceive the perception of
another (mimicry to decieve the human mind of perception of reality). This is
organized gang stalking. Another purpose with mirroring and imitating is to
building walls, the process of imitating and mirroring creates mirror one can´t see
through, it creates a deception for perception.
Organized Gang Stalking is the action of the carnal mind, and the mimicking and
mirroring one is the carnal mind within the organized gang stalker. It also creates
fake illusion of control.
Animals are not the only species to use mimicry for survival. Humans employ mimicry
in military warfare. Deceptive mimicry has been successfully used for protection,
often attempting to fool the enemy by mimicking a larger army.
Humans also rely on the potential advantages of mimicry, including strategies of
mimicry in military warfare.
Organized Gangstalking is psychological warfare or spiritual warfare
Using Mimicking—In computing, phishing attacks are a traditional example of an
unwanted deceiving login page. This methods is used in same way to attack the human
mind. All forms of long term ongoing imitating, mimicking or mirroring actions
opens entrancees to the mind. They trying to get access to the human mind to take
control over it or they weakening the human immune system to create login openings
in the mind. Imitating. mimicking or mirroring actions building structures in the
mind. Building structures in the mind is the action of the carnal mind (Satan -the
ultra ego), and is termed as building strongholds. When Satan and the organized
gang stalking working and anchoring and then sensitizing, they actually planting
seeds and then watering these by daily sensitizing, and this is the building
process of mind control and building strongholds. Fear is Satan´s and organized
ganag stalking building material.
Organized Gangstalking don´t just using imitating and mimicking mind games to
create openings in the human mind, they also using slandering, name calling,
rumors, gossiping, smear campaigns and whispering campains, and self-image
attacking and attacking powerwill
In covert verbal aggression, the aggressor attempts to harm the other person
privately, by gossiping about him or her or by accusing the person of witchcraft or
sorcery, or demoniztion.
Verbal aggression is a cultural universal; at least some forms, such as arguing,
rumors, slandering, gossiping, insulting, and expressing anger in other ways with
words, are found in all cultures.
Rumors, gossip and slandering is FUEL to the covert and overt investigation.
Rumers, gossip and slandering is like a psychologicaal virus they create as part of
hijacking the targeted individuals mind and life.
The hidden function behind rumors is that they may serve as entrées to social
interactions or infiltration of the mind
What these people does is buildning structures in the targeted individuals minds by
daily sensitizing processes or consatnt looping sound or music chorus. They
creating a tunnel reality of the mind, occupying and barricading mind-awareness and
occupying mind-space by daily sensitizing and trauma-basing and overwhemling the
targeted individuals mind with fear, stress, negtivity, aggression, hate, pain,
horror, terror, wickedness. This blocking the vitimizing persons ability to process
information and regulate feelings and thoughts and then becomes victimized and
trauma-based. And this hindering or delaying spiritual growth or transformation.
Captivated hearing; Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted
individuals hearing – what´s the meaning with that?
The human Pineal Gland and the inner ear has same micro crystals, and spiritual
sound waves can be converted to light and light then activating higher DNA strands,
and all form of noise or sound is distraction for this process. Sound or noise is
the opposite to silence, meditation and a peaceful mind. Constant noise captivating
hearing or the gateway or portal to theta waves and God consciousness, it´s make it
more difficult to find an relax state of mind with ongoing noise harassment and
distractions. If God is realted to meditation. silence, relaxed mind, so is noise
an creation of the evil. Today Gang Stalkers using everything they can to create
all forms or any form of noise or sound, and all forms of communication
interference or noise interference, or constant background sound to occupy the
human mind with noise or sounds.
Gangstalking is a psychological warfare or a spiritual war or a “thought war” about
the human mind.
Psychological warfare definition, the use of propaganda, threats, and other
psychological techniques to mislead, intimidate, demoralize, or otherwise influence
the thinking or behavior of an opponent.
Psychological warfare is the planned tactical use of non-combat techniques to
otherwise influence the thinking or behavior of an enemy or opponent.
Targeted Individuals in gangstalking is being hold as a psychological prisoners in
a mental looping “thought war” about the human mind as a (operating system).
Psycholoigcal warfare means the targeted individual (mind functions and the brains
operating system is hold in hostage or hijacked). Organized Gang Stalking creates a
negative cognitive feedback loop.
Gangstalking is Psychological warfare and this is Political Terrorism. The
terrorist (gangstalker) has barricade every aspect of the targeted individuals life
and terrrorizing that person day and night.
Aggression Indirect or covert aggression involves use of social networks, third
parties, elements of the social organization, and/or other covert means to inflict
harm on another. Gang-stalking is systematic, ritualistic and sadistic emotional
and psychological abuse of covert power of political terrorism (psychological
warfare. Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the soul),
using NLP (building strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s
capacity for conscious processing. This mean “thought stopping and thought stopping
means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means hindering “independent thinking”.
Gang Stalking is a genuine and dangerous form of psychological abuse.
The gang-stalking program designed to entrap individuals. This is accomplished (in
the gangstalking program) through the increased application of psychological
warfare (through directed energy weapons, environmental manipulation, blackmail,
etc.) until the TI submits (to the oppressing system).
Emotional blackmail (psychological manipulation); Emotional Blackmail When the
people in your life use fear, obligation, and guilt to manipulate you. It is a very
powerful form of manipulation in which the person directly or indirectly threatens
to punish you if you don’t compile with how they want you to behave.
Psychological manipulation is a type of social influence that aims to change the
perception or behavior of others through underhanded, deceptive tactics. By
advancing only the interests of the manipulator, often at the other’s expense, such
methods could be considered exploitative, abusive, devious, and deceptive.
Dr. Robin Stern coined the phrase “Gaslight Effect” meaning “a gaslighter who needs
to be right in order to preserve his own sense of self and his sense of power in
the world; and a gaslightee, who allows the gaslighter to define her sense of
reality because she idealizes him and seeks approval.” Her book is “The Gaslight
Effect”.
Dr. George Simon in his book “In Sheep’s Clothing” uses the phrase “covert
aggression – the manipulation of the heart”. He differentiates passive-aggression
from covert aggression. “Passive-aggression is, as the term implies, aggressing
through passivity. In contrast, covert aggression is very active, albeit veiled,
aggression. When someone is being covertly aggressive, they’re using calculating,
underhanded means to get what they want to manipulate the response of others while
keeping their aggressive intentions under cover.”
Dr. Harriet B. Braiker in “Who’s Pulling Your Strings” refers to emotional
blackmail. ”…manipulation is always one-sided, asymmetrical, or unbalanced in its
motivation. Once the line between appropriate influence and manipulation has been
crossed, relationships become disturbed and trouble.
selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gangstalking).
Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I
individuals.
Definition of Emotional Manipulation: A person, with greater emotional intelligence
than his or her victims, who uses emotional intelligence to covertly manipulate
(subtly and subconsciously) the vulnerabilities of others for his or her own
personal satisfaction/gain with a total disregard for the needs of their victims.
Barricade definition
Barricade a house or building and hold hostage; gangstalking means they barricade
the human mind and the targeted individual is hold in hostage
Barricade definition; to build a barricade across, around, or in front of
something, to block off or stop up with a barricade; to prevent access to by means
of a barricade. A usually improvised structure set up, as across a route of access,
to obstruct the passage of an enemy or opponent. And obstructing means; Obstruct
definition is — to block or close up by an obstacle; to hinder from passage,
action, or operation, or delaying, slow down or create “waiting time”.
Building psychological barricades
In psychological warfare this means; ; to build a barricade across, around, or in
front of something. The enemy building a castle or stronghold in our minds and
hearts which includes four surrounding walls. These are not physical walls but
rather emotional walls. A stronghold is an area in which we are held in bondage
(hostage) and gangstalkers using fear and terror to build this psychological
barricade and this barricade means building strongsholds, or building a emotional
and psychological torture chamber that are surrounded by tormenting technology and
humans who creating sound torture.
Barricade can also mean; occupation of the mind by building walls of constant
communication interference or noise interference. Building strongholds means
building psychological barricades and this is made by anchoring, chaining,
sensitizing and triggering. Mind Control building psychological structures in the
mind to prevent independent thinking.
Brainwashing (also known as mind control, menticide, coercive persuasion, thought
control, thought reform, and re-education) is the concept that the human mind can
be altered or controlled by certain psychological techniques. Brainwashing is said
to reduce its subject’s ability to think critically or independently.
Wolves useth all ways of possible for concealment.
Definition for concealment is; the action of hiding something or preventing it from
being known. The concealment of information or a feeling involves keeping it
secret. This mean; concealment (covert) of the true motives and hidden covert
motievs means concealment and camouflage. This creates a secret concealment from be
observed. To mask or ease an offensive or onerous task by providing attractive
incentives; to cloak in euphemism (double-speaking). To hide or conceal one’s
actions or motives, to cover up, to get rid of the evidence.
Concealment also means; put up a smoke screen To camouflage or conceal one’s
intentions, motives (covert and hidden motievs and hidden political agendas), or
actions from one’s rivals or opponents, or from the general public. A smoke screen
is a cover of dense smoke produced to camouflage (psychological warfare terrorism).
Disguise meaning; the act of concealing the identity of something by modifying its
appearance; “he is a master of disguise”. Disguise is a the state of being
disguised; masquerade. Disguise by camouflaging; exploit the natural surroundings
to disguise something; “The troops camouflaged themselves before they went into
enemy territory”. Then psychological warfare is a “thought war” they psychological
disguise themselves from be detected (stealthy) and psychological warfare
strategies is secretely hide in rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns and
these methods will then functions as entréences for stealthy (undetected)
interference with the targeted individual and in same time will rumors, slandering,
gossip, smear campaigns work as fuel for their covert and overt warfare strategy.
Rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns is psychological ammunition they using
and in same time these actions working as entréences into the targeted individuals
mind, they also working as fuel for others, and for the targeted individual this
mean they creating this;
The terms “security hole,” “weakness,” and “vulnerability” refer to a state that
can be exploited for such an attack (when they hacking computers they looking for
“security hole”, “weakness,” and “vulnerability” , and gangstalking means they
using the human mind (the ego) “weakness,” and “vulnerability” to gain themselves
and then victimizing and trauma-base the targeted individuals mind with constant
pressure of fear, stress, psycholoigcal terrorism, manipulation of thoughts,
feelings and reality, persecution, sound torture, sleep deprivation, mind reading,
ELF attacks, V2K attacks, Syntethic telepathy attacks.
Rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns creates a state of unconsious fear.
A clandestine operation is an intelligence or military operation carried out in
such a way that the operation goes unnoticed by the general population or specific
enemy forces. A clandestine operation differs from a covert operation in that
emphasis is placed on concealment of the operation rather than on concealment of
the identity.
Clandestine means “hidden”, where the aim is for the operation to not be noticed at
all. Covert means “deniable”, such that if the operation is noticed, it is not
attributed to a group. The term stealth refers both to a broad set of tactics aimed
at providing and preserving the element of surprise and reducing enemy resistance.
Gangstalking – The invisble war – a war behind the scenes – A Stockholm Syndrome
War
Oppression creates a system of invisible barriers limiting people (left brain
limitations) and gangstalking creating limitation by imitation (mirroring
psychology). Mirroring psychology creates invisble mind barriers.
The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to
press against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments
use oppression to subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that
“pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease the authorities they
will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a
dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed.
Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of manipulation and control.
Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and
exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination.
This results in the socially supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of
individuals by those with relative power.
The overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal
forms of authority, it openly exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be
seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of freedom. Both forms of
government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.
Gangstalking; Group and Government Forms of Covert Oppression
Acting under cover(t) and in disguise, or if you will the Devil in masquerade
Power structures can be covertly made or overtly suppressed. Rumor and gossip form
the substratum from which accusations of sorcery or witchcraft may be made,
witchcraft may be made, if such notions are culturally present or enter into
people’s life-worlds.
Bullying can be easy to see, called overt, or hidden from those not directly
involved, called covert.
Some examples of overt bullying include: Teasing, belittling or consistently making
a person the victim of mean-spirited jokes; Abusive language; Behaviors that are
designed to humiliate or frighten.
Cyber bullying can be overt or covert bullying behaviours using digital
technologies, including hardware such as computers and smartphones, and software
such as social media, instant messaging, texts, websites and other online
platforms. Cyber bullying can happen at any time. It can be in public or in
private.
Ccovert abuse – humiliation or exclusion
Overt verbal aggression includes song duels, word duels, harangues, sarcastic and
derogatory humor, and insults.
In covert verbal aggression, the aggressor attempts to harm the other person
privately, by gossiping about him or her or by accusing the person of witchcraft or
sorcery, or demoniztion.
Verbal aggression is a cultural universal; at least some forms, such as arguing,
rumors, slandering, gossiping, insulting, and expressing anger in other ways with
words, are found in all cultures.
Rumors, gossip and slandering is FUEL to the covert and overt investigation.
Rumers, gossip and slandering is like a psychologicaal virus they create as part of
hijacking the targeted individuals mind and life.
The hidden function behind rumors is that they may serve as entrées to social
interactions or infiltration of the mind
Given the phantasmatic and perhaps unreal aspect of the rumors, they do not merely
“unveil” secrets as much as help constitute the “public secrets” that represent an
alternate imagination regarding the world in which we live. Rumor and gossip are
performances—more risky because less authorized than public speech, but potentially
with more effective social consequences as a result—in which people enter the
contemporary public sphere, constructing the self and society through particular
modes of discourse. Therefore, although rumor-mongering appears to violate the
secrecy that makes immoral practices possible and powerful, it creates an image of
the immoral and creates us-versus-them relationships with the objects of the rumor.
Satanic power involves manipulating human consciousness through energy and thought
vibrations. Some of these low frequency thought vibrations include hatred, fear,
selfishness, and guilt. To create an energy field, a vibrational frequency, which
connects the consciousness of the participants to the reptilians and other
consciousness.
What is so horrifying about these predators is the quality of the pain and
perceptual distortions they inflict into their victims’ brains just for the sake of
intentionally wreaking havoc, discomfort, and destruction. It is like them trying
to implant poison packets into their victims’ brains to deprive them of a good
quality of life, their right to liberty, and their ability to pursue happiness.
Alpha waves; Gangstalking
The body is like a mountain, the eyes are like a ocean, the mind is like the sky.
The right brain may be generating alpha waves while the left brain is in a beta
state. ALPHA BRAIN WAVE FREQUENCY that elicits creativity, intuition and supra-
normal phenomena.
The alpha state is a relaxed, wakeful state in which our minds are not engaged in
any specific mental or emotional activity. When they targeted the human mind on
Alpha level it means interference, sound interference, noise interference,
communication interference or any form of interference psychology to create
distractions, stalking or surveillance. From a spiritual perspective they hindering
spiritual gifts from be evolved and instead thet using same technological equipment
to target the targeted individuals mind and life. Alpha ways is right brain
hemisphere activities, but when they targetting the human mind they using left
brain technology to targetting the right brain hemisphere.
Alpha waves can;
a) project his sense of awareness to the future and see what is going to happen
before it does, through Precognition (gang stalkers trying to predict all movement)
b) project his sense of awareness to the past through Retrocognition (they beaming
and weaving in sounds, voices, music chorus from tv programs, or past, it is like
Orwell psychology. He who controls the past contols the future. So by control
humans past, minds, lives, daily living they trying to control other humans destiny
and future, and from a spiritual perspective they trying hindering peoples
spiritual growth and salvation )
c) project his sense of awareness to a person’s mind and know what he is thinking
of, through Telepathy; (gangstalker psychology, mind reading, V2K, syntethic
telepathy)
d) see things which cannot normally be seen through physical sight, through
Clairvoyance;
e) see distant places or events without being physically there, through Remote
Viewing, etc. (remote viewing is used in gangstalking)
The right brain functions as the creative center. It is the seat of visual, aural,
and emotional memory, and processes information in holistic, intuitive terms,
relying on pattern recognition. The left brain is the administrator, what we
sometimes call the rational mind. It proceeds in logical, analytical, verbal, and
sequential fashion. Incoming information is identified, classified, and explained.
If one hemisphere is damaged, the other one is able, within limits, to take over
its functions. Normally, though, the memories, mental associations, ideas, and
processes of each hemisphere are inaccessible to the other. In ordinary
consciousness, either the left or the right brain dominates in cycles. We shift
from one side to the other depending on which skills we require. Not only do the
two hemispheres of our brains operate in different modes, they also usually operate
in different rhythms. The right brain may be generating alpha waves while the left
brain is in a beta state. Or both hemispheres can also be generating the same type
of brain waves, but remain out of sync with each other. But in states of intense
creativity, deep meditation, or under the influence of rhythmic sound, both
hemispheres may begin operating in the same synchronized rhythm. This state of
unified whole brain functioning is called hemispheric synchronization. As the
rhythms of the two hemispheres synchronize, there is a sense of clarity and
heightened awareness. Feelings of self-consciousness and separation fall away. The
individual is able to draw on both the left and the right hemispheres
simultaneously. Hemispheric synchronization on the alpha level can create feelings
of euphoria, expanded mental powers, and intense creativity. This may be the
neurological basis of higher states of consciousness.
Delta waves means sleep, theta waves means dream-state and alpha means awakening.
Alpha is the awakening energy and awareness
Captivating human hearing with constant sounds or noise harassment means they
captivating silence and Theta waves. These are the communication link, portal or
gateway to God consciousness. Noise harassment also distracting the human ears
micro-crystals to convert sound waves to light and these actions hindering light to
be activated to higher dna strands. The human ear has same micro crystals as the
pienal gland and constant sounds or noise are distractors in this process. The Word
of God is sound waves and light. Noise keeps human in a state of duality and in
same time keeps human away from Oneness and healing. Noise is the distractor of
duality and hinderling healing.
Theta brain waves are present during deep meditation and light sleep, including the
REM dream state. Theta is the realm of your subconscious mind. It is also known as
the twilight state as it is normally only momentarily experienced as you drift off
to sleep (from Alpha) and arise from deep sleep (from Delta). A sense of deep
spiritual connection and oneness with the Universe can be experienced at Theta.
Vivid visualizations, great inspiration, profound creativity, exceptional insight
as well as your mind’s most deep-seated programs are all at Theta. The voice of
Theta is silence. Theta state is connected to God-Consciousness – and this can
explain why gangstalkers using constant noise or communiation interference to
create distraction for the mind. Constant sound torture or noise harassmnet
targetting Delta waves. This is the state that is connected to God-Consciousness.
Theta is the voice of silence and noise harassment targetting this Theta waves in
humans. Theta waves in the amygdala are known to be synchronized with theta waves
in the hippocampus. Synchronization between amygdala and hippocampal theta waves is
considered important for neuronal communication between these regions during the
memory-retrieval process. These theta waves are also observed during rapid eye
movement (REM) sleep. Theta waves are known to be involved in learning and memory
processes, and in a spiritual awakening process connects human to Divine knowledge
and to activation of Higher Self knowledge in the 12 DNA strand memory
Captivating sleep with sound torture and sleep deprivation damageing dna strands
and lack of sleep destroying health and cognitive functions.
Delta waves; Gangstalking and sleep deprivation
Sleep deprivation makes the amygdala unable to regulate emotions with neutrality.
Lack of sleep unable regulate emotional feelings and this increasing seen in
anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorders (PTSD). Gangstalker both
anchoring, chaining, sensitizing and then triggering these emotions and by sleep
deprivation keeping targeted individuals in a looping mode. Gangstalkers even using
sound torture and noise harassment to targetting Delta waves to create sleep
deprivation.
Sound torture, psychic driving (looping same music chorus), high booms, dropping
things on the floor, late overflyes with helicopters late and after midnight,
firecrackers, high pitch screamings, rush and stress hormone activities to prevent
sleep deprivation. Sleep deprivation induced memory deficit are attributed to
disrupted communications between amygdala and hippocampus. Sleep deprivation leads
to emotional instability. Sleep deprivation stirs up emotions. Study explains why
lack of sleep may lead to irrational behavior.
Sleep deprivation may make it harder to keep your emotions in check. A new study
shows that sleep deprivation is linked to a disconnect in the part of the brain
responsible for keeping emotions under control and had reverted back to more
primitive patterns of activity, in that it was unable to put emotional experiences
into context and produce controlled, appropriate responses.
“Sleep appears to restore our emotional brain circuits, and in doing so prepares us
for the next day’s challenges and social interactions, and gangstalkers sabotaging
this preparing phase for targetting individuals. And gangstalkers start targetting
people instantly from the morning with sensitizing activity. Gangstalkers are
triggering anger, triggering irrational behavior, triggering instability,
triggering stress, triggering primitive pattern of activity to take over, attacking
the human thinking system.
From a spiritual perspective this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the
ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual
growth, in same way Delta waves are been hindering to be connected to God-
Consciousness when constant noise harassment interfering with silence. So
gangstalker attacking the human need of silence from meditiation in a Theta state
and the need of silence from sleep in a Delta state, and both are been
psychological attacked. Sleep deprivation Sabotage Decision Making.
Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others,
influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of
an individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their
thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual.
Gangstalking or this covert and overt investigation means; They make reality to
surreality and manipulate reality and peoples minds and trying to create a
delusional mind by a technology called ELF, V2K (Voice to Skull) are all due to
this hidden technology or by Synthetic Telepathy.
Gangstalking means they weaving in their own events and activities in the targeted
indivudals life and mind, and they even weaving in their own chosen words or vocies
or songs to targetting the mind with V2K (voice to skull) or Synthetic Telepathy
and make them belive they hear voices or words. In earlier societies this method or
process was called “building strongholds” against a targeted individual to mind
control them.
Gangstalking – A war behind the scenes
There is advanced hidden agenda behind gangstalking and there is a hidden agenda
with “mirroring”. Mirroring is Mind Control or MK Ultra.
M=Mind,
K=Kontrolle
Ultra=extreme secret methods used for psychological warfare and spiritual warfare.
“Trauma-based mind control programming can be defined as systematic torture that
blocks the victim’s capacity for conscious processing
Since the mind controls the man, the organization that controls the mind controls
that man. Electromagnetic mind control technologies are weapons which use
electromagnetic waves to hijack a person’s brain and nervous system.
Covert aggression is highly invisible behavior (extremely hidden, secret, unseen
technology). Covert abuse is subtle and veiled or disguised by actions that appear
to be normal.
Covert is secret, hidden and classified, and the overt is full open view publicly (
two conflicting images). Covert manipulation tactics are a form of mind control,
albeit more subtle than overt forms such as brainwashing (the covert investigation
is manipulation and mind control and the overt investigation is brainwashing). The
real purpose is; Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the
soul), using NLP (building strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s
capacity for conscious processing. This mean “thought stopping and thought stopping
means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means hindering “independent thinking”.
Mind Control is “thought stopping” and mind control prevent “independent thinking”
and the hidden unseen meaning with overt and covert is this; by saying it is an
covert and overt investigation they hijacking how energy moving downwards and
upwards or hijacking if a person walking forwards or backwards.
What is the real power behind “independent thinking”? – The “Critical Thinking
System.
Why is it so powerful? It has intelligence. And intelligence is an ability to
change. So independent thinking and critical thinking can analyze and change, and
freedom is the ability to change. A spiritual awakening meaning change and
transformation. A Matrix and Mind Prison which has genetic manipulated and enslaved
humankind don´t want anyone to open their third eye of higher intuition. The want
predictable humans that is alterred, conditioned, mind controlled and brainwashed.
They don´t want people to have access to their real Higher Self and their inner
spiritual powers. All actions is designed to create all form of “walls”, emotional
walls, psychological walls, spiritual walls, and they using endless of methods to
create these walls, and they building strongholds of the mind. Constant sound
harassment or noise harassment buildning walls and at same time destroying cells in
the brain.
Sound is converted to an electrical signal when it enters the ear. This signal
travels up the auditory nerve to the part of the brain that processes sound, the
auditory cortex. From there, the signals travel throughout the brain, creating a
variety of responses. The effects of sound in the brain include evoking emotions,
triggering the release of stress chemicals and impacting the development of new
neural pathways in the brain.
Stress
Loud noises evoke an instinctive fight or flight reaction in the brain, according
to The Franklin Institute. The fight or flight reaction is a release of chemicals
that stimulates immediate action. This reaction has been crucial to ensure human
survival in the wilderness, and remains important in the modern world. If you hear
a loud honk from a car horn, your brain and body respond quickly to move you out of
harm’s way. Once danger has passed, the brain releases tranquilizing chemicals that
counteract the stimulating chemicals.
Exposure to too many loud noises can overload your brain with stimulating
chemicals. Without the balancing effect of the brain’s tranquilizing chemicals, the
stimulating chemicals can damage brain cells.
Psychological stress can cause psychological and physical disorders.
Stress weakens the immune system and has other serious effects on the brain and
body such as cardiovascular problems, and mental illness such as depression.
Stress also kills brain cells and lowers your learning abilities or capabilities.
Specifically, long periods of stress destroys brain cells in the hippocampus and
learning and memory capabilities can be greatly reduced. Another factor is that the
brain absorbs information better when it is relaxed, in a positive state of mind,
and receptive to the information.
Sleep deprivation can cause cortisol levels to increase by over 50%. It causes the
depletion of neurotransmitters, mood regulating hormones, and this has the effect
of making people more vulnerable to or to become more easily depressed. Impaired
cognitive ability, out of check emotions, and poor judgment or poor logic also
results from sleep deprivation.
PSYCHOLOGICAL DAMAGE – “…When used as a “nonlethal” weapons system it becomes an
ideal means for neutralizing or discrediting a political opponent. Peace
protestors, inconvenient journalists and the leaders of vocal opposition groups can
be stunned into silence with this weapon. Artificial telepathy also offers an ideal
means for complete invasion of privacy. If all thoughts can be read, then
Passwords, PIN numbers, and personal secrets simply cannot be protected. One cannot
be alone in the bathroom or shower. Embarrassing private moments cannot be hidden:
they are subject to all manner of hurtful comments and remarks. Evidence can be
collected for blackmail with tremendous ease: all the wrongs or moral lapses of
one’s past are up for review. Like a perverted phone caller, a hostile person with
this technology in hand can call at any time of day, all day long. Sleep can be
disrupted. Prayers can be desecrated, religious beliefs mocked. Business meetings
can be interrupted, thoughts derailed. Love can be polluted, perverted, twisted,
abused. Dreams can be invaded, fond memories trashed. The attacker cannot be seen
or identified, the attack cannot be stopped, and the psychological damage is
enormous. But there is no physical damage, not one single mark is left on the body
and there is absolutely no proof that any crime or any violation ever took place!
Everything that “happens” to the victim happens inside the victim’s head.
Gang Stalking – they imitating, mimicking, mirroring and shadowing (imitating
movements in apartment), or what you think, what you read, or watch on tv or listen
to music, where you go, what you wearing, or say, do. They play out these imitating
actions in front of you by numbers, symbols, things or by word dropping for some
examples or LIVE interfering when you listen to radio or tv.
The organized gangstalking program
1. It´s a program that is captivating the human seeing to confuse (street
theater, gaslighting, mind games, trickery, manipulations, daily sensitizing to
colors or symbols)
2. It´s a program that is captivating the human hearing (constant noise
harassment, communication interference, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull,
Electro magnetic frequency (EMF weapon, psychic driving and sleeep deprivation)
3. It´s a that captivating the human perception (with interfering,
distraction, gaslighting, mind games, manipulations, confusing psychology and
sound/noise distortions program to fragmenting the human mind)
4. It´s a program of destruction of the human mind; sensitizing,
triggering, tormenting, victmizing, trauma-basing, look-foolish programming,
aggression provoking, create mind-errors and failures, demonizing, dehumanisation,
demoralisation and crazy-making program.
5. It´s a program that hindering spiritual growth, it´s a program og
thought stopping (hindering transformation), it´s a program that´s captivating the
human seeing and hearing with confusing and disturbing noise and that blocking some
of the need of a peaceful and silent enviroment/mind to hear the Word of God.
Constant noise hindering sound waves to be converted to light and information or to
be converted to direction to cells to be activated to higher DNA strands and
knowledge. The human ear has same micro-crystals in the ear as the pineal gland has
micro-crystals, and when these starts vibrating they starts produce light and light
awakening dna strands. Noise therefore becomes confusing, and street theater has
same function to the human seeing, to confuse the seeing, and mind games,
manipulation, gaslighting, Voice to Skull, Syntehic Telepathy is also a process of
consfusing the human mind, and gang stalking including beaming in voices, words,
music chorus or whatever they want weaving into the human mind to confuse. Every
methods is designed to interfering to create confusion and doubts, so people can´t
trust on their real and true Selfs or so they can´t find their true Selfs.
Conclusion: Satan and organized gang stalking is same spirit of stalking. Satan is
the Ultra Ego and ultra ego is the collective ego and organized gang stalking is
collective gang stalking. Satan is the collective Hive Mind. This culture is the
narcissistic culture and what is a gang stalker – he is a narcissistic abuser.
Organized gang stalking is designed to drive people to madness or to suicide, so
organized gang stalking is evil. And the goal with organized gang stalking is to
achieve a evil goal of destruction and this is made of the collective Hive Mind.
This collective Hive Mind is responsable for all pain, terror, horror, inducing of
long term stress, fear mongering, harassing, victmizing, trauma.-basing, crazy
making, and gaslighting.
Organized gang stalking is psychological warfare, psychological and political
terrorism. The Matrix and the Beast System is the carnal mind or the desire
consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is there where the carnal mind is, and
Organized Gang Stalking, The Matrix, The Beast system represents all the same
system or represents the same kind of mind (carnal mind). Then the carnal mind is
everywhere, then the carnal mind also is in every department. That´s why even
departments particpating in organized gang stalking. The carnal mind is the
manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind
is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.
The human mind or brain is controlled, altered, conditioned and genetic enginered
to enslave and imprisoned humankind into the matrix, the mind prison or the
dreamworld.
Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All human beings are born with carnal
minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind is hostile to
God. Carnal mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are
not spiritually discerned.
Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and humans is the only species who
invented their own prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the The Three
Knots of bondage and limitations. The mind prison is the result when everythings
spiritual is turned off (real self, real reality and real knowledge).
A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly
Deceptions is the only way the can enslave mankind within the matrix and keep them
imprisoned in the 2 dna strand of reality. Genetic manipulations is deception of
human genetics. Deception is defined as the deliberate attempt, whether successful
or not, to conceal, fabricate, and/or manipulate in any other way- Genetic
manipulation is genetic deceptions, and deceptions conceals humankinds history into
a evolutionary lock because humankind have not access to the higher knowledge then
the 10 etheric dna strand was unplugged and disconnected by the archons and
annunaki. And that´s why the archons prevents the soul from ascending and organized
gang stalking using gaslighting to confuse the mind with deceptions. They also
beaming sounds and voices into the mind to stregthen the process of more
confusions, and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive target
individuals to madness.
Just like the matrix, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceptions with
the intention of causing ignorance and helplessness, created by the devil to help
degenerate humanity into a beast-like state which was not God’s will for man or
mankind to be which is the truth. The truth is God, and God made man in his image
and after his likeness, not the likeness of beast or Satan, so the natural state of
man is the truth. Plus in the Psychology of Deceit, it said that the world thrives
on lies and we have to sort through the bombardment of lies that come at us every
day to find the real truth.
And whole idea of this is that when a person possesses more information (knowledge)
is usually more powerful in controlling both the environment and other persons. So
in short, telling a lie is to reduce others power by providing them misinformation
that’s if this knowledge or information is associated with power. So what is the
matrix or the system? Control, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceit,
built to keep the human race under some type of control, in order to reduce or
degenerate the human being to a beast, the mark of the beast.
Literature on psychological warfare is usually limited to that which is committed
in times of international war, against foes in other nations. The task of the
offensive psychological war strategist is to find ways to rule people by fear, and
keep them pacified so that they do not react to the source of fear, but instead
learn to love the state of fear up to the point that they look for more of it, and
would miss it if they could no longer find it. The psycho-technology is designed to
keep the psychological age of an intellect in its infancy, and to seduce it with
horror, and teach it to enjoy living in an interactive scary movie.
Given awareness of philosophical and social cognitive engineering, and the psycho-
technologies which these produce, it is naturally rational to vehemently insist to
those stubbornly intention-focused persons the following. The nature of
psychological warfare is most rationally identifiable through consequentialist
evaluations of the effects of actions, because while it is not possible to observe
intentions, things can most practically and accurately be understood by observing
their effects. Moreover, tyrants try to hide their evil actions with declarations
of good intentions, and evil-means-to-good-end rationalizations.
Even when tyrants manage to hide some of the effects of their actions so that the
tyrannical causes may also be concealed, their attempts to hide those effects
inevitably produce yet other effects. The observable effects can be deciphered in
order to reach the bottom meaning of the deceptive code of their misconduct, and
thus unmask the evil that is casting a false appearance of the good. Evil
constantly usurps the good, to impede the authentic expression of the good.
Evil is the deadly or death-serving exercise of outer power, which poses as the
exercise of the freedom to really live; yet, evil is identifiable as such because
it does not enhance one’s existence; evil gives only the false impression that it
has contributed to the quality of one’s existence. To make you powerless and unable
to detect its deceptive works, the enemy seeks to deceive you about the meaning of
power, keep you ignorant about its true meaning, and seeks to get you to devalue
knowledge. To empower one’s capacity to detect deception, one must first know what
is meant by the phrase, “Knowledge is power.”
In other words this can be put: applied knowledge of inner power is power. True
power is the application of the knowledge of inner power. The false “power” applied
by the governmental state, outer power, only serves to impede the growth of
individual inner power, and thus proves to be the opposite of true power, and to be
nothing more than socialized powerlessness. Additionally, knowledge is a defensive
and constructive means to power.
Knowledge protects one’s intellect from being outpowered by those of mischievous
doctrines, and dogmas, and equips one to win a psychological war for mental
independence.
By denying you access to particular knowledge, the enemy tries to keep that power
for itself, and keep you in a state of ignorance. Yet, what it has ignored is than
it is severely ignorant itself, as evident by its erratic approach to power.
Ignorance is a means to offensive and destructive counterfeit versions of “power,”
and can even have thi tragic consequences of making one a victim of one’s own
pursuit of false power. Contrary to popular contemporary psychopathic
recommendations, it is not by deceiving, hypnotizing, mal-educating, misinforming
others, and propagating ideological death worship that one gains power. It is by
educating oneself and others that one develops individual developmental power,
which is the only true form of power.
That political science encourages the mental powerlessness of people for the sake
of increasing the social influence of irrational government. Delusional and out of
touch with human reality, conventional political science acts as if psychological
insecurity is consistent with freedom; it even treats psychological insecurity as
providing a causal basis for freedom.
That treatment that conventional political science gives freedom is based on both
logically self-contradictory, and technically impossible grounds. Freedom cannot be
achieved by imposing mental slavery, a condition that clearly is in opposition to
individual freedom of thought, and which cannot cause security. There needs to be
freedom at all levels of life (mental, economic, political) for there to be social
freedom. The suggested claim that mental slavery causes social freedom is as
ridiculous as the claim some ‘New Agers’ make that trauma causes the evolution of
consciousness. Terrorism of any form cannot cause an expansion of the range of
conscious awareness.
The opposite is the truth: terrorism causes psychological insecurity which, in
turn, causes cognitive blocking of sensitive information, and widened
unconsciousness. As mentioned previously, freedom is measurable by degree of
conscious awareness, and the degree of unconsciousness shows freedom’s extent of
absence. Hence, psychological warfare is based on an ideology of terrorism, and it
is thereby an instrument for mental enslavement. Yet, while accepting the opposite
of the truth, conventional political science ignores that freedom ultimately refers
to freedom of an individual mind, and that freedom requires psychological security
which can only be achieved by developing one’s lucidity and inner power.
Organized Gang Stalking constantly working to create a negative cognitive feedback
loop, and through their actions spiritual and psychological terrorism causes
psychological insecurity which, in turn, causes cognitive blocking of sensitive
information, and widened unconsciousness.
Then Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare, the methods is
based on “terrorizing”, and terror (through anchoring and sensitizing), they
torturing the targeted individuals mind with constant stalking., constant
harassment, constant interference, constant sound and noise harassment. Sound and
noise harassment is the non-lethal weapons they using. Syntethic telepathy, voice
to skull technology, or electro magnetic frequnecies is been beamed into the
targeted individuals mind.
The definition of a torture devices is as follows: – Torture devices consist of
any piece of equipment, especially a mechanical one, designed specifically for
inflicting unbearable agony on a victim. The objectives of torture devices were to
inflict pain and also intimidate victims. Just the sight of a torture device would
frighten a prisoner into a confession. Torture devices were therefore used as a
tool or a method for the extraction of information or confessions.
Sensory overload occurs when one or more of the body’s senses experiences over-
stimulation from the environment. There are many environmental elements that impact
an individual. Examples of these elements are urbanization, crowding, noise, mass
media, technology, and the explosive growth of information. Sensory overload is
commonly associated with sensory processing disorder. Like its opposite sensory
deprivation, it is being used as a means of torture.
Sleep deprivation is the condition of not having enough sleep; it can be either
chronic or acute. A chronic sleep-restricted state can cause fatigue, daytime
sleepiness, clumsiness and weight loss or weight gain.[1] It adversely affects the
brain and cognitive function
Harassment—an exasperating, disturbing annoyance or irritation that threatens or
undermines personal peace and tranquility. Satan’s ultimate plan is to oppress and
victimize the person he is harassing.
Here are a few examples of Satan´s harassment methods and these can be find in
today´s organized gangs talking;
He won’t let people sleep (sound torture and sleep deprivation)
He cause people to doubt (manipulations and gaslighting)
He make people angry (provoke and irritating)
He make people forget (forget their true Higher Self)
He won’t let people eat (stalking and control when eating)
He will control peoples emotions (using the human ego to manipulate and to control)
He will make people jealous. It’s fun! (triggering emotions)
He will mess up peoples finances (destroy economic life)
He won’t people her have normal social relationships (persecution, ostracism,
isloation, no support system, infiltration, paranoia psychology, fear and stalking)
Evil demons is controlling the human will on Earth today
Harassment: The first degree of demonization is harassment. This is the weakest of
Satan’s attacks.
manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.
Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. This
includes the carnal mind of organized gang stalking.
Mind Control Methods and Organized Gang Stalking
“The suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and
surgery-based “medicine” ensures that the human physical body operates at far less
than its optimum potential. This is the reason for the blatant misrepresentation
and suppression of the so-called “alternative” forms of healing which have been
around for thousands of years longer than modern “medicine”. “Food additives, fast
food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore
eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical
health and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A
fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you need if you want to
control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on
controlling “education” and the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet
of brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the
controllers want us to think. Most of the population, play a part in advancing an
agenda they do not even know exists.
If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a
gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it
use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the
invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate
themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal
organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems,
would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they
want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced
enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants,
they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on
the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own
enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their
rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with
minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded.
This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.
They, Them, Those who have absolute rule over the earth and Their Created
Environment, which has been established as a way of life for so many, are very
afraid of themselves and all others who stand to be equal with everyone else. They
do not want any form of equality, They only want what they want and for everyone
else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with
Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They
have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are
just now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not
enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so They have devised
a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid
of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the
earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has
taken place, as is shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the
humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality there can be.
So today, the humans of the earth are so over-confused that all many of them can do
is to walk down the street and stare at their cell phones and text mindless stuff
to their friends, controlled by MicroWaves that are used are for Mind Control.
Brainwashing Agenda: keep the masses dumbed down with technology and implants.
Global satellites,, cell phone towers, and personal electronic devices—such as cell
phones, smart phones, and personal computers—can now target individuals and shoot
negative energy beams to harm a person’s mental and physical health anywhere in the
world. These same satellites, cell towers, and electronic devices will also control
most of the government implants that control the evil voices and other destructive
commands. Electronic stalking, electronic torture, and mind control agendas are
coordinated by the reptilians, greys, mantids, departments, psychic warfare
programs, governments, and law enforcement agencies. If you are under attack, you
have a organized ganag stalking handler orchestrating your torture. These human
handlers are under the control of the reptilians.
THE AMYGDALA Is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous
Consisting of two almond-shaped structures, the amygdala is located in the brain’s
limbic region. The limbic region used to be known as the smell brain. It is still
commonly referred to as the reptilian brain because it is roughly equivalent to the
brains of present-day cold-blooded vertebrates. The late twentieth-century
scientist and political writers saw it as an ‘enemy of freedom’. Its arousal, he
believed, would lead to the control of our rational minds ‘being taken over by
those primitive levels of the hierarchy which the Victorians called “the beast in
us”.’
BRAINWASHING Brainwashing and gaslighting are just a few of the many mind-control
tactics used in NAS. The primary difference between the two is brainwashing relies
on forceful and obvious mind-control strategies, while gaslighting is carefully
cloaked in secrecy. A combined Cambridge, Oxford, and Merriam Webster gaslighting
definition is as follows:
1. Making people believe only what you want them to believe by continually
telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them.
2. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using
systematic and often forcible means.
3. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.
BRAINWASHING IS MIND CONTROL
Brainwashing employs secret, but covertly forceful, psychological strategies with
the purpose of changing a person’s belief system, perceptions, attitudes, and
analytical abilities. Through repetition and purposeful confusion, intimidation,
and a regimented campaign of propaganda, victims unconsciously relinquish their
version (perceptions and analysis) of reality and accept the forced version. It is
a methodical and controlled system of indoctrinating a specific set of beliefs
that, before the brainwashing, was not held by the victim. Brainwashing relies on
the systematic application of isolation, verbal and physical abuse, and mind-
clouding techniques like sleep deprivation and malnutrition to reduce comfort
levels and feelings of hope. Shifting from cruelty to seemingly altruistic concern
creates psychological instability and increased levels of uncertainty, despair, and
hopelessness. These culminate in the adoption of the forced set of ideas, views,
and beliefs. Brainwashing often takes place in an environment of isolation, meaning
all “normal” social reference points are unavailable. There is often the presence
or constant threat of physical harm, which adds to the victim’s difficulty in
thinking critically and independently.
GASLIGHTING EXPLANATION
Gaslighting is an insidious mind-control method sociopathic pathological
narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable codependent prey. They target
individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of
protection. Gaslighters are most successful when casting themselves as loyal,
dutiful, and unconditionally invested in defending and caring for their victims.
Gaslighters systematically manipulate a codependent’s environment so they are
powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help them, and convinced
their gaslit impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their carefully
choreographed false, but realistic, relationship with their captor.
They implant narratives, or revised and distorted versions of reality, to weaken
their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their own mind against them. The
scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist, or was
only a mild or moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already
aware.
The gaslighter carefully and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so
they repeatedly experience the staged problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the
gaslighter seizes on these staged moments by implanting a narrative to make the
victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who they’ve become, and a belief
they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this scenario
further inculcates them with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of
false narratives about the problem, their inability to control or stop it, and the
impact it is having on others purposely manifests as thoughts and feelings of
hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the pre-existing core shame. This
cements their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them and
their captor. Not only does the gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible
to anyone who could protect or rescue them, they convince them these people don’t
care, love, or want to be with them.
Moreover, they are effectively persuaded that, if they should visit their friends
and loved ones, more harm than good would come of it. In severe cases of
gaslighting, the victim will defend the gaslighter, as well as sound an alarm if
someone should try to intervene in their relationship. Not only does the gaslit
person defend these new self-narratives, but loyalty to the “loving” and
“protective” gaslighter is paramount. These misperceptions, together with a sense
of allegiance and appreciation, would prevent the victim from accepting help. All
the while, the gaslighter is feeding their victim’s loved ones false information
for the sole purpose of further alienatin or severing the relationship.
According to Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform used in cults are
organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s sense of self, (2) get the follower to
drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his worldview;
induce the victim to accept the cult leader’s new version of reality and causality,
and (3) develop in the follower a dependence on the cult and thereby turn the
follower into a deployable agent of the cult. Probably the most powerful and
intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults
grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’
confidence in themselves and in their followers’ own belief systems (Singer 1995).
This destructive process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s ability to
then control the lives of his followers, to gain acceptance of the leader’s belief
system, and to insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s directives. Although
some mind-control and brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as
hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and intrusive assaults on the brain, most
methods of mind control and thought reform used in cults are more mundane and do
not differ from the methods commonly used by many individuals in everyday life
by life itself.
Brainwashing culture and organized gang stalking simularities
Brainwashing has been defined as: intensive propaganda techniques that are applied
under conditions of (constant) stress andior coercive persuasion, during which an
individual is confronted by conditions deliberateiy designed to undermine his
morale and make him question his accepted attitudes. This paves the way for
indoctrination with a “replacement set of beliefs” that will produce a change in
behavior using this definition, we find that political education, religious
indoctrination, and general socialization can all be said to contain elements of
brainwashing since all three have the same basic goal: to replace a person’s
present beliefs and behaviors with beliefs and behaviors more in line with the
agenda of whomeveris doing the brainwashing.
To accomplish this, mind-slayers use reason and logic, evoke emotion, make appeals
to faith, use psychological persuasion and, when need be, use physical coercion to
change a person’s behavior.
They do this by first breaking the person down and then rebuilding him in the
brainwasher‘s image. Phase One.’ Breakdow;
Breakdown undermines the person’s morale, causing the person targeted to begin to
doubt, making him question his accepted beliefs and behaviors. This phase of the
brainwashing process uses both physical and psychological tactics.
Physical breakdown is accomplished by assuming as much control over the body of the
person targeted as possible. In extreme oases, such as with POWs or cult recruits,
a person’s movement is physically restricted and all their “intimate needs‘
(eating. bathing, using the toilet) are controlled by the brainwasher in order to
bring about a feeling of powerlessness in the person. Isolation is used two ways
during this initial phase. First. The subject is kept cut of from outside
information and influence.
Second actual physical isolation and for enforced silence (solitary confinement)
makes the brainwash more eager to join a reeduction group or thought reform class,
if only to experience some human contact.
Psychological breakdown then takes a person already weakened in body by physical
mistreatment—exhaustion, meager diet, sleep deprivation, and torture—and attacks
his mind. Psychological attack often begins with humiliation: first stripping the
person of his dignity, and then offering to restore that lost dignity bit-by-bit in
exchange for cooperation. Forced to remain naked and filthy for days, a POW is
grateful to the “kind” interrogalor offering him a shower and giving him clothes to
wear, helping him restore a little of his lost dignity. This is the brainwashers
foot-in-the-door: first he creates doubt in the subjects previously held truths,
then he offers the brainwashed subject “new truths.”
Planting doubt in the subject’s mind begins with seeding small uncertainties about
such things as the day and time or even who is winning the war.
Little uncertainties lead to big doubts, to distrust of past beliefs, opening the
subject up to future changes in attitudes.
Eventually doubt takes root: doubts of self-worth, doubts incomrades and country.
Doubt becomes resentment, then becomes anger that his government and God are unable
to protect or rescue him from harm. Weakened in body and mind, under constant
bombardment of the interrogators “facts,” the brainwashee’s former self-image (of
being invincible and of being valued by his country) begins to crumble.
Brainwashing is not just mind control, it the process of breaking down willpower,
triggering negativity, induce stress, so the targeted individual can´t see any
future, has no drive, don´t see any spiritual progress, no forwards movement,
trapped in the organized gang stalking loop of mind control within the matrix, and
lack of faith, losing visions, and don´t see path of salvation. The goal fo Satan
and Organized Gang Stalking is to prevent anyone from ascending into the state of
oneness (path of salvation), when the ego and state of duality is been dissolvd.
Satan’s greatest techniques is to create doubt in our minds, create doubts in
faith, create doubts in the spiritual self-image, self esteem and breaking down
spiritual divine powers through doubts, and one methods to strengthen his “doubt”
work is through gaslighting.
Discouragement is how the devil creates doubt. Doubt is confusion the devil
controls, and gaslighting is the process that can create both confusion and doubts.
things.
All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so
you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your
thoughts on what you want to achieve in life.
a distortion in your thinking pattern.
Mind control is probably as old as our awareness that we each had a mind of our
own.
Throughout the course of history, there are a number of names for mind control that
describe a common goal: to take over a person’s innermost thoughts and control his
or her behaviors and actions. Brainwashing, coercion, thought reform, mental
manipulation, psychological warfare, programming, conversion, gas lighting,
indoctrination methods, psychic driving, crowd control: They all describe a method
by which a person’s individual thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions are disrupted,
dismissed, and destroyed—even replaced with the thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions
of someone else. whether designed to create the perfect assassin or super soldier,
indoctrinate prisoners of war, recruit members into a cult or religious belief
system, or control the consuming masses and direct their behaviors in accordance to
the political whims of the day, mind control has been used extensively in our past,
is in use today, and no doubt will be used in the future.
The name given to the phenomena of citizen stalking and harassment tends to change
with time, circumstance, and methods. The common name used today is Gang-Stalking,
or Predatory Gang-Stalking. Gaslighting, a term derived from the 1944 Hollywood
movie “Gaslight” where like methods are employed to undermine an individual
physically, is another.
The organized gang stalker can wait for long time for a moment to synchronously and
simultanously interfering with some gang stalking actions or they wait to the right
moment so they can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just so they
can honk a horn, to wait for the target to take a shower so they can do the same;
to wait, then run out of their house so they can make a rude gesture or hurl
obscenities when the target goes out to throw the trash and synchronously and
simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the target is going out
and synchronously and simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the
front of the targeted individual,
isolate the victim.
The constant goal with organized gang stalking is to getting the target sensitised
to sounds, colors, patterns, actions. Eg. Red, white, yellow, strips, pens
clicking, key jangling, coughing, sneezing, whistling, fingers snapping, clapping,
etc.
Gang Stalkers creates constant noise harassment and mimicking campaigns. Organized
Gang Stalking using remote viewing methods and the create imitating and mimicking
campaigns. These mimicking campigans includes healthcare, social wellfare and even
miltary. More about these departments later.
Disrupting the targets life, sleep with loud power tools, construction, stereos,
doors slamming, etc. Talking in public about private things in the targets life.
Mimicking actions of the target. Basically letting the target know that they are in
the targets life. Daily interferences, nothing that would be too overt to the
untrained eye, but psychologically degrading and damaging to the target over time.
Organized Gang Stalking is also organized or collective “gaslighting”. Mass
consciousness has created a form of “HIVE MIND” EGO and the organized gang stalking
program is been controlled by the collective hive mind. Then humankind living
within “The Matrix” enslaved into a mind-prison this HIVE MIND is the enslaved
lower ego-matrix. Ego is always threated by changes and from scriptures we learn; A
consciousness, and the whole society is built up around materialism, and
materialism is lower vibrational frequencies, and lower vibrational frequnecies is
the matrix and mind prison. Targeted individuals is also called empowered
individuals because the are spirital awaken, and when someone is spiritual awaken
they can raise the lower vibrational frequencies to higher vibrational frequnecies
and free themselves from ignorance, bondage, enslavement, the matrix and mind
prison.
The Matrix and Mind Prison has become the “comfort zone” and when someone leaving
the matrix and the mind prison, the organized gang stalking trying to pushing back
the targeted individual into the matrix, and if the don´t going back the organized
gang stalking program creates a enviroment where they surrounding the targeted
individuals life and start using all form of fear and pain mechanism. The Archons
controls the matrix and they hace created a fear and pain system that function as
electrical shocks for the mind.
your comfort zone.
consciousness, and this mass consciousness. The enemy of the carnal mind is the
divine mind, and the divine consciousness is the right brain hemispere´s theta
brain waves. Beta brain waves is the termed as the left brain prisoners. The Matrix
and mind prison is the left brain of dominace. The ego and carnal mind is been
threatened by the divine mind or spiritual awaken or empowered individuals because
they are in the process of changing their inner frequencies by raising their
frequencies.
The Beta left brain suppresses the intuitive right brain and induces fear-
programming to stay in domination, and when one is able to switch down to alpha and
then theta one is able to self-reprogram the whole brain.
system.
is there.
archon system.
emotions.
One can think as this remove of one dna strand is like remove a bridge to the other
side, so no one can pass. In other terms to disconnect the right brain hemisphere
from infleuncing the the work of left brain hemisphere. There is bridge in the
“Corpus Callosum” named the “alpha bridge” and this bridge disappears when the
brain is controlled through fear based subconsciousness programs. This alpha bridge
can be re-build through meditation and when this is the bridge to the theta state
and divine connection, and this is what the Archons have disconnected humankind
from by using all forms of both psychological and spiritual warfare strategies in
all forms.
Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make us operate only through one
brain hemisphere. The Corpus Callosum is the bridge between left and right brain
hemisphere, but the “alpha bridge” frequency dissapear by fear, in same way the
third eye of intuition is closed through fear. The veil of ignorance or veil of
fear is in action when fear is the dominated thought pattern in the left brain.
not all what you see or think it is. And the Nordic Reptilans or Annunaki and The
Archons may be real and the Darwin evolutionary theory may be the deception
humankind is locked, trapped and imprisoned within. Enslavement – when humankind is
trapped in the history because of lack of access to higher level of consciousness,
and the ones who genetic manipulated the human 2 dna strand don´t want humankind to
understand how the three knot of ignorance prevent humankind from see reality and
find their real Higher Self.
Scientific analysis of chemtrails has also revealed the presence of aluminum,
barium, calcium, magnesium, and titanium. These metals are used to create conduits
for electromagnetic waves and broadcasts so that an electromagnetic field prison
encases the planet and blocks unwanted wavelengths coming in. This also acts as a
conductor for negative thought wave frequencies which are broadcasted to the
population.’
Chemtrails and Positioning Satellite System (G.P.S.) and other technologies so as
to hack the body-computer and download unwanted signals which affect physical,
emotional, and mental frequencies. This is all part of manufacturing a false
reality for the body-computer inhabited by souls. Another major aspect of this
manufacturing is to shut down the corpus callosum so that communication between the
two hemispheres of the brain is crippled. When this happens, people become what is
termed “left brain prisoners.” The Matrix in contolled by the influencies of the
left brain hemisphere, and the left brain hemissphere is also represented by the
ego and the ego is the fear mongerer, and the ego is connected to mass
consciousness, and mass consciousness controls the matrix, and the matrix control
the organized gang stalking program.
Society is structured so that chemicals in food and water and the education system
close down vast tracts of the corpus callosum in order to suppress communication
between the left and right brains. The body-computer is then reprogrammed through
electromagnetic warfare to act overwhelmingly through the left brain. The most
important target for the mass reality manipulators, however, is the subconscious.
It is in the subconscious where instructions and perceptions are implanted beyond
the awareness of the conscious mind. This is where television comes in as it is the
most widespread form of hypnotism on the planet. Television programs (notice the
word ‘programs’) induce subliminal programming so as to implant messages into the
subconscious mind of the viewer, who then unconsciously (or sometimes consciously)
enacts those programs.
Humans have been biologically engineered through DNA manipulation to be ‘out of
phase’ with the cosmic and planetary codes of the universe so that you may be more
easily manipulated to serve the ‘masters’, the gods who designed you. These beings,
the malevolent Annunaki gods who inhabit the underworlds so they may work unseen
under the illusion you have free agency. The battle for human consciousness rages
on and humans are caught between the benevolent and malevolent beings of the cosmic
universe.
Most astonishing information in the Sumerian clay tablets are the detailed
descriptions of how the Anunnaki interbred with humans to create a hybrid race.
In Sitchin writings he tell the stories of the Annunaki; “Those who from Heaven to
Earth came”. Sitchin believes the Anunnaki from Sumerian texts are the same as the
Nephilim from the Hebrew text of Genesis chapter 6, and he claims they were
extraterrestrials, space travelers who came from their dying planet to earth in
antiquity. Sitchin also takes the Scipture term Adam and twists it to represent the
early human species of antiquity. So in his interpretation of the Sumerian and
Hebrew text, he makes the bold claim that the Anunnaki fashioned “the Adam” or the
human species in their image. So to make it simple, he promotes the popular idea
that mankind in the ancient past could have been created by an advanced race of
extraterrestrials, in Zecharia Sitchin’s case the Sumerian Anunnaki.
Humans may be descendants of ancient extraterrestrial beings or may have been
created by manipulation of the gene pool.
Some believe that the Annunaki may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their
genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR
Peter Horttanainen
categories
Uncategorized
Post navigation
Previous post
PREVIOUS
congregation. The manifestation of this characteristic of the spirit of leviathan,
in the natural realm, is the twisting of words and other instruments of
communication.
Next post
NEXT
The spirit of ignorance controls the world, humankind, the matrix, vibrations,
access to information, prevent spiritual progress/ascending, and ignorance creates
lack of knowledge and ignorance creates fear, and fear controls the 2 dna strand
through low vibrations
0 THOUGHTS ON “REPTILIAN BRAIN, ARCHON FEAR PROGRAMMING, NEGATIVE PROGRAMMING TO
CONTROL THE LOW VIBRATIONAL FREQUENCY MATRIX OF THE ARCHONS ON PLANET EARTH IS
CONTROLLED BY THE EGO OF THIS WORLD. THROUGH KNOWLEDGE THIS NEGATIVE FEAR
PROGRAMMING CAN BE REVERSED TO BE ABLE TO REACH HIGHER FREQUENCIES”
LEAVE A REPLY
Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *
Comment
Name *
Email *
Website
Peter Horttanainen © 2020
Proudly powered by WordPress
Theme: Fell
◦
https://peterhorttanainen.com/reptilian-brain-archon-fear-programming-negative-
programming-to-control-the-low-vibrational-frequency-matrix-of-the-archons-on-
planet-earth-is-controlled-by-the-ego-of-this-world-through-knowledge/
(They took this off the guys website, as if there’s some truth to it...? 🤔 perhaps
to solve all of that for benevolent entities to keep winning etc., and for Holy
would be a good gesture and progression along with all of our other benevolent/pro-
benevolent progress throughout the multiverse?

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

REPTILIAN BRAIN, ARCHON FEAR PROGRAMMING, NEGATIVE PROGRAMMING TO CONTROL THE LOW

VIBRATIONAL FREQUENCY MATRIX OF THE ARCHONS ON PLANET EARTH WAS(/IS?) CONTROLLED BY

You might also like